Skip to main content

Full text of "The Quest For Certainty"

See other formats


THE BOOK WAS 
DRENCHED 



CO >- CO 

164856 



^ DO 1< CO 



OUP-390-29-4-72- 10,000. ChCCkfid 1999 

OSMANIA UNIVERSITY LIBRARY 

CaU N ' Accession No. 



Author 

Title QU-SH 

- > - v > V - . , v 

This book should. beWtH-ned on or before the date last marked belo 

*t l*% (.-' \x*Z- I x^. i i Q r\ f*\ L i j _ ^ _l I *. Ci s 

i it 






THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY: 
A STUDY OF THE RELATION 
OF KNOWLEDGE AND ACTION 



BY JOHN DEWEY 



GIFFORD 

LECTURES 

1929 



NEW YORKrMINTON, BALCH 
& COMPANY t+ae**^ 1919 



COPYRIGHT, 1929 
by JOHN DEWEY 



Second Printing, October, 1929. 
Third Printing, December, 1V29. 



Printed in the United States of America by 

J. J. UTTLB AND IVES COMPANY. NEW YORK 



CONTENTS 

CHAPTER PAGE 

I ESCAPE FROM PERIL 3 

ii PHILOSOPHY'S SEARCH FOR THE IMMU- 
TABLE 26 

III CONFLICT OF AUTHORITIES .... 49 

IV THE ART OF ACCEPTANCE AND THE ART OF 

CONTROL 74 

V IDEAS AT WORK IO8 

VI THE PLAY OF IDEAS 140 

VII THE SEAT OF INTELLECTUAL AUTHORITY . 1 70 

VIII THE NATURALIZATION OF INTELLIGENCE . 1 95 

IX THE SUPREMACY OF METHOD .... 223 

X THE CONSTRUCTION OF GOOD .... 254 

XI THE COPERNICAN REVOLUTION . . . 287 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

CHAPTER I 
ESCAPE FROM PERIL 

MAN WHO LIVES in a world of hazards is compelled to seek 
for security. He has sought to attain it in two ways. One of 
them 'began with an attempt to propitiate the powers which 
environ him and determine his destiny. It expressed itself in 
supplication, sacrifice, ceremonial rite and magical cult. In time 
these crude methods were largely displaced. The sacrifice of a 
contrite heart was esteemed more pleasing than that of bulls 
and oxenj the inner attitude of reverence and devotion more 
desirable than external ceremonies. If man could not conquer 
destiny he could willingly ally himself with itj putting his 
will, even in sore affliction, on the side of the powers which 
dispense fortune, he could escape defeat and might triumph in 
the midst of destruction. 

The other course is to invent arts and by their means turn 
the powers of nature to account j man constructs a fortress out 
of the very conditions and forces which threaten him. He 
builds shelters, weaves garments, makes flame his friend instead 
of his enemy, and grows into the complicated arts of associated 
living. This is the method of changing the world through 
action, as the other is the method of changing the self in emo- 
tion and idea. It is a commentary on the slight control man 
has obtained over himself by means of control over nature, that 
the method of action has been felt to manifest dangerous pride, 
even defiance of the powers which be. People of old wavered 
between thinking arts to be the gift of the gods and to be an 
invasion of their prerogatives. Both versions testify to the sense 

3 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

of something extraordinary in the arts, something either super- 
human or unnatural. The souls who have predicted that by 
means of the arts man might establish a kingdom of order, 
justice and beauty through mastery of nature's energies and 
laws have been few and little heeded. 

Men have been glad enough to enjoy the fruits of such arts 
as they possess, and in recent centuries have increasingly de- 
voted themselves to their multiplication. But this effort has 
been conjoined with a profound distrust of the arts as a method 
of dealing with the serious perils of life. Doubt as to the truth 
of this statement will be dispelled if one considers the dis- 
esteem in which the idea of practice has been held. Philosophers 
have celebrated the method of change in personal ideas, and 
religious teachers that of change in the affections of the heart. 
These conversions have been prized on their own account, and 
only incidentally because of a change in action which would 
ensue. The latter has been esteemed as an evidence of the 
change in thought and sentiment, not as a method of trans- 
forming the scene of life. The places in which the use of the 
arts has effected actual objective transformation have been 
regarded as inferior, if not base, and the activities connected 
with them as menial. The disparagement attending the idea of 
the material has seized upon them. The honorable quality asso- 
ciated with the idea of the "spiritual" has been reserved for 
change in inner attitudes. 

The depreciation of action, of doing and making, has been 
cultivated by philosophers. But while philosophers have per- 
petuated the derogation by formulating and justifying it, they 
did not originate it. They glorified their own office without 
doubt in placing theory so much above practice. But indepen- 
dently of their attitude, many things conspired to the same 
effect. Work has been onerous, toilsome, associated with a 
primeval curse. It has been done under compulsion and the 

4 



ESCAPE FROM PERIL 

pressure of necessity, while intellectual activity is associated 
with leisure. On account of the unpleasantness of practical 
activity, as much of it as possible has been put upon slaves and 
serfs. Thus the social dishonor in which this class was held was 
extended to the work they do. There is also the age-long 
association of knowing and thinking with immaterial and 
spiritual principles, and of the arts, of all practical activity in 
doing and making, with matter. For work is done with the 
body, by means of mechanical appliances and is directed upon 
material things. The disrepute which has attended the thought 
of material things in comparison with immaterial thought has 
been transferred to everything associated with practice. 

One might continue in this strain. The natural history of 
conceptions about work and the arts if it were traced through 
a succession of peoples and cultures would be instructive. But 
all that is needed for our purpose is to raise the question: Why 
this invidious discrimination? A very little reflection shows that 
the suggestions which have been offered by way of explanation 
themselves need to be explained. Ideas derived from social 
castes and emotional revulsions are hardly reasons to be offered 
in justification of a belief, although they may have a bearing 
on its causation. Contempt for matter and bodies and glorifica- 
tion of the immaterial are affairs which are not self-explana- 
tory. And, as we shall be at some pains to show later in the 
discussion, the idea which connects thinking and knowing with 
some principle or force that is wholly separate from connection 
with physical things will not stand examination, especially since 
tht whole-hearted adoption of experimental method in the 
natural sciences. 

The questions suggested have far-reaching issues. What is 
the cause and the import of the sharp division between theory 
and practice? Why should the latter be disesteemed along with 
matter and the body? What has been the effect upon the 

5 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

various modes in which action is manifested: industry, politics, 
the fine arts, and upon morals conceived of as overt activity 
having consequences, instead of as mere inner personal atti- 
tude? How has the separation of intellect from action affected 
the theory of knowledge? What has been in particular the 
effect upon the conception and course of philosophy? What 
forces are at work to break down the division? What would the 
effect be if the divorce were annulled, and knowing and doing 
were brought into intrinsic connection with one another? What 
revisions of the traditional theory of mind, thought and know- 
ing would be required, and what change in the idea of the office 
of philosophy would be demanded? What modifications would 
ensue in the disciplines which are concerned with the various 
phases of human activity? 

These questions form the theme of this book, and indicate 
the nature of the problems to be discussed. In this opening 
chapter we shall consider especially some historic grounds for 
the elevation of knowledge above making and doing. This 
phase of the discussion will disclose that exaltation of pure 
intellect and its activity above practical affairs is fundamentally 
connected with the quest for a certainty which shall be abso- 
lute and unshakeable. The distinctive characteristic of practical 
activity, one which is so inherent that it cannot be eliminated, is 
the uncertainty which attends it. Of it we are compelled to say: 
Act, but act at your peril. Judgment and belief regarding 
actions to be performed can never attain more than a pre- 
carious probability. Through thought, however, it has seemed 
that men might escape from the perils of uncertainty. 

Practical activity deals with individualized and unique situ- 
ations which are never exactly duplicable and about which, 
accordingly, no complete assurance is possible. All activity, 
moreover, involves change. The intellect, however, according 
to the traditional doctrine, may grasp universal Being, and 

6 



ESCAPE FROM PERIL 

Being which is universal is fixed and immutable. Wherever 
there is practical activity we human beings are involved as par- 
takers in the issue. All the fear, disesteem and lack of confi- 
dence which gather about the thought of ourselves, cluster also 
about the thought of the actions in which we are partners. 
Man's distrust of himself has caused him to desire to get 
beyond and above himself} in pure knowledge he has thought 
he could attain this self -transcendence. 

There is no need to expatiate upon the risk which attends 
overt action. The burden of proverbs and wise saws is that the 
best laid plans of men as of mice gang agley. Fortune rather 
than our own intent and act determines eventual success and 
failure. The pathos of unfulfilled expectation, the tragedy of 
defeated purpose and ideals, the catastrophes of accident, are 
the commonplaces of all comment on the human scene. We 
survey conditions, make the wisest choice we can; we act, and 
we must trust the rest to fate, fortune or providence. Moralists 
tell us to look to the end when we act and then inform us that 
the end is always uncertain. Judging, planning, choice, no mat- 
ter how thoroughly conducted, and action no matter how pru- 
dently executed, never are the sole determinants of any out- 
come. Alien and indifferent natural forces, unforeseeable 
conditions enter in and have a decisive voice. The more impor- 
tant the issue, the greater is their say as to the ulterior event. 
Hence men have longed to find a realm in which there is 
an activity which is not overt and which has no external conse- 
quences. "Safety first" has played a large role in effecting a 
preference for knowing over doing and making. With those to 
whom the process of pure thinking is congenial and who have 
the leisure and the aptitude to pursue their preference, the 
happiness attending knowing is unalloyed; it is not entangled 
in the risks which overt action cannot escape. Thought has been 
alleged to be a purely inner activity, intrinsic to mind alone; 

7 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

and according to traditional classic doctrine, "mind" is complete 
and self-sufficient in itself. Overt action may follow upon its 
operations but in an external way, a way not intrinsic to its 
completion. Since rational activity is complete within itself it 
needs no external manifestation. Failure and frustration are 
attributed to the accidents of an alien, intractable and inferior 
realm of existence. The outer lot of thought is cast in a world 
external to it, but one which in no way injures the supremacy 
and completeness of thought and knowledge in their intrinsic 
natures. 

Thus the arts by which man attains such practical security 
as is possible of achievement are looked down upon. The 
security they provide is relative, ever incomplete, at the risk of 
untoward circumstance. The multiplication of arts may even 
be bemoaned as a source of new dangers. Each of them de- 
mands its own measures of protection. Each one in its opera- 
tion brings with it new and unexpected consequences having 
perils for which we are not prepared. The quest for certainty 
is a quest for a peace which is assured, an object which is un- 
qualified by risk and the shadow of fear which action casts. 
For it is not uncertainty per se which men dislike, but the fact 
that uncertainty involves us in peril of evils. Uncertainty that 
affected only the detail of consequences to be experienced pro- 
vided they had a warrant of being enjoyable would have no 
sting. It would bring the zest of adventure and the spice of 
variety. Quest for complete certainty can be fulfilled in pure 
knowing alone. Such is the verdict of our most enduring philo- 
sophic tradition. 

While the tradition has, as we shall see later, found its way 
into all themes and subjects, and determines the form of cur- 
rent problems and conclusions regarding mind and knowledge, 
it may be doubted whether if we were suddenly released from 
the burden of tradition, we should, on the basis of present 

8 



ESCAPE FROM PERIL 

experience take the disparaging view of practice and the exalted 
view of knowledge apart from action which tradition dictates. 
For man, in spite of the new perils in which the machinery of 
his new arts of production and transportation have involved 
him, has learned to play with sources of danger. He even seeks 
them out, weary of the routine of a too sheltered life. The 
enormous change taking place in the position of women is itself, 
for example, a commentary on a change of attitude toward the 
value of protection as an end in itself. We have attained, at 
least subconsciously, a certain feeling of confidence; a feeling 
that control of the main conditions of fortune is to an appre- 
ciable degree passing into our own hands. We live surrounded 
with the protection of thousands of arts and we have devised 
schemes of insurance which mitigate and distribute the evils 
which accrue. Barring the fears which war leaves in its train, 
it is perhaps a safe speculation that if contemporary western 
man were completely deprived of all the old beliefs about 
knowledge and actions he would assume, with a fair degree of 
confidence, that it lies within his power to achieve a reasonable 
degree of security in life. 

This suggestion is speculative. Acceptance of it is not needed 
by the argument. It has its value as an indication of the earlier 
conditions in which a felt need for assurance was the dominant 
emotion. For primitive men had none of the elaborate arts of 
protection and use which we now enjoy and no confidence in 
his own powers when they were reinforced by appliances of art. 
He lived under conditions in which he was extraordinarily 
exposed to peril, and at the same time he was without the 
means of defense which are to-day matters of course. Most of 
our simplest tools and utensils did not exist; there was no 
accurate foresight; men faced the forces of nature in a state 
of nakedness which was more than physical; save under un- 
usually benign conditions he was beset with dangers that knew 

9 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

no remission. In consequence, mystery attended experiences of 
good and evil} they could not be traced to their natural causes 
and they seemed to be the dispensations, the gifts and the 
inflictions, of powers beyond possibility of control. The pre- 
carious crises of birth, puberty, illness, death, war, famine, 
plague, the uncertainties of the hunt, the vicissitudes of climate 
and the great seasonal changes, kept imagination occupied with 
the uncertain. Any scene or object that was implicated in any 
conspicuous tragedy or triumph, in no matter how accidental 
a way, got a peculiar significance. It was seized upon as a 
harbinger of good or as an omen of evil. Accordingly, some 
things were cherished as means of encompassing safety just as 
a good artisan to-day looks after his tools } others were feared 
and shunned because of their potencies for harm. 

As a drowning man is said to grasp at a straw, so men who 
lacked the instruments and skills developed in later days, 
snatched at whatever, by any stretch of imagination, could be 
regarded as a source of help in time of trouble. The attention, 
interest and care which now go to acquiring skill in the use 
of appliances and to the invention of means for better service 
of ends, were devoted to noting omens, making irrelevant 
prognostications, performing ritualistic ceremonies and mani- 
pulating objects possessed of magical power over natural 
events. In such an atmosphere primitive religion was born and 
fostered. Rather this atmosphere was the religious disposition. 

Search for alliance with means which might promote pros- 
perity and which would afford defense against hostile powers 
was constant. While this attitude was most marked in connec- 
tion with the recurrent crises of life, yet the boundary line 
between these crucial affairs with their extraordinary risks and 
everyday acts was shadowy. The acts that related to common- 
place things and everyday occupations were usually accom- 
panied, for good measure of security, by ritual acts. The mak- 

10 



ESCAPE FROM PERIL 

ing of a weapon, the molding of a bowl, the weaving of a 
mat, the sowing of seed, the reaping of a harvest, required acts 
different in kind to the technical skills employed. These other 
acts had a special solemnity and were thought necessary in order 
to ensure the success of the practical operations used. 

While it is difficult to avoid the use of the word supernatu- 
ral, we must avoid the meaning the word has for us. As long 
as there was no defined area of the natural^ that which is over 
and beyond the natural can have no significance. The distinc- 
tion, as anthropological students have pointed out, was between 
ordinary and extraordinary} between the prosaic, usual run of 
events and the crucial incident or irruption which determined 
the direction which the average and expected course of events 
took. But the two realms were in no way sharply demarcated 
from each other. There was a no-man's land, a vague territory, 
in which they overlapped. At any moment the extraordinary 
might invade the commonplace and either wreck it or clothe it 
with some surprising glory. The use of ordinary things under 
critical conditions was fraught with inexplicable potentialities 
of good and evil. 

The two dominant conceptions, cultural categories one 
might call them, which grew and flourished under such circum- 
stances were those of the holy and the fortunate, with their 
opposites, the profane and the unlucky. As with the idea of the 
supernatural, meanings are not to be assigned on the basis of 
present usage. Everything which was charged with some ex- 
traordinary potency for benefit or injury was holy; holiness 
meant necessity for being approached with ceremonial scruples. 
The holy thing, whether place, object, person or ritual appli- 
ance, has its sinister facej "to be handled with care" is written 
upon it. From it there issues the command: Noli me longer e. 
Tabus, a whole set of prohibitions and injunctions, gather about 
it. It is capable of transmitting its mysterious potency to other 

II 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

things. To secure the favor of the holy is to be on the road to 
success, while any conspicuous success is proof of the favor of 
some overshadowing power a fact which politicians of all 
ages have known how to utilize. Because of its surcharge of 
power, ambivalent in quality, the holy has to be approached 
not only with scruples but in an attitude of subjection. There 
are rites of purification, humiliation, fasting and prayer which 
are preconditions of securing its favor. 

The holy is the bearer of blessing or fortune. But a differ- 
ence early developed between the ideas of the holy and the 
lucky, because of the different dispositions in which each was 
to be approached. A lucky object is something to be used. It is 
to be manipulated rather than approached with awe. It calls 
for incantations, spells, divinations rather than for supplication 
and humiliation. Moreover, the lucky thing tends to be a 
concrete and tangible object, while the holy one is not usually 
definitely localized} it is the more potent in the degree in 
which its habitation and form are vague. The lucky object is 
subject to pressure, at a pinch to coercion, to scolding and 
punishment. It might be discarded if it failed to bring luck. 
There developed a certain element of mastery in its use, in 
distinction from the dependence and subjection which remained 
the proper attitude toward the holy. Thus there was a kind of 
rhythm of domination and submission, of imprecation and sup- 
plication, of utilization and communion. 

Such statements give, of course, a one-sided picture. Men at 
all times have gone about many things in a matter-of-fact way 
and have had their daily enjoyments. Even in the ceremonies 
of which we have spoken there entered the ordinary love of 
the dramatic as well as the desire for repetition, once routine 
is established. Primitive man early developed some tools and 
some modes of skill. With them went prosaic knowledge of 
the properties of ordinary things. But these beliefs were sur- 

12 



ESCAPE FROM PERIL 

rounded by others of an imaginative and emotional type, and 
were more or less submerged in the latter. Moreover, prestige 
attached to the latter. Just because some beliefs were matter- 
of-fact they did not have the weight and authority that belong 
to those about the extraordinary and unaccountable. We find 
the same phenomenon repeated to-day 'wherever religious 
beliefs have marked vitality. 

Prosaic beliefs about verifiable facts, beliefs backed up by 
evidence of the senses and by useful fruits, had little glamour 
and prestige compared with the vogue of objects of rite and 
ceremony. Hence the things forming their subject-matter were 
felt to be lower in rank. Familiarity breeds a sense of equality 
if not of contempt. We deem ourselves on a par with things we 
daily administer. It is a truism to say that objects regarded 
with awe have perforce a superior status. Herein is the source 
of the fundamental dualism of human attention and regard. 
The distinction between the two attitudes of everyday control 
and dependence on something superior was finally generalized 
intellectually. It took effect in the conception of two distinct 
realms. The inferior was that in which man could foresee and 
in which he had instruments and arts by which he might expect 
a reasonable degree of control. The superior was that of occur- 
rences so uncontrollable that they testified to the presence and 
operation of powers beyond the scope of everyday and mun- 
dane things. 

The philosophical tradition regarding knowledge and prac- 
tice, the immaterial or spiritual and the material, was not 
original and primitive. It had for its background the state of 
culture which has been sketched. It developed in a social at- 
mosphere in which the division of the ordinary and extraor- 
dinary was domesticated. Philosophy reflected upon it and gave 
it a rational formulation and justification. The bodies of in- 
formation that corresponded to the everyday arts, the store of 

13 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

matter-of-fact knowledge, were things men knew because of 
what they did. They were products and promises of utilities. 
They shared in the relatively low esteem belonging to such 
things in comparison with the extraordinary and divine. 
Philosophy inherited the realm with which religion had been 
concerned. Its mode of knowing was different from that accom- 
panying the empirical arts, just because it dealt with a realm 
of higher Being. It breathed an air purer than that in which 
exist the making and doing that relate to livelihood, just as 
the activities which took the form of rites and ceremonies were 
nobler and nearer the divine than those spent in toil. 

The change from religion to philosophy was so great in 
form that their identity as to content is easily lost from view. 
The form ceases to be that of the story told in imaginative and 
emotional style, and becomes that of rational discourse observ- 
ing the canons of logic. It is well known that that portion of 
Aristotle's system which later generations have called meta- 
physics he called First Philosophy. It is possible to quote from 
him sentences descriptive of "First Philosophy" which make it 
seem that the philosophic enterprise is a coldly rational one, 
objective and analytic. Thus he says it is the most comprehen- 
sive of all branches of knowledge because it has for its subject- 
matter definition of the traits which belong to all forms of 
Being whatsoever, however much they may differ from one 
another in detail. 

But when these passages are placed in the context they had 
in Aristotle's own mind, it is clear that the comprehensiveness 
and universality of first philosophy are not of a strictly analytic 
sort. They mark a distinction with respect to grade of value and 
title to reverence. For he explicitly identifies his first philosophy 
or metaphysics with theology} he says it is higher than 
other sciences. For these deal with generation and production, 
while its subject-matter permits of demonstrative, that is neces- 



ESCAPE FROM PERIL 

sary, truth; and its objects are divine and such as are meet for 
God to occupy himself with. Again, he says that the objects 
of philosophy are such as are the causes of as much of the 
divine as is manifest to us, and that if the divine is anywhere 
present, it is present in things of the sort with which philosophy 
deals. The supremacy of worth and dignity of these objects 
are also made clear in the statement that the Being with which 
philosophy is occupied is primary, eternal and self-sufficient, 
because its nature is the Good, so that the Good is among the 
first principles which are philosophy's subject-matter: yet 
not, it must be understood, the good in the sense in which it 
has meaning and standing in human life but the inherently and 
eternally perfect, that which is complete and self-sufficient. 

Aristotle tells us that from remote antiquity tradition has 
handed down the idea, in story form, that the heavenly bodies 
are gods, and that the divine encompasses the entire natural 
world. This core of truth, he goes on to say in effect, was em- 
broidered with myths for the benefit of the masses, for reasons 
of expediency, namely, the preservation of social institutions. 
The negative work of philosophy was then to strip away these 
imaginative accretions. From the standpoint of popular belief 
this was its chief work, and it was a destructive one. The masses 
only felt that their religion was attacked. But the enduring 
contribution was positive. The belief that the divine encom- 
passes the world was detached from its mythical context and 
made the basis of philosophy, and it became also the foundation 
of physical science as is suggested by the remark that the 
heavenly bodies are gods. Telling the story of the universe in 
the form of rational discourse instead of emotionalized imag- 
ination signified the discovery of logic as a rational science. 
Conformity on the part of supreme reality to the requirements 
of logic conferred upon its constitutive objects necessary and 
immutable characteristics. Pure contemplation of these forms 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

was man's highest and most divine bliss, a communion with un- 
changeable truth. 

The geometry of Euclid doubtless gave the clew to logic 
as the instrument of translation of what was sound in opinion 
into the forms of rational discourse. Geometry seemed to reveal 
the possibility of a science which owed nothing to observation 
and sense beyond mere exemplification in figures or diagrams. 
It seemed to disclose a world of ideal (or non-sensible) forms 
which were connected with one another by eternal and necessary 
relations which reason alone could trace. This discovery was 
generalized by philosophy into the doctrine of a realm of fixed 
Being which, when grasped by thought, formed a complete 
system of immutable and necessary truth. 

If one looks at the foundations of the philosophies of Plato 
and Aristotle as an anthropologist looks at his material, that 
is, as cultural subject-matter, it is clear that these philosophies 
were systematizations in rational form of the content of Greek 
religious and artistic beliefs. The systematization involved a 
purification. Logic provided the patterns to which ultimately 
real objects had to conform, while physical science was pos- 
sible in the degree in which the natural world, even in its muta- 
bilities, exhibited exemplification of ultimate immutable ra- 
tional objects. Thus, along with the elimination of myths and 
grosser superstitions, there were set up the ideals of science and 
of a life of reason. Ends which could justify themselves to 
reason were to take the place of custom as the guide of conduct. 
These two ideals form a permanent contribution to western 
civilization. 

But with all our gratitude for these enduring gifts, we 
cannot forget the conditions which attended them. For they 
brought with them the idea of a higher realm of fixed reality 
of which alone true science is possible and of an inferior world 
of changing things with which experience and practical matters 

16 



ESCAPE FROM PERIL 

are concerned. They glorified the invariant at the expense of 
change, it being evident that all practical activity falls within 
the realm of change. It bequeathed the notion, which has ruled 
philosophy ever since the time of the Greeks, that the office of 
knowledge is to uncover the antecedently real, rather than, as 
is the case with our practical judgments, to gain the kind of 
understanding which is necessary to deal with problems as they 
arise. 

In fixing this conception of knowledge it established also, 
as far as philosophies of the classic type are concerned, the 
special task of philosophic inquiry. As a form of knowledge it 
is concerned with the disclosure of the Real in itself, of Being 
in and of itself. It is differentiated from other modes of know- 
ing by its preoccupation with a higher and more ultimate form 
of Being than that with which the sciences of nature are con- 
cerned. As far as it occupied itself at all with human conduct, it 
was to superimpose upon acts ends said to flow from the nature 
of reason. It thus diverted thought from inquiring into the pur- 
poses which experience of actual conditions suggest and from 
concrete means of their actualization. It translated into a ra- 
tional form the doctrine of escape from the vicissitudes of 
existence by means of measures which do not demand an active 
coping with conditions. For deliverance by means of rites and 
cults, it substituted deliverance through reason. This deliver- 
ance was an intellectual, a theoretical affair, constituted by a 
knowledge to be attained apart from practical activity. 

The realms of knowledge and action were each divided into 
two regions. It is not to be inferred that Greek philosophy 
separated activity from knowing. It connected them. But it 
distinguished activity from action that is, from making and 
doing. Rational and necessary knowledge was treated, as in 
the celebrations of it by Aristotle, as an ultimate, self-sufficient 
and self-enclosed form of self-originated and self-conducted 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

activity. It was ideal and eternal, independent of change and 
hence of the world in which men act and live, the world we 
experience perceptibly and practically. "Pure activity" was 
sharply marked off from practical action. The latter, whether 
in the industrial or the fine arts, in morals or in politics, was 
concerned with an inferior region of Being in which change 
rules, and which accordingly has Being only by courtesy, for 
it manifests deficiency of sure footing in Being by the very fact 
of change. It is infected with non-being. 

On the side of knowledge, the division carried with it a 
difference between knowledge, in its full sense, and belief. The 
former is demonstrative, necessary that is, sure. Belief on the 
contrary is only opinion j in its uncertainty and mere probabil- 
ity, it relates to the world of change as knowledge corre- 
sponds to the realm of true reality. This fact brings the discus- 
sion around once more to our special theme as far as it affects 
the conception of the office and nature of philosophy. That man 
has two modes, two dimensions, of belief, cannot be doubted. 
He has beliefs about actual existences and the course of events, 
and he has beliefs about ends to be striven for, policies to be 
adopted, goods to be attained and evils to be averted. The most 
urgent of all practical problems concerns the connection the 
subject-matter of these two kinds of beliefs sustain to each 
other. How shall our most authentic and dependable cognitive 
beliefs be used to regulate our practical beliefs? How shall the 
latter serve to organize and integrate our intellectual beliefs? 

There is a genuine possibility that the true problem of 
philosophy is connected with precisely this type of question. 
Man has beliefs which scientific inquiry vouchsafes, beliefs 
about the actual structure and processes of things j and he also 
has beliefs about the values which should regulate his conduct. 
The question of how these two ways of believing may most 
effectively and fruitfully interact with one another is the most 

18 



ESCAPE FROM PERIL 

general and significant of all the problems which life presents 
to us. Some reasoned discipline, one obviously other than any 
science, should deal with this issue. Thus there is supplied one 
way of conceiving of the function of philosophy. But from this 
mode of defining philosophy we are estopped by the chief 
philosophical tradition. For according to it the realms of knowl- 
edge and of practical action have no inherent connection with 
each other. Here then is the focus to which the various elements 
in our discussion converge. We may then profitably recapitu- 
late. The realm of the practical is the region of change, and 
change is always contingent} it has in it an element of chance 
that cannot be eliminated. If a thing changes, its alteration 
is convincing evidence of its lack of true or complete Being. 
What is, in the full and pregnant sense of the world, is always, 
eternally. It is self-contradictory for that which is to alter. If 
it had no defect or imperfection in it how could it change? 
That which becomes merely comes to be, never truly is. It is 
infected with non-being j with privation of Being in the perfect 
sense. The world of generation is the world of decay and de- 
struction. Wherever one thing comes into being something else 
passes out of being. 

Thus the depreciation of practice was given a philosophic, 
an ontological, justification. Practical action, as distinct from 
self-revolving rational self-activity, belongs in the realm of 
generation and decay, a realm inferior in value as in Being. 
In form, the quest for absolute certainty has reached its goal. 
Because ultimate Being or reality is fixed, permanent, admit- 
ting of no change or variation, it may be grasped by rational 
intuition and set forth in rational, that is, universal and neces- 
sary, demonstration. I do not doubt that there was a feeling 
before the rise of philosophy that the unalterably fixed and the 
absolutely certain are one, or that change is the source from 
which comes all our uncertainties and woes. But in philosophy 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

this inchoate feeling was definitely fornrilated. It was asserted 
on grounds held to be as demonstrably necessary as are the 
conclusions of geometry and logic. Thus the predisposition of 
philosophy toward the universal, invariant and eternal was 
fixed. It remains the common possession of the entire classic 
philosophic tradition. 

All parts of the scheme hang together. True Being or 
Reality is complete j in being complete, it is perfect, divine, 
immutable, the "unmoved mover." Then there are things that 
change, that come and go, that are generated and perish, be- 
cause of lack of the stability which participation in ultimate 
Being alone confers. These changes, however, have form and 
character and are knowable in the degree in which they tend 
toward an end which is the fulfillment and completion of the 
changes in question. Their instability is not absolute but is 
marked by aspiration toward a goal. 

The perfect and complete is rational thought, the ultimate 
"end" or terminus of all natural movement. That which 
changes, which becomes and passes away, is material j change 
defines the physical. At most and best, it is a potentiality of 
reaching a stable and fixed end. To these two realms belong two 
sorts of knowledge. One of them is alone knowledge in the 
full sense, science. This has a rational, necessary and unchang- 
ing form. It is certain. The other, dealing with change, is 
belief or opinion j empirical and particular j it is contingent, a 
matter of probability, not of certainty. The most it can assert 
is that things are so and so "upon the whole," usually. Corre- 
sponding to the division in Being and in knowledge is that in 
activities. Pure activity is rational j it is theoretical, in the sense 
in which theory is apart from practical action. Then there is 
action in doing and making, occupied with the needs and defects 
of the lower realm of change in which, in his physical nature, 
man is implicated. 

20 



ESCAPE FROM PERIL 

Although this Greek formulation was made long ago and 
much of it is now strange in its specific terms, certain features 
of it are as relevant to present thought as they were significant 
in their original formulation. For in spite of the great, the 
enormous changes in the subject-matter and method of the 
sciences and the tremendous expansion of practical activities by 
means of arts and technologies, the main tradition of western 
culture has retained intact this framework of ideas. Perfect 
certainty is what man wants. It cannot be found by practical 
doing or making j these take effect in an uncertain future, and 
involve peril, the risk of misadventure, frustration and failure. 
Knowledge, on the other hand, is thought to be concerned with 
a region of being which is fixed in itself. Being eternal and 
unalterable, human knowing is not to make any difference in 
it. It can be approached through the medium of the appre- 
hensions and demonstrations of thought, or by some other 
organ of mind, which does nothing to the real, except just to 
know it. 

There is involved in these doctrines a whole system of 
philosophical conclusions. The first and foremost is that there 
is complete correspondence between knowledge in its true 
meaning and what is real. What is known, what is true for 
cognition, is what is real in being. The objects of knowledge 
form the standards of measures of the reality of all other 
objects of experience. Are the objects of the affections, of 
desire, effort, choice, that is to say everything to which we at- 
tach value, real? Yes, if they can be warranted by knowledge j if 
we can know objects having these value properties, we are justi- 
fied in thinking them real. But as objects of desire and purpose 
they have no sure place in Being until they are approached and 
validated through knowledge. The idea is so familiar that we 
overlook the unexpressed premise upon which it rests, namely 
that only the completely fixed and unchanging can be real. 

21 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

The quest for certitude has determined our basic metaphysics. 

Secondly, the theory of knowledge has its basic premises 
fixed by the same doctrine. For knowledge to be certain must 
relate to that which has antecedent existence or essential being. 
There are certain things which are alone inherently the proper 
objects of knowledge and science. Things in the production of 
which we participate we cannot know in the true sense of the 
word, for such things succeed instead of preceding our action. 
What concerns action forms the realm of mere guesswork and 
probability, as distinct from the warrant of rational assurance 
which is the ideal of true knowledge. We are so accustomed to 
the separation of knowledge from doing and making that we 
fail to recognize how it controls our conceptions of mind, of 
consciousness and of reflective inquiry. For as relates to genuine 
knowledge, these must all be defined, on the basis of the 
premise, so as not to admit of the presence of any overt action 
that modifies conditions having prior and independent 
existence. 

Special theories of knowledge differ enormously from one 
another. Their quarrels with one another fill the air. The din 
thus created makes us deaf to the way in which they say one 
thing in common. The controversies are familiar. Some theories 
ascribe the ultimate test of knowledge to impressions passively 
received, forced upon us whether we will or no. Others ascribe 
the guarantee of knowledge to synthetic activity of the intellect. 
Idealistic theories hold that mind and the object known are 
ultimately onej realistic doctrines reduce knowledge to aware- 
ness of what exists independently, and so on. But they all make 
one common assumption. They all hold that the operation of 
inquiry excludes any element of practical activity that enters 
into the construction of the object known. Strangely enough 
this is as true of idealism as of realism, of theories of synthetic 
activity as of those of passive receptivity. For according to them 

22 



ESCAPE FROM PERIL 

"mind" constructs the known object not in any observable way, 
or by means of practical overt acts having a temporal quality, 
but by some occult internal operation. 

The common essence of all these theories, in short L is that 
what is known is antecedent to the mental act of observation 
and inquiry, and is totally unaffected by these actsj otherwise it 
would not be fixed and unchangeable. This negative condition, 
that the processes of search, investigation, reflection, involved 
in knowledge relate to something having prior being, fixes once 
for all the main characters attributed to mind, and to the organs 
of knowing. They must be outside what is known, so as not to 
interact in any way with the object to be known. If the word 
"interaction" be used, it cannot denote that overt production of 
change it signifies in its ordinary and practical use. 

The theory of knowing is modeled after what was sup- 
posed to take place in the act of vision. The object refracts 
light to the eye and is seenj it makes a difference to the eye and 
to the person having an optical apparatus, but none to the thing 
seen. The real object is the object so fixed in its regal aloofness 
that it is a king to any beholding mind that may gaze upon it. 
A spectator theory of knowledge is the inevitable outcome. 
There have been theories which hold that mental activity inter- 
venes, but they have retained the old premise. They have there- 
fore concluded that it is impossible to know reality. Since mind 
intervenes, we know, according to them, only some modified 
semblance of the real object, some "appearance." It would be 
hard to find a more thoroughgoing confirmation than this con- 
clusion provides of the complete hold possessed by the belief 
that the object of knowledge is a reality fixed and complete in 
itself, in isolation from an act of inquiry which has in it any 
element of production of change. 

All of these notions about certainty and the fixed, about 
the nature of the real world, about the nature of the mind and 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

its organs of knowing, are completely bound up with one an- 
other, and their consequences ramify into practically all im- 
portant ideas entertained upon any philosophic question. They 
all flow such is my basic thesis from the separation (set up 
in the interest of the quest for absolute certainty) between 
theory and practice, knowledge and actions. Consequently the 
later problem cannot be attacked in isolation, by itself. It is too 
thoroughly entangled with fundamental beliefs and ideas in 
all sorts of fields. 

In later chapters the theme will, therefore, be approached 
in relation to each of the above-mentioned points. We shall first 
take up the effect of the traditional separation upon the concep- 
tion of the nature of philosophy, especially in connection with 
the question of the secure place of values in existence. We shall 
then pass on to an account of the way in which modern philoso- 
phies have been dominated by the problem of reconciling the 
conclusions of natural science with the objective validity of the 
values by which men live and regulate their conduct: a prob- 
lem which would have no existence were it not for the prior 
uncritical acceptance of the traditional notion that knowledge 
has a monopolistic claim to access to reality. The discussion will 
then take up various phases of the development of actual know- 
ing as exemplified in scientific procedure, so as to show, by an 
analysis of experimental inquiry in its various phases, how com- 
pletely the traditional assumptions, mentioned above, have been 
abandoned in concrete scientific procedure. For science in be- 
coming experimental has itself become a mode of directed 
practical doing. There will then follow a brief statement of the 
effect of the destruction of the barriers which have divided 
theory and practice upon reconstruction of the basic ideas about 
mind and thought, and upon the solution of a number of 
long-standing problems as to the theory of knowledge. The 
consequences of substituting search for security by practical 

24 



ESCAPE FROM PERIL 

means for quest of absolute certainty by cognitive means will 
then be considered in its bearing upon the problem of our judg- 
ments regarding the values which control conduct, especially its 
social phases. 



CHAPTER II 

PHILOSOPHY'S SEARCH FOR THE 
IMMUTABLE 

IN THE PREVIOUS chapter, we noted incidentally the distinction 
made in the classic tradition between knowledge and belief, or, 
as Locke put it, between knowledge and judgment. According 
to this distinction the certain and knowledge are co-extensive. 
Disputes exist, but they are whether sensation or reason affords 
the basis of certainty j or whether existence or essence is its 
object. In contrast with this identification, the very word 
"belief" is eloquent on the topic of certainty. We believe in the 
absence of knowledge or complete assurance. Hence the quest 
for certainty has always been an effort to transcend belief. Now 
since, as we have already noted, all matters of practical action 
involve an element of uncertainty, we can ascend from belief 
to knowledge only by isolating the latter from practical doing 
and making. 

In this chapter we are especially concerned with the effect 
of the ideal of certainty as something superior to belief upon 
the conception of the nature and function of philosophy. Greek 
thinkers saw clearly and logically that experience cannot 
furnish us, as respects cognition of existence, with anything 
more than contingent probability. Experience cannot deliver to 
us necessary truths j truths completely demonstrated by reason. 
Its conclusions are particular, not universal. Not being "exact" 
they come short of "science." Thus there arose the distinction 
between rational truths or, in modern terminology, truths re- 
lating to the relation of ideas, and "truths" about matters of 

26 



PHILOSOPHY'S SEARCH FOR IMMUTABLE 

existence, empirically ascertained. Thus not merely the arts of 
practice, industrial and social, were stamped matters of belief 
rather than of knowledge, but also all those sciences which are 
matters of inductive inference from observation. 

One might indulge in the reflection that they are none the 
worse for all that, especially since the natural sciences have 
developed a technique for achieving a high degree of probabil- 
ity and for measuring, within assignable limits, the amount of 
probability which attaches in particular cases to conclusions. 
But historically the matter is not so simple as to permit of this 
retort. For empirical or observational sciences were placed in 
invidious contrast to rational sciences which dealt with eternal 
and universal objects and which therefore were possessed of 
necessary truth. Consequently all observational sciences as far 
as their material could not be subsumed under forms and prin- 
ciples supplied by rational science shared in the depreciatory 
view held about practical affairs. They are relatively low, 
secular and profane compared with the perfect realities of ra- 
tional science. 

And here is a justification for going back to something as 
remote in time as Greek philosophy. The whole classic tradi- 
tion down to our day has continued to hold a slighting view of 
experience as such, and to hold up as the proper goal and ideal 
of true knowledge realities which even if they are located in 
empirical things cannot be known by experimental methods. 
The logical consequence for philosophy itself is evident. Upon 
the side of method, it has been compelled to claim for itself the 
possession of a method issuing from reason itself, and having 
the warrant of reason, independently of experience. As long as 
the view obtained that nature itself is truly known by the same 
rational method, the consequences at least those which were 
evident were not serious. There was no break between 
philosophy and genuine science or what was conceived to be 

27 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

such. In fact, there was not even a distinction j there were 
simply various branches of philosophy, metaphysical, logical, 
natural, moral, etc., in a descending scale of demonstrative cer- 
tainty. Since, according to the theory, the subject-matter of the 
lower sciences was inherently of a different character from that 
of true knowledge, there was no ground for rational dissatis- 
faction with the lower degree of knowledge called belief. In- 
ferior knowledge or belief corresponded to the inferior state 
of subject-matter. 

The scientific revolution of the seventeenth century effected 
a great modification. Science itself through the aid of mathe- 
matics carried the scheme of demonstrative knowledge over to 
natural objects. The "laws" of the natural world had that 
fixed character which in the older scheme had belonged only to 
rational and ideal forms. A mathematical science of nature 
couched in mechanistic terms claimed to be the only sound 
natural philosophy. Hence the older philosophies lost alliance 
with natural knowledge and the support that had been given 
to philosophy by them. Philosophy in maintaining its claim to 
be a superior form of knowledge was compelled to take an 
invidious and so to say malicious attitude toward the conclusions 
of natural science. The framework of the old tradition had in 
the meantime become embedded in Christian theology, and 
through religious teaching was made a part of the inherited cul- 
ture of those innocent of any technical philosophy. Conse- 
quently, the rivalry between philosophy and the new science, 
with respect to the claim to know reality, was converted in effect 
into a rivalry between the spiritual values guaranteed by the 
older philosophic tradition and the conclusions of natural 
knowledge. The more science advanced the more it seemed to 
encroach upon the special province of the territory over which 
philosophy had claimed jurisdiction. Thus philosophy in its 
classic form became a species of apologetic justification for 

28 



PHILOSOPHY'S SEARCH FOR IMMUTABLE 

belief in an ultimate reality in which the values which 
should regulate life and control conduct are securely 
enstated. 

There are undoubted disadvantages in the historic man- 
ner of approach to the problem which has been followed* 
It may readily be thought either that the Greek formulation 
which has been emphasized has no especial pertinency with 
respect to modern thought and especially to contemporary 
philosophy j or that no philosophical statement is of any great 
importance for the mass of non-philosophic persons. Those 
interested in philosophy may object that the criticisms passed 
are directed if not at a man of straw at least to positions that 
have long since lost their actuality. Those not friendly to any 
form of philosophy may inquire what import they have for any 
except professed philosophers. 

The first type of objection will be dealt with somewhat in 
extenso in the succeeding chapter, in which I shall try to show 
how modern philosophies, in spite of their great diversity, have 
been concerned with problems of adjustment of the conclusions 
of modern science to the chief religious and moral tradition of 
the western world j together with the way in which these prob- 
lems are connected with retention of the conception of the 
relation of knowledge to reality formulated in Greek thought. 
At the point in the discussion now reached, it suffices to point 
out that, in spite of great changes in detail, the notion of a 
separation between knowledge and action, theory and practice, 
has been perpetuated, and that the beliefs connected with action 
are taken to be uncertain and inferior to value compared with 
those inherently connected with objects of knowledge, so that 
the former are securely established only as they derived from 
the latter. Not the specific content of Greek thought is pertinent 
to present problems, but its insistence that security is measured 
by certainty of knowledge, while the latter is measured by 

29 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

adhesion to fixed and immutable objects, which therefore are 
independent of what men do in practical activity. 

The other objection is of a different sort. It comes from 
those who feel that not merely Greek philosophy but philoso- 
phy in any form is remote from all significant human concern. 
It is willing to admit or rather assert that it is presumptuous 
for philosophy to lay claim to knowledge of a higher order 
than that given by natural science, but it also holds that this is 
no great matter in any case except for professional philosophers. 

There would be force in this latter objection were it not 
that those who make it hold for the most part the same 
philosophy of certainty and its proper object that is held by 
philosophers, save in an inchoate form. They are not interested 
in the notion that philosophic thought is a special means of 
attaining this object and the certainty it affords, but they are 
far from holding, either explicitly or implicitly, that the arts 
of intelligently directed action are the means by which security 
of values are to be attained. With respect to certain ends and 
goods they accept this idea. But in thinking of these ends and 
values as material, as related to health, wealth, control of con- 
ditions for the sake of an inferior order of consequences, they 
retain the same division between a higher reality and a lower 
that is formulated in classic philosophy. They may be innocent 
of the vocabulary that speaks of reason, necessary truth, the 
universal, things in themselves and appearances. But they 
incline to believe that there is some other road than that of 
action, directed by knowledge, to achieve ultimate security of 
higher ideals and purposes. They think of practical action as 
necessary for practical utilities, but they mark off practical 
utilities from spiritual and ideal values. Philosophy did not 
originate the underlying division. It only gave intellectual 
formulation and justification to ideas that were operative in 
men's minds generally. And the elements of these ideas are 

30 



PHILOSOPHY'S SEARCH FOR IMMUTABLE 

as active in present culture as they ever were in the past. In- 
deed, through the diffusion of religious doctrines, the idea 
that ultimate values are a matter of special revelation and are 
to be embodied in life by special means radically different from 
the arts of action that deal with lower and lesser ends has been 
accentuated in the popular mind. 

Here is the point which is of general human import instead 
of concern merely to professional philosophers. What about the 
security of values, of the things which are admirable, honor- 
able, to be approved of and striven for? It is probably in con- 
sequence of the derogatory view held of practice that the 
question of the secure place of values in human experience is 
so seldom raised in connection with the problem of the relation 
of knowledge and practice. But upon any view concerning the 
status of action, the scope of the latter cannot be restricted to 
self-seeking acts, nor to those of a prudential aspect, nor in 
general to things of expediency and what are often termed 
"utilitarian" affairs. The maintenance and diffusion of intellec- 
tual values, of moral excellencies, the esthetically admirable, as 
well as the maintenance of order and decorum in human rela- 
tions are dependent upon what men do. 

Whether because of the emphasis of traditional religion 
upon salvation of the personal soul or for some other reason, 
there is a tendency to restrict the ultimate scope of morals to 
the reflex effect of conduct on one's self. Even utilitarianism, 
with all its seeming independence of traditional theology and 
its emphasis upon the general good as the criterion for judging 
conduct, insisted in its hedonistic psychology upon private 
pleasure as the motive for action. The idea that the stable and 
expanding institution of all things that make life worth while 
throughout all human relationships is the real object of all 
intelligent conduct is depressed from view by the current con- 
ception of morals as a special kind of action chiefly concerned 

31 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

with either the virtues or the enjoyments of individuals in their 
personal capacities. In changed form, we still retain the notion 
of a division of activity into two kinds having very different 
worths. The result is the depreciated meaning that has come 
to be attached to the very meaning of the "practical" and the 
useful. Instead of being extended to cover all forms of action 
by means of which all the values of life are extended and ren- 
dered more secure, including the diffusion of the fine arts and 
the cultivation of taste, the processes of education and all ac- 
tivities which are concerned with rendering human relationships 
more significant and worthy, the meaning of "practical" is 
limited to matters of ease, comfort, riches, bodily security and 
police order, possibly health, etc., things which in their isola- 
tion from other goods can only lay claim to restricted and 
narrow value. In consequence, these subjects are handed over 
to technical sciences and artsj they are no concern of "higher" 
interests which feel that no matter what happens to inferior 
goods in the vicissitudes of natural existence, the highest values 
are immutable characters of the ultimately real. 

Our depreciatory attitude toward "practice" would be 
modified if we habitually thought of it in its most liberal sense, 
and if we surrendered our customary dualism between two 
separate kinds of value, one intrinsically higher and one in- 
herently lower. We should regard practice as the only means 
(other than accident) by which whatever is judged to be honor- 
able, admirable, approvable can be kept in concrete experience- 
able existence. In this connection the entire import of "morals" 
would be transformed. How much of the tendency to ignore 
permanent objective consequences in differences made in natu- 
ral and social relations; and how much of the emphasis upon 
personal and internal motives and dispositions irrespective of 
what they objectively produce and sustain are products of the 
habitual depreciation of the worth of action in comparison with 

3* 



PHILOSOPHY'S SEARCH FOR IMMUTABLE 

forms of mental processes, of thought and sentiment, which 
make no objective difference in things themselves? 

It would be possible to argue (and, I think, with much 
justice) that failure to make action central in the search for 
such security as is humanly possible is a survival of the 
impotency of men in those stages of civilization when he had 
few means of regulating and utilizing the conditions upon 
which the occurrence of consequences depend. As long as man 
was unable by means of the arts of practice to direct the course 
of events, it was natural for him to seek an emotional substi- 
tute j in the absence of actual certainty in the midst of a pre- 
carious and hazardous world, men cultivated all sorts of things 
that would give them the feeling of certainty. And it is pos- 
sible that, when not carried to an illusory point, the cultivation 
of the feeling gave man courage and confidence and enabled 
him to carry the burdens of life more successfully. But one 
could hardly seriously contend that this fact, if it be such, is 
one upon which to found a reasoned philosophy. 

It is to the conception of philosophy that we come back. 
No mode of action can, as we have insisted, give anything 
approaching absolute certitude j it provides insurance but no 
assurance. Doing is always subject to peril, to the danger of 
frustration. When men began to reflect philosophically it 
seemed to them altogether too risky to leave the place of 
values at the mercy of acts the results of which are never sure. 
This precariousness might hold as far as empirical existence, 
existence in the sensible and phenomenal world, is concerned} 
but this very uncertainty seemed to render it the more needful 
that ideal goods should be shown to have, by means of knowl- 
edge of the most assured type, an indefeasible and inex- 
pugnable position in the realm of the ultimately real. So at 
least we may imagine men to have reasoned. And to-day many 
persons find a peculiar consolation in the face of the unstable 

33 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

and dubious presence of values in actual, experience by project- 
ing a perfect form of good into a realm of essence, if not into 
a heaven beyond the earthly skies, wherein their authority, if 
not their existence, is wholly unshakeable. 

Instead of asking how far this process is of that compensa- 
tory kind with which recent psychology has made us familiar, 
we are inquiring into the effect upon philosophy. It will not be 
denied, I suppose, that the chief aim of those philosophies 
which I have called classical, has been to show that the realities 
which are the objects of the highest and most necessary knowl- 
edge are also endowed with the values which correspond to our 
best aspirations, admirations and approvals. That, one may say, 
is the very heart of all traditional philosophic idealisms. There 
is a pathos, having its own nobility, in philosophies which think 
it their proper office to give an intellectual or cognitive certifi- 
cation to the ontological reality of the highest values. It is 
difficult for men to see desire and choice set earnestly upon 
the good and yet being frustrated, without their imagining a 
realm in which the good has come completely to its own, and 
is identified with a Reality in which resides all ultimate power. 
The failure and frustration of actual life is then attributed 
to the fact that this world is finite and phenomenal, sensible 
rather than real, or to the weakness of our finite apprehension, 
which cannot see that the discrepancy between existence and 
value is merely seeming, and that a fuller vision would behold 
partial evil an element in complete good. Thus the office of 
philosophy is to project by dialectic, resting supposedly upon 
self-evident premises, a realm in which the object of com- 
pletest cognitive certitude is also one with the object of the 
heart's best aspiration. The fusion of the good and the true 
with unity and plenitude of Being thus becomes the goal of 
classic philosophy. 

The situation would strike us as a curious one were it not 

34 



PHILOSOPHY'S SEARCH FOR IMMUTABLE 

so familiar. Practical activity is dismissed to a world of low 
grade reality. Desire is found only where something is lacking 
and hence its existence is a sign of imperfection of Being. Hence 
one must go to passionless reason to find perfect reality and 
complete certitude. But nevertheless the chief philosophic in- 
terest is to prove that the essential properties of the reality 
that is the object of pure knowledge are precisely those char- 
acteristics which have meaning in connection with affection, 
desire and choice. After degrading practical affairs in order 
to exalt knowledge, the chief task of knowledge turns out to 
be to demonstrate the absolutely assured and permanent reality 
of the values with which practical activity is concerned! Can 
we fail to see the irony in a situation wherein desire and emotion 
are relegated to a position inferior in every way to that of 
knowledge, while at the same time the chief problem of that 
which is termed the highest and most perfect knowledge is 
taken to be the existence of evil that is, of desires errant and 
frustrated? 

The contradiction involved, however, is much more than a 
purely intellectual one which if purely theoretical would be 
innocuously lacking in practical consequences. The thing which 
concerns all of us as human beings is precisely the greatest 
attainable security of values in concrete existence. The thought 
that the values which are unstable and wavering in the world 
in which we live are eternally secure in a higher realm (which 
reason demonstrates but which we cannot experience), that all 
the goods which are defeated here are triumphant there, may 
give consolation to the depressed. But it does not change the 
existential situation in the least. The separation that has been 
instituted between theory and practice, with its consequent sub- 
stitution of cognitive quest for absolute assurance for practical 
endeavor to make the existence of good more secure in ex- 
perience, has had the effect of distracting attention and divert- 

35 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

ing energy from a task whose performance would yield definite 
results. 

The chief consideration in achieving concrete security of 
values lies in the perfecting of methods of action. More ac- 
tivity, blind striving, gets nothing forward. Regulation of con- 
ditions upon which results depend is possible only by doing, 
yet only by doing which has intelligent direction, which takes 
cognizance of conditions, observes relations of sequence, and 
which plans and executes in the light of this knowledge. The 
notion that thought, apart from action, can warrant complete 
certitude as to the status of supreme good, makes no contribu- 
tion to the central problem of development of intelligent 
methods of regulation. It rather depresses and deadens effort 
in that direction. That is the chief indictment to be brought 
against the classic philosophic tradition. Its import raises the 
question of the relation which action sustains to knowledge in 
fact, and whether the quest for certainty by other means than 
those of intelligent action does not mark a baneful diversion 
of thought from its proper office. It raises the question whether 
mankind has not now achieved a sufficient degree of control 
of methods of knowing and of the arts of practical action so 
that a radical change in our conceptions of knowledge and 
practice is rendered both possible and necessary. 

That knowing, as judged from the actual procedures of 
scientific inquiry, has completely abandoned in fact the tra- 
ditional separation of knowing and doing, that the experi- 
mental procedure is one that installs doing as the heart of 
knowing, is a theme that will occupy our attention in later 
chapters. What would happen to philosophy if it whole- 
heartedly made a similar surrender? What would be its office 
if it ceased to deal with the problem of reality and knowledge 
at large? In effect, its function would be to facilitate the fruit- 
fid interaction of our cognitive beliefs, our beliefs resting upon 

36 



PHILOSOPHY'S SEARCH FOR IMMUTABLE 

the most dependable methods of iquiry, with our practical 
beliefs about the values, the ends and purposes, that should 
control human action in the things of large and liberal human 
import. 

Such a view renounces the traditional notion that action is 
inherently inferior to knowledge and preference for the fixed 
over the changing j it involves the conviction that security 
attained by active control is to be more prized than certainty 
in theory. But it does not imply that action is higher and better 
than knowledge, and practice inherently superior to thought. 
Constant and effective interaction of knowledge and practice 
is something quite different from an exaltation of activity for 
its own sake. Action, when directed by knowledge, is method 
and means, not an end. The aim and end is the securer, freer 
and more widely shared embodiment of values in experience by 
means of that active control of objects which knowledge alone 
makes possible.* 

From this point of view, the problem of philosophy con- 
cerns the interaction of our judgments about ends to be sought 
with knowledge of the means for achieving them. Just as in 
science the question of the advance of knowledge is the question 
of what to do y what experiments to perform, what apparatus to 
invent and use, what calculations to engage in, what branches of 
mathematics to employ or to perfect, so the problem of practice 
is what do we need to know, how shall we obtain that knowl- 
edge and how shall we apply it? 

It is an easy and altogether too common a habit to confuse 
a personal division of labor with an isolation of function and 
meaning. Human beings as individuals tend to devote them- 

+ In reaction against the age-long depreciation of practice in behalf of 
contemplative knowledge, there is a temptation simply to turn things upside 
down. But the essence of pragmatic instrumentalism is to conceive of both 
knowledge and practice as means of making goods excellencies of all kinds- 
secure in experienced existence. 

37 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

selves either to the practice of knowirg or to the practice of 
a professional, business, social or esthetic art. Each takes the 
other half of the circle for granted. Theorists and practitioners, 
however, often indulge in unseemly wrangles as to the im- 
portance of their respective tasks. Then the personal difference 
of callings is hypostatized and made into an intrinsic differ- 
ence between knowledge and practice. 

If one looks at the history of knowledge, it is plain that at 
the beginning men tried to know because they had to do so in 
order to live. In the absence of that organic guidance given by 
their structure to other animals, man had to find out what 
he was about, and he could find out only by studying the 
environment which constituted the means, obstacles and results 
of his behavior. The desire for intellectual or cognitive under- 
standing had no meaning except as a means of obtaining greater 
security as to the issues of action. Moreover, even when after 
the coming of leisure some men were enabled to adopt know- 
ing as their special calling or profession, merely theoretical un- 
certainty continues to have no meaning. 

This statement will arouse protest. But the reaction against 
the statement will turn out when examined to be due to the 
fact that it is so difficult to find a case of purely intellectual 
uncertainty, that is one upon which nothing hangs. Perhaps 
as near to it as we can come is in the familiar story of the 
Oriental potentate who declined to attend a horse race on the 
ground that it was already well known to him that one horse 
could run faster than another. His uncertainty as to which of 
several horses could outspeed the others may be said to have 
been purely intellectual. But also in the story nothing depended 
from itj no curiosity was aroused j no effort was put forth to 
satisfy the uncertainty. In other words, he did not carej it 
made no difference. And it is a strict truism that no one would 
care about any exclusively theoretical uncertainty or certainty. 

38 



PHILOSOPHY'S SEARCH FOR IMMUTABLE 

For by definition in being exclusively theoretical it is one which 
makes no difference anywhere. 

Revulsion against this proposition is a tribute to the fact 
that actually the intellectual and the practical are so closely 
bound together. Hence when we imagine we are thinking o 
an exclusively theoretical doubt, we smuggle in unconsciously 
some consequence which hangs upon it. We think of uncertainty 
arising in the course of an inquiry} in this case, uncertainty 
until it is resolved blocks the progress of the inquiry a dis- 
tinctly practical affair, since it involves conclusions and the 
means of producing them. If we had no desires and no pur- 
poses, then, as sheer truism, one state of things would be as 
good as any other. Those who have set such store by the de- 
monstration that Absolute Being already contains in eternal 
safety within itself all values, have had as their interest the 
fact that while the demonstration would make no difference 
in the concrete existence of these values unless perhaps to 
weaken effort to generate and sustain them it would make 
a difference in their own personal attitudes in a feeling of 
comfort or of release from responsibility, the consciousness of 
a "moral holiday" in which some philosophers have found the 
distinction between morals and religion. 

Such considerations point to the conclusion that the ulti- 
mate ground of the quest for cognitive certainty is the need for 
security in the results of action. Men readily persuade them- 
selves that they are devoted to intellectual certainty for its own 
sake. Actually they want it because of its bearing on safeguard- 
ing what they desire and esteem. The need for protection and 
prosperity in action created the need for warranting the validity 
of intellectual beliefs. 

After a distinctively intellectual class had arisen, a class hav- 
ing leisure and in a large degree protected against the more 
serious perils which afflict the mass of humanity, its members 

39 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

proceeded to glorify their own office. Since no amount of pains 
and care in action can ensure complete certainty, certainty in 
knowledge was worshipped as a substitute. In minor matters, 
those that are relatively technical, professional, "utilitarian," 
men continued to resort to improving their methods of opera- 
tion in order to be surer of results. But in affairs of momentous 
value the requisite knowledge is hard to come by and the 
bettering of methods is a slow process to be realized only by 
the cooperative endeavor of many persons. The arts to be 
formed and developed are social artsj an individual by himself 
can do little to regulate the conditions which will render im- 
portant values more secure, though with shrewdness and special 
knowledge he can do much to further his own peculiar aims 
given a fair share of luck. So because of impatience and be- 
cause, as Aristotle was given to pointing out, an individual 
is self-sufficient in that kind of thinking which involves no 
action, the ideal of a cognitive certainty and truth having no 
connection with practice, and prized because of its lack of con- 
nection, developed. The doctrine worked out practically so as 
to strengthen dependence upon authority and dogma in the 
things of highest value, while increase of specialized knowl- 
edge was relied upon in everyday, especially economic, affairs. 
Just as belief that a magical ceremony will regulate the growth 
of seeds to full harvest stifles the tendency to investigate 
natural causes and their workings, so acceptance of dogmatic 
rules as bases of conduct in education, morals and social mat- 
ters, lessens the impetus to find out about the conditions which 
are involved in forming intelligent plans. 

It is more or less of a commonplace to speak of the crisis 
which has been caused by the progress of the natural sciences 
in the last few centuries. The crisis is due, it is asserted, to the 
incompatibility between the conclusions of natural science about 
the world in which we live and the realm of higher values, 

40 



PHILOSOPHY'S SEARCH FOR IMMUTABLE 

of ideal and spiritual qualities, which get no support from nat- 
ural science. The new science, it is said, has stripped the world 
of the qualities which made it beautiful and congenial to menj 
has deprived nature of all aspiration towards ends^ all prefer- 
ence for accomplishing the good, and presented nature to us as 
a scene of indifferent physical particles acting according to 
mathematical and mechanical laws. 

This effect of modern science has, it is notorious, set the 
main problems for modern philosophy. How is science to be 
accepted and yet the realm of values to be conserved? This 
question forms the philosophic version of the popular conflict 
of science and religion. Instead of being troubled about the 
inconsistency of astronomy with the older religious beliefs 
about heaven and the ascension of Christ, or the differences 
between the geological record and the account of creation in 
Genesis, philosophers have been troubled by the gap in kind 
which exists between the fundamental principles of the natural 
world and the reality of the values according to which mankind 
is to regulate its life. 

Philosophers, therefore, set to work to mediate, to find 
some harmony behind the apparent discord. Everybody knows 
that the trend of modern philosophy has been to arrive at 
theories regarding the nature of the universe by means of 
theories regarding the nature of knowledge a procedure 
which reverses the apparently more judicious method of the 
ancients in basing their conclusions about knowledge on the 
nature of the universe in which knowledge occurs. The "crisis" 
of which we have just been speaking accounts for the reversal. 

Since science has made the trouble, the cure ought to be 
found in an examination of the nature of knowledge, of the 
conditions which make science possible. If the conditions of 
the possibility of knowledge can be shown to be of an ideal 
and rational character, then, so it has been thought, the loss 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

of an idealistic cosmology in physics can be readily borne. The 
physical world can -be surrendered to matter and mechanism, 
since we are assured that matter and mechanism have their 
foundation in immaterial mind. Such has been the characteristic 
course of modern spiritualistic philosophies since the time of 
Kantj indeed, since that of Descartes, who first felt the poig- 
nancy of the problem involved in reconciling the conclusions of 
science with traditional religious and moral beliefs. 

It would presumably be taken as a sign of extreme naivete, 
if not of callous insensitiveness, if one were to ask why all this 
ardor to reconcile the findings of natural science with the 
validity of values? Why should any increase of knowledge 
seem like a threat to what we prize, admire and approve? Why 
should we not proceed to employ our gains in science to im- 
prove our judgments about values, and to regulate our actions 
so as to make values more secure and more widely shared in 
existence? 

I am willing to run the risk of charge of naivete for the 
sake of making manifest the difference upon which we have 
been dwelling. If men had associated their ideas about values 
with practical activity instead of with cognition of antecedent 
Being, they would not have been troubled by the findings of 
science. They would have welcomed the latter. For anything 
ascertained about the structure of actually existing conditions 
would be a definite aid in making judgments about things to 
be prized and striven for more adequate, and would instruct 
us as to the means to be employed in realizing them. But ac- 
cording to the religious and philosophic tradition of Europe, 
the valid status of all the highest values, the good, true and 
beautiful, was bound up with their being properties of ultimate 
and supreme Being, namely, God. All went well as long as 
what passed for natural science gave no offence to this concep- 
tion. Trouble began when science ceased to disclose in the 

42 



PHILOSOPHY'S SEARCH FOR IMMUTABLE 

objects of knowledge the possession of any such properties. 
Then some roundabout method had to be devised for sub- 
stantiating them. 

The point of the seemingly crass question which was asked 
is thus to elicit the radical difference made when the problem 
of values is seen to be connected with the problem of intelli- 
gent action. If the validity of beliefs and judgments about 
values is dependent upon the consequences of action undertaken 
in their behalf, if the assumed association of values with knowl- 
edge capable of being demonstrated apart from activity, is 
abandoned, then the problem of the intrinsic relation of science 
to value is wholly artificial. It is replaced by a group of practi- 
cal problems: How shall we employ what we know to direct 
the formation of our beliefs about value and how shall we 
direct our practical behavior so as to test these beliefs and 
make possible better ones? The question is seen to be just 
what it has always been empirically: What shall we do to make 
objects having value more secure in existence? And we ap- 
proach the answer to the problem with all the advantages 
given us by increase of knowledge of the conditions and rela- 
tions under which this doing must proceed. 

But for over two thousand years the weight of the most 
influential and authoritatively orthodox tradition of thought 
has been thrown into the opposite scale. It has been devoted 
to the problem of a purely cognitive certification (perhaps by 
revelation, perhaps by intuition, perhaps by reason) of the 
antecedent immutable reality of truth, beauty and goodness. 
As against such a doctrine, the conclusions of natural science 
constitute the materials of a serious problem. The appeal has 
been made to the Court of Knowledge and the verdict has 
been adverse. There are two rival systems that must have their 
respective claims adjusted. The crisis in contemporary culture, 
the confusions and conflicts in it, arise from a division of au- 

43 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

thority. Scientific inquiry seems to tell one thing, and tra- 
ditional beliefs about ends and ideals that have authority over 
conduct tell us something quite different. The problem of re- 
conciliation arises and persists for one reason only. As long as 
the notions persist that knowledge is a disclosure of reality, 
of reality prior to and independent of knowing, and that know- 
ing is independent of a purpose to control the quality of ex- 
perienced objects, the failure of natural science to disclose 
significant values in its objects will come as a shock. Those 
seriously concerned with the validity and authority of value 
will have a problem on their hands. As long as the notion per- 
sists that values are authentic and valid only on condition that 
they are properties of Being independent of human action, 
as long as it is supposed that their right to regulate action is 
dependent upon their being independent of action, so long 
there will be needed schemes to prove that values are, in 
spite of the findings of science, genuine and known qualifica- 
tions of reality in itself. For men will not easily surrender 
all regulative guidance in action. If they are forbidden to find 
standards in the course of experience they will seek them some- 
where else, if not in revelation, then in the deliverance of a 
reason that is above experience. 

This then is the fundamental issue for present philosophy. 
Is the doctrine justified that knowledge is valid in the degree 
in which it is a revelation of antecedent existences or Being? 
Is the doctrine justified that regulative ends and purposes have 
validity only when they can be shown to be properties belong- 
ing to things, whether as existences or as essences, apart from 
human action? It is proposed to make another start. Desires, 
affections, preferences, needs and interests at least exist in hu- 
man experience j they are characteristics of it. Knowledge about 
nature also exists. What does this knowledge imply and entail 
with respect to the guidance of our ^motional and volitional 

44 



PHILOSOPHY'S SEARCH FOR IMMUTABLE 

life? How shall the latter lay Hold of what is known in order 
to make it of service? 

These latter questions do not seem to many thinkers to 
have the dignity that is attached to the traditional problems of 
philosophy. They are proximate questions, not ultimate. They 
do not concern Being and Knowledge "in themselves" and at 
large, but the state of existence at specified times and places 
and the state of affection, plans and purposes under concrete 
circumstances. They are not concerned with framing a general 
theory of reality, knowledge and value once for all, but with 
finding how authentic beliefs about existence as they currently 
exist can operate fruitfully and efficaciously in connection with 
the practical problems that are urgent in actual life. 

In restricted and technical fields, men now proceed un- 
hesitatingly along these lines v In technology and the arts of 
engineering and medicine, men do not think of operating in 
any other way. Increased knowledge of nature and its con- 
ditions does not raise the problem of validity of the value of 
health or of communication in general, although it may well 
make dubious the validity of certain conceptions men in the 
past have entertained about the nature of health and com- 
munication and the best ways of attaining these goods in fact. 

In such matters, science has placed in our hands the means 
by which we can better judge our wants, and has aided in form- 
ing the instruments and operations by which to satisfy them. 
That the same sort of thing has not happened in the moral 
and distinctly humane arts is evident. Here is a problem whidi 
might well trouble philosophers. 

Why have not the arts which deal with the wider, more 
generous, more distinctly humane values enjoyed the release 
and expansion which have accrued to the technical arts? Can 
it be seriously urged that it is because natural science has dis- 
closed to us the kind of world which it has disclosed? It is 

45 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

easy to see that these disclosures are hostile to some beliefs 
about values which have been widely accepted, which have 
prestige, which have become deeply impregnated with senti- 
ment, and which authoritative institutions as well as the 
emotion and inertia of men are slow to surrender. But this 
admission, which practically enforces itself, is far from ex- 
cluding the formation of new beliefs about things to be honored 
and prized by men in their supreme loyalties of action. The 
difficulty in the road is a practical one, a social one, connected 
with institutions and the methods and aims of education, not 
with science nor with value. Under such circumstances the first 
problem for philosophy would seem to be to clear itself of 
further responsibility for the doctrine that the supreme issue 
is whether values have antecedent Being, while its further 
office is to make clear the revisions and reconstructions that 
have to be made in traditional judgments about values. Having 
done this, it would be in a position to undertake^ the more 
positive task of projecting ideas about values which might be 
the basis of a new integration of human conduct. 

We come back to the fact that the genuine issue is not 
whether certain values, associated with traditions and institu- 
tions, have Being already (whether that of existence or of 
essence), but what concrete judgments we are to form about 
ends and means in the regulation of practical behavior. The 
emphasis which has been put upon the former question, the 
creation of dogmas about the way in which values are already 
real independently of what we do, dogmas which have ap- 
pealed not in vain to philosophy for support, have naturally 
bred, in the face of the changed character of science, confusion, 
irresolution and numbness of will. If the men had been edu- 
cated to think about broader humane values as they have now 
learned to think about matters which fall within the scope of 
technical arts, our whole present situation would be very dif- 



PHILOSOPHY'S SEARCH FOR IMMUTABLE 

ferent. The attention which has gone to achieving a purely 
theoretical certainty with respect to them would have been 
devoted to perfecting the arts by which they are to be judged 
and striven for. 

Indulge for a moment in an imaginative flight. Suppose 
that men had been systematically educated in the belief that 
the existence of values can cease to be accidental, narrow and 
precarious only by human activity directed by the best available 
knowledge. Suppose also men had been systematically educated 
to believe that the important thing is not to get themselves 
personally "right" in relation to the antecedent author and 
guarantor of these values, but to form their judgments and 
carry on their activity on the basis of public, objective and 
shared consequences. Imagine these things and then imagine 
what the present situation might be. 

The suppositions are speculative. But they serve to indicate 
the significance of the one point to which this chapter is de- 
voted. The method and conclusions of science have without 
doubt invaded many cherished beliefs about the things held 
most dear. The resulting clash constitutes a genuine cultural 
crisis. But it is a crisis in culture, a social crisis, historical and 
temporal in character. It is not a problem in the adjustment of 
properties of reality to one another. And yet modern philoso- 
phy has chosen for the most part to treat it as a question of 
how the realities assumed to be the object of science can have 
the mathematical and mechanistic properties assigned to them 
in natural science, while nevertheless the realm of ultimate 
reality can be characterized by qualities termed ideal and 
spiritual. The cultural problem is one of definite criticisms 
to be made and of readjustments to be accomplished. Philoso- 
phy which is willing to abandon its supposed task of knowing 
ultimate reality and to devote itself to a proximate human 
office might be of great help in such a task. It may be doubted 

47 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

whether it can indefinitely pursue the task of trying to show 
that the results of science when they are properly interpreted 
do not mean what they seem to say, or of proving, by means 
of an examination of possibilities and limits of knowledge, that 
after all they rest upon a foundation congruous with traditional 
beliefs about values. 

Since the root of the traditional conception of philosophy 
is the separation that has been made between knowledge and 
action, between theory and practice, it is to the problem of this 
separation that we are to give attention. Our main attempt 
will be to show how the actual procedures of knowledge, in- 
terpreted after the pattern formed by experimental inquiry, 
cancel the isolation of knowledge from overt action. Before 
engaging in this attempt, we shall in the next chapter show 
the extent to which modern philosophy has been dominated 
by effort to adjust to each other two systems of belief, one 
relating to the objects of knowledge and the other to objects of 
ideal value. 



CHAPTER III 
CONFLICT OF AUTHORITIES 

IT is THE theme of the present chapter that modern philoso- 
phy, understanding by this term that which has been influenced 
by the rise of the newer natural science, has contained within 
itself an inner division. It has tried to combine acceptance 
of the conclusions of scientific inquiry as to the natural world 
with acceptance of doctrines about the nature of mind and 
knowledge which originated before there was such a thing as 
systematic experimental inquiry. Between the two there is an 
inherent incompatibility. Hence the best efforts of philosophy 
have been constantly frustrated by artificiality and by contro- 
versial conflicts. Of all the many artificial problems which 
philosophy has thereby inflicted upon itself, we are here con- 
cerned with but one, the one with which the last chapter was 
concerned in a general way. This is the supposed need of 
reconciling, of somehow adjusting, the findings of scientific 
knowledge with the validity of ideas concerning value. 

For obvious reasons, Greek thought, from which stems 
the philosophic conceptions about the nature of knowledge as 
the sole valid grasp or vision of reality, did not have this 
problem. Its physics were in complete harmony with its meta- 
physics, and the latter were teleological and qualitative. Natural 
objects themselves tend, throughout their changes, toward ideal 
ends that are the final objects of highest knowledge. A science 
of natural changes is possible only because of this fact. The 
natural world is knowable in as far as its changes are dominated 
by forms or essences that are immutable, complete or perfect. 

49 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

In aspiring to actualize these prior and perfect forms, natural 
phenomena present characters in virtue of which they may be 
known, that is, defined and classified. Moreover, these ideal 
forms form reason in its full and perfect actuality of Being. 
To know them is to enjoy communion with perfect Being and 
thus to enjoy the highest happiness. For man as a rational and 
yet natural being strives also to realize his end, and this reali- 
zation is identical with apprehension of true and immutable 
Being. In this apprehension, man rises above the mutabilities 
of the natural world and comes into possession of a perfection 
which is incapable of lack and deprivation. Pure rationality is 
in its purity above physical nature. But in his essential being, 
his rationality, man is himself above nature. The reality which 
satisfies the quest for cognitive certitude thus also affords the 
unqualified possession of perfect good. 

The need of adjustment of the results of knowledge and 
the apprehension and enjoyment of the highest good came 
when, in the seventeenth century, new methods of inquiry gave 
an entirely new turn to the conceptions which could be enter- 
tained about the natural world. 

Very early in its history, modern science asserted that the 
teleology of Greek science was a futile and mischievous en- 
cumbrance, wholly mistaken in its idea of the goal and method 
of scientific inquiry, and putting mind on the wrong track. It 
repudiated the doctrine of ideal forms, rejecting them as 
"occult." As the new scientific method progressed, it became 
increasingly clear that the material of knowledge, provided one 
took science as the model form of knowledge, gave no justifi- 
cation for attributing to the objects of cognitive certainty 
those perfections which in Greek science had been their essential 
properties. At the same time, there was no disposition to break 
away from the tradition according to which the valid status 
of values must be determined by knowledge. Hence the crucial 

50 



CONFLICT OF AUTHORITIES 

problem which modern philosophy found forced upon it, in as 
far as it accepted the conclusions of the new science while it 
also retained three significant elements of ancient thought: the 
first, that certainty, security, can be found only in the fixed 
and unchanging} the second, that knowledge is the only road 
to that which is intrinsically stable and certain} the third, that 
practical activity is an inferior sort of thing, necessary simply 
because of man's animal nature and the necessity for winning 
subsistence from the environment. 

In one significant respect, moreover, modern thought 
started with accentuation of the gulf between the values which 
are intrinsic to the real and hence are not dependent upon 
action, and those goods which, being merely instrumental, are 
the objects of practical activity. For Greek thought never made 
a sharp separation between the rational and perfect realm and 
the natural world. The latter was indeed inferior and infected 
with non-being or privation. But it did not stand in any sharp 
dualism to the higher and perfect reality. Greek thinking ac- 
cepted the senses, the body and nature with natural piety and 
found in nature a hierarchy of forms leading degree by de- 
gree to the divine. The soul was the realized actuality of the 
body, as reason was the transcendent realization of the intima- 
tion of ideal forms contained in the soul. The senses included 
within themselves forms which needed only to be stripped of 
their material accretions to be true stepping stones to higher 
knowledge. 

Modern philosophy inherited the framework of Greek 
ideas about the nature of knowledge although rejecting its 
conclusions about natural objects. But it inherited them through 
the medium of Hebraic and Christian religion. The natural 
world in this tradition was fallen and corrupt. With che Greeks 
the element of rationality was supreme and the good came 
into human possession by the realized development of reason. 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

The intervening religious development made the ethical more 
fundamental than the rational. The most significant issues con- 
cerned the relation of will, rather than intellect, to supreme 
and perfect Being. Thus there was effected a reversal of per- 
spective as to the relations in perfect Being of the properties 
in virtue of which it is respectively an object of true knowledge 
and of perfect good and bliss. Righteousness, in accordance 
with the Hebraic factors adopted into Christian theology, was 
primary, and strictly intellectual properties were subordinate. 
The participation of the mind in perfect being could not be 
attained by intellect until the intellect was itself morally re- 
deemed and purified. The difference between the pure Greek 
tradition and the Christian is brought out in some words of 
Cardinal Newman. "The Church holds that it were better for 
sun and moon to drop from heaven, for the earth to fall, and 
for all the many millions who are upon it to die of starvation 
in extremest agony rather than that one soul should commit 
one venial sin." 

In saying that modern philosophy inherited the Greek 
tradition as passed through this intervening medium of Chris- 
tian thought, I do not mean to say that all features of the 
Christian view of nature in relation to God and the fall of 
man were taken over. On the contrary, distinctively modern 
thought is marked by a revival of the Greek interest and de- 
light in nature and natural observation. Thinkers deeply in- 
fluenced by modern science often ceased to believe in divine 
revelation as supreme authority and adhered to natural reason 
in its place. But the supreme place of good as a defining prop- 
erty of the ultimately real remained the common premise of 
Jew, Catholic and Protestant. If not vouched for by revelation, 
it was warranted by the "natural light" of intellect. This phase 
of the religious tradition was so deeply ingrained in European 
culture that no philosopher except the thoroughgoing sceptics 

52 



CONFLICT OF AUTHORITIES 

escaped its influence. In this sense modern philosophy began 
its career with an accentuation of the gap which exists between 
ultimate and eternal values and natural objects and goods. 

Thinkers who remained within the framework of the classic 
tradition held that the moral perfection which is the inherent 
property of ultimate Being prescribes the law of human ac- 
tion. It constitutes the norm of all significant and enduring 
values. Reason is necessary to furnish the foundation of truths 
without which observations or experience in general cannot 
be constituted a science. But it is even more necessary to 
provide for the apprehension of the ultimate and immutable 
end and law of moral action. When the hierarchical ascent of 
nature to mind and to ideal forms was disturbed by the con- 
viction that the subject-matter of natural science is exclusively 
physical and mechanistic, there arose the dualistic opposition of 
matter and spirit, of nature and ultimate ends and goods. 

Qualities, excellencies and ends that were extruded from 
nature by the new science found their exclusive abode and war- 
rant in the realm of the spiritual, which was above nature and 
yet which was its source and foundation. The function of rea- 
son in determination and enjoyment of the good no longer 
formed the consummation of nature. It had a distinct and 
separate office. The tension created by the opposition and yet 
necessary connection of nature and spirit gave rise to all the 
characteristic problems of modern philosophy. It could neither 
be frankly naturalistic, nor yet fully spiritualistic to the dis- 
regard of the conclusions of physical science. Since man was 
on one hand a part of nature and on the other hand a member 
of the realm of spirit, all problems came to a focus in his double 
nature. 

The philosophy of Spinoza is noteworthy for its frank 
statement of this problem and for the uniquely thoroughgoing 
way in which, given its terms, it was solved. An unqualified 

53 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

naturalism in the sense in which he understood the new science 
was combined by a miracle of logic with an equally complete 
acceptance of the idea, derived from the religious tradition, 
that ultimate reality is the measure of perfection and the norm 
for human activity. The union thus effected is so complete as 
to afford a pattern of instruction regarding the problem of 
modern thought. In him, more than in any modern thinker, 
there are exhibited complete loyalty to the essential element 
in the Hebraic tradition ultimate and self-sufficing Being as 
the standard of all human thought and action with perpetua- 
tion of the Greek theory of knowledge and its exaltation of 
reason over experience, together with enthusiastic adherence 
to the new scientific view of nature. Thus he thought to obtain 
from the very heart of the new science a conclusive demonstra- 
tion of the perfection of Being through which the human soul 
can alone obtain absolute security and peace. A scientific com- 
prehension was to give, in full reality, by rational means, that 
assurance and regulation of life that non-rational religions had 
pretended to give. 

In his unfinished essay on the The Improvement of the 
Human Understanding, he frankly states his impelling motive. 
He had experienced, he says, that everything in the ordinary 
course of experience is empty and futile. In desperation he set 
himself to inquiring whether there is not a good capable of 
communicating itself, a good so assured and complete that 
the mind can adhere to it to the exclusion of all else: a good 
which when found and taken possession of would give him 
eternally a constant and supreme bliss. For he had discovered 
that the cause of the perturbations and vanities of life was that 
affection and desire were fixed upon things which perish. But 
"love directed toward that which is eternal and infinite feeds 
the mind wholly with joy unmixed with any sadness. . . . 
The true good of man is that he should attain, together with 

54 



CONFLICT OF AUTHORITIES 

others if possible, to a knowledge of the union which the mind 
has with Nature as a whole." He concludes, "I wish to direct 
all the sciences to this one end and scope in order that we may 
attain to such perf ection." 

Certain, enduring and unalloyed Good through the union 
of mind with the whole of nature is the theme developed in 
detail in the Ethics. There results a philosophy which unites 
the Greek idea that man's highest good is demonstrative ra- 
tional knowledge of immutable Being j the Hebrew and Chris- 
tian conviction that the soul is capable of a way of life which 
secures constant and pure blessedness, and the premises and 
method of the new science, as he saw the latter. Nature was 
completely intelligible j it was at one with mindj to apprehend 
nature as a whole was to attain a cognitive certainty which also 
afforded a complete certainty of good for the purpose of con- 
trol of appetite, desire and affection this latter specification 
being one which Greek thought did not include and which 
it doubtless would have thought the height of presumption to 
lay claim to. Right ordering of human conduct, knowledge of 
the highest reality, the enjoyment of the most complete and 
unvarying value or good, were combined in one inclusive whole 
by means of adoption of the ideas of the complete interdepen- 
dence of all things according to universal and necessary law 
an idea which he found to be the basis of natural science. 

There have been few attempts in modern philosophy as 
bold and as direct as is this one to effect a complete integration 
of scientific method with a good which is fixed and final, because 
based on the rock of absolute cognitive certainty. Few thinkers 
have been as willing to sacrifice details of the older tradition 
in order to save its substance as was Spinoza. The outcry from 
all quarters against him proved that, in the minds of his con- 
temporaries and successors, he had made too many concessions 
to naturalistic science and necessary law. But this protest should 

55 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

not conceal from us two essential considerations about his wort. 
The first of these is that Nature, as the object of knowledge, 
is capable of being the source of constant good and a rule of 
life, and thus has all the properties and the functions which 
the Jewish-Christian tradition attributed to God. He was -hence 
entitled to confer upon it the name Natura she Deus. For Na- 
ture, as he conceived it, carried with it all the emotional associa- 
tions and all the moral force and authority found in the older 
religious view of God. It provided an immutable End and Law 
for conduct, and it was the source, when rationally known, of 
perfect peace and unqualified security. Nature was naturally 
that is rationally known, and knowledge of it was such a per- 
fect good that when it takes possession of the human mind the 
lesser and otherwise disturbing objects of affection and passion 
are so included within it as to fall into their proper place of 
subordination: that is, of complete control. 

The second consideration is that Spinoza exemplifies with 
extraordinary completeness the nature of the problem of all 
modern philosophies which have not deserted the classic tra- 
dition, and yet have made the conclusions of modern science 
their own. What makes Spinoza so admirably the exponent of 
this problem is that he adopted with ardor and without the res- 
ervations displayed by most modern thinkers the essential ele- 
ments in the Greek tradition of intellectualism and naturalism, 
the Hebrew-Christian idea of the priority and primacy of the 
properties of ultimate Being which concern the control of hu- 
man affection and endeavor, and the method and conclusions 
of the new natural science as he saw them. 

The reluctance of other thinkers to follow the model of 
solution of their common problems which he offered was not, 
however, wholly due to their desire to save portions of the 
older moral and religious tradition that he was willing to sur- 
render for what seemed to him a greater and more enduring 

56 



CONFLICT OF AUTHORITIES 

good the unification of science with an ethico-religious con- 
trol of the springs of human conduct. There were difficulties 
from the side of science itself. Its experimental trend, as dis- 
tinct from its mathematical strain, was adverse to Spinoza's 
unquestioning faith that the logical order and connection of 
ideas is one with the order and connection of existence. For 
as the new science developed, the experimental necessity for 
sense data and verification by observation reduced the role of 
logical and mathematical conceptions from a primary to a 
secondary rank. Even his predecessor Descartes, also a devotee 
of rationalistic method, had seen that there had to be some 
warrant for the application of ideas to nature. Other philoso- 
phers felt that after all the perfections with which Spinoza 
had so richly dowered Nature as the object of knowledge, were, 
in spite of his professed denial of teleology, the fruit of 
emotion rather than of logic. 

We do not need to trace these complications. They are im- 
portant for our purpose because .they induced so many varia- 
tions in the treatment of a single underlying problem: the 
adjustment to each other of two unquestioned convictions: One, 
that knowledge in the form of science reveals the antecedent 
properties of reality ; the other, that the ends and laws which 
should regulate human affection, desire and intent can be 
derived only from the properties possessed by ultimate Being. 
If the rest of the chapter is given to a brief survey of the 
diverse methods of adjustment which have been propounded, 
it is not for the sake of conveying information upon matters 
familiar to all students of philosophy. I am concerned only to 
set forth illustrations of the way in which unyielding adher- 
ence to traditional premises regarding the object of true knowl- 
edge and the source of moral authority have set the problem 
of modern thought, and to provide illustration of the diverse 
and incompatible ways in which "solutions" have been sought. 

57 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

Before the rise of the new science of nature there was de- 
veloped a method for adjusting the claims of natural reason 
and moral authority by means of a division of the field: the 
doctrine of "the two-fold nature of truth." The realm of the 
ends and values authoritative for conduct was that of the 
revealed will of God. The organ for its apprehension was 
faith. Nature is the object of knowledge and with respect to it 
the claims of reason are supreme. The two realms are so 
separate that no conflict can occur. The work of Kant may be 
regarded as a perpetuation of the method of adjustment by 
means of partition of territories. He did not of course de- 
marcate the realm of moral authority on the ground of faith 
in revelation. He substituted the idea of faith grounded in 
practical reason. But he continued the older distinction of one 
realm where the intellect has sway and one in which the re- 
quirements of will are supreme. He retained also the notion of 
an isolation of the two fields so complete that there is no 
possible overlapping and hence no possibility of interference. 
If the kingdoms of science and of righteousness nowhere touch, 
there can be no strife between them. Indeed, Kant sought to 
arrange their relations or lack of relations in such a way that 
there should be not merely non-interference but a pact of at 
least benevolent neutrality. 

Kant's system bristles with points of internal difficulty j 
many of these are objects of controversy. Ignoring these as 
irrelevant to our problem, it can fairly be asserted that the 
main characteristic of his system is precisely a division of terri- 
tory between the objects of cognitive certitude and those of 
equally complete practical moral assurance. The titles of his 
two chief works, the Critiques of Pure Reason and of 
Practical Reason are memorials to this interpretation. The first 
aims to make secure, on rational a priori grounds, the founda- 
tions of natural knowledge j the second performs a like office 

58 



CONFLICT OF AUTHORITIES 

for the foundations of moral and religious conceptions. Science 
is limited to phenomena in space and time in order that the 
world of higher and noumenal realities may be appropriated 
by ideals and spiritual values. Each has complete jurisdiction 
and undisputed sovereignty in its own realm. 

Heine's view that the subject-matter of the practical 
critique was an afterthought, a concession to the needs and fears 
of the multitude represented by his manservant, is wittily ex- 
pressed, but will not stand critical examination. Kant's argument 
for the justification of the certitude of the foundations of 
knowledge is couched at every point so as to indicate the neces- 
sity of a higher although intellectually unapproachable realm. 
There was nothing factitious, in Kant's own conception, in the 
way in which the two kingdoms excluded each other and yet 
made each other necessary. On the contrary, the neat way in 
which the elements of each dovetailed into those of the other 
was to him a convincing proof of the necessity of the system 
as a whole. If the dovetailing was the product of his own 
intellectual carpentry, he had no suspicion of the fact. 

On the contrary, he thought he had disposed, once for all, 
of many of the most perplexing problems of prior philosophy. 
Upon the scientific side he was concerned to provide a final 
philosophical justification, beyond the reach of scepticism, for 
the Newtonian science. His conception of space and time as 
necessary forms of the possibility of perception was the justi- 
fication of the application of mathematics to natural phe- 
nomena. Categories of thought necessary to understand per- 
ceived objects an understanding necessary to science sup- 
plied the foundation of permanent substances and uniform 
relations of sequence or causation demanded by the New- 
tonian theories of atoms and uniform laws. The tendency of 
the mind to pass beyond the limits of experience to the thought 
of unconditioned and self-sufficient totalities, "Ideas" of the 

59 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

universe, soul and God, was explained j and while cognitive 
validity was denied these Ideas, they were admitted as regu- 
lative ideals which directed inquiry and interpretation. Above 
all, the thought of these trans-phenomenal and super-empirical 
realities left room that practical reason with its imperative 
of duty and postulate of free choice could fill. Thus the su- 
premacy of righteousness according to the Hebraic-Christian 
tradition was justified independently of revelation by purely 
rational means. Moral demand for the final and unquestionable 
authority of duty authorized and necessitated practical certainty 
as to the reality of objects beyond experience and incapable of 
cognitive verification. The quest for certainty was fulfilled j 
cognitive certainty in the region of phenomena, practical cer- 
tainty in the realm of moral authority. 

This outline of obvious points in Kant's system passes over 
points which have received much attention such as the "sub- 
jectivity" of his view of space and time and the categories} the 
contrast of the a p-iori and the empirical, as well as, in the 
Critique of Practical Reason, the seemingly arbitrary way in 
which faith in God and immortality are introduced. But with 
reference to his ultimate aim of establishing a perfect and 
unshakeable adjustment of the certainty of intellectual beliefs 
and of moral beliefs, these matters are secondary. The point 
on the practical side that had to be protected at all hazards 
was that no concrete and empirical material be permitted to 
influence ultimate moral realities since this would give natural 
science jurisdiction over them and bring them under the sway 
of mechanical causality. On the cognitive side, the correspond- 
ing point to be certified was restriction of natural science to a 
strictly phenomenal world. For then there could be no en- 
croachment of specific scientific conclusions upon ultimate, that 
is ethico-religious, belief, 

In its essential framework, the Kantian scheme thus agreed 

60 



CONFLICT OF AUTHORITIES 

marvelously well with the needs of the historic crisis. It gave 
freedom and a blessing to both science and morals, with a 
guarantee that they could never interfere with each other. 
Granted the acceptance of the traditional belief that security 
of moral authority depends upon some source in Being apart 
from the experiences by which values are incarnated in concrete 
objects and institutions, the Kantian scheme has such merits 
that it is safe to predict that as long as that tradition continues 
to have vitality, the main elements of the Kantian system will 
have devoted disciples. 

The Kantian method is of course but one of a number of 
the philosophic attempts at harmonization. There is one phase 
of it which may be said to continue the Cartesian attempt to 
find the locus of absolute certainty within the knowing mind 
itself, surrendering both the endeavor of the ancients to dis- 
cover it in the world without, and of the medieval world to 
find it in an external revelation. In his search for forms and 
categories inherent in the very structure of knowing activity, 
Kant penetrated far below the superficial level of innate ideas 
in which his predecessors had tried to find the locus of certainty. 
Some of them were conditions of the possibility of there being 
such a thing as cognitive experience. Others were conditions 
of there being such a thing as moral experience. His idealistic 
successors pushed their way further on the road which Kant 
had broken: even though he insisted that the doors were 
locked to traveling on it any further than he had gone. 

Solution by the method of partition is always unsatisfactory 
to minds with an ambition for comprehensiveness, just as it 
commends itself to those of a more modest turn. Moreover, 
the very neatness with which the essential traits of Kant's two 
realms fitted each other suggested a single underlying and 
unifying principle. And Kant himself in various writings had 
suggested, particularly in his Critique of Judgment, considera- 

61 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

tions which softened the sharpness of their separation from 
each other, Fichte and Hegel saw in these things a challenge to 
complete a work which Kant had only confusedly undertaken 
and had not had the intellectual courage and clarity to execute. 

The controlling purpose of the Post-Kantian idealistic sys- 
tems was to accomplish by way of integration the task which 
Kant attempted by way of division. The contrast between the 
methods of Fichte and Hegel is worth a passing notice. Fichte 
was wholly in the Hebraic tradition of the supremacy of the 
moral. He accordingly attempted unification of the cognitive 
and the practical from the side of moral self, the self from 
which issues the imperative of duty. The "is" of knowledge is 
to be derived from the "ought to be" of morals. The effort 
does not seem promising j it appears to speak more for the 
ethical ardor of his personality than for the sobriety of his 
understanding. Yet given the premises as to the certainty and 
supremacy in Being of ideal values prior to all action, Fichte's 
method has a logic not to be impeached. If the moral ideal is 
the ultimate reality, it is proper to derive the structure and 
characteristics of the actual world from the necessities the ideal 
imposes and the demands it makes. Argument from the actual 
to the ideal is a precarious undertaking, since the actual is in so 
many respects so thoroughly un-ideal. 

Hegel, on the other hand, is never weary of pouring con- 
tempt upon an Ideal that merely ought to be. "The actual is 
the rational and the rational is the actual." There is a definite 
relaxation of the stern Puritanism of Fichte. The moral task 
of man is not to create a world in accord with the ideal but 
to appropriate intellectually and in the substance of personality 
the meanings v and values already incarnate in an actual world. 
Viewed historically, HegePs system may be looked on as a 
triumph in material content of the modern secular and positi- 
vistic spirit. It is a glorification of the here and now, an indica- 

62 



CONFLICT OF AUTHORITIES 

tion of the solid meanings and values contained in actual in- 
stitutions and arts. It is an invitation to the human subject 
to devote himself to the mastery of what is already contained 
in the here and now of life and the world, instead of hunting 
for some remote ideal and repining because it cannot be found 
in existence. In form, however, the old tradition remains intact. 
The validity of these meanings and values, their "absolute" 
character, is proved by their being shown to be manifestations 
of the absolute spirit according to a necessary and demonstrative 
logical development: even though Hegel had to create a new 
logic to establish the identity of meaning and being. 

The Hegelian system is somewhat too grandiose for present 
taste. Even his followers find it necessary to temper the claims 
made for his logical method. And yet if there be a synthesis in 
ultimate Being of the realities which can be cognitively sub- 
stantiated and of the meanings which should command our 
highest admiration and approval, then concrete phenomena, 
barring a complete corruption due to some lapse, ought to be 
capable of being exhibited as definite manifestations of the 
eternal union of the real-ideal. Perhaps there is no system more 
repugnant to the admirers of Spinoza than the Hegelian; and 
yet Hegel himself felt, and with considerable reason, that he 
was simply doing in a specific and concrete way what Spinoza 
had undertaken in a formal and mathematical way. However, 
the point important for our purpose is that in both Fichte and 
Hegel there is expressed the animating spirit of modern ideal- 
ism in dealing with the basic problem of all modern philoso- 
phies. They have sought by examination of the structure of 
the knowing function (psychological structure in the subjective 
idealisms and logical structure in the objective idealisms and 
usually with a union of both strains) to show that no matter 
what the detailed conclusions of the special sciences, the ideal 
authority of truth, goodness, and beauty are secure possessions 

63 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

of ultimate Being independently of experience and human 
action. 

There have been attempts at adjustment of the results of 
knowledge and the demands of ethico-religious authority which 
have not been mindful of the classic tradition. Instead of 
bringing nature within the fold of value, the order has been 
reversed. The physical system has been treated as the supporter 
and carrier of all objects having the properties which confer 
authority over conduct. A word about the system of Herbert 
Spencer among the moderns is appropriate in this connection, 
as one about Lucretius would be if antiquity were the theme. 
The doctrine that universal evolution is the highest principle 
of the physical world, one in which all natural laws are brought 
to unity, is accompanied with the idea that the goal of evolution 
marks the ideal of moral and religious beliefs and endeavors. 
This conclusion is as surely an attempt to adjust the two 
elements of the problem as anything found in any idealistic 
system. Were there any doubt about this point, Spencer's in- 
sistence on the evanescence of evil in the ongoing evolutionary 
process would remove it. All evils are the fruits of transitional 
maladjustments in the movement of evolution. The perfect 
adjustment of man, personal and collective, to the environment 
is the evolutionary term, and is one which signifies the elimina- 
tion of all evil, physical and moral. The ultimate triumph of 
justice and the union of the good of self with the good of 
others are identical with the working out of physical law. In 
objection to this or that phase of the Spencerian system it is 
easily forgotten that fundamentally he is occupied with the 
usual quest for a certainty in which a warrant of necessary 
knowledge is employed to establish the certainty of Good in 
reality. 

Comprehensive systems are for the moment out of fashion j 
and yet if cognitive certainty is possible and if it is admitted 

64 



CONFLICT OF AUTHORITIES 

that the justification of value lies in its being a property of the 
realities which are the objects of knowledge, comprehensive- 
ness, whether of the Hegelian or the Spencerian type, would 
seem to be the proper ideal of philosophy. And if one believes 
that the conclusions of science exhaust the scope of the 
universe, then certainly all moral, social and political goods 
must fall within them} in that case such a task as that of 
Spencer's is not only legitimate but one which philosophy 
cannot evade without being subject to the charge of bad 
faith. 

One more illustration awaits us. Contemporary philosophy 
in its realistic forms shows a tendency to revert to adjustment 
of the cognitive realm and the realm of values by means of the 
method of isolation. In detail, however, the method pursued 
is unlike that of Kant in that it does not start from the knowing 
mind but rather from the objects of knowing. These, it is 
argued, show a radical division into the existential and the 
non-existential. Physical science deals with the former; mathe- 
matics and logic with the latter. In the former, some things, 
namely sense-data, are objects of infallible apprehension; while 
certain essences or subsistences, immaterial in nature because 
non-existential and non-physical, are the subjects of an equally 
assured cognition by reason. Uncertainty appertains only to 
combinations of ultimate and simple objects, combinations 
formed in reflective thought. As long as we stick to the self- 
guaranteed objects, whether of sense or of pure intellect, there 
is no opening for any uncertainty or any risk. 

In some of these realisms, intrinsic values are included 
among the immaterial essences of which we have infallible and 
immediate knowledge. Thus the scheme of cognitive certainty 
applies all the way through. Science, in its naturalistic sense, is 
true of existences; ultimate morals and logic are true of 
essences. Philosophy has to do with the just partitioning of the 

65 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

field, and with the problems that arise from the union of ex- 
istences and essences. 

Still another conception of philosophy of a more austere 
character has, however, been advanced. According to this view, 
values are hopelessly entangled with human affections and im- 
pulses, and are too variable to be the objects of any kind of 
sure knowledge of anything but variable opinion and guess- 
work. The great mistake of historic philosophy has been to 
admit values in any shape within the sacred enclosure of per- 
fect science. Philosophy is concerned only with propositions 
which are true in any possible world, existentially actual or not. 
Propositions about good and evil are too dependent upon a 
special form of existence, namely human beings with their 
peculiar traits, to find a place in the scheme of science. The only 
propositions which answer to the specification of pure uni- 
versality are logical and mathematical. These by their nature 
transcend existence and apply in every conceivable realm. 
Owing to the recent developments of mathematics, a philosophy 
emancipated from the contingencies of existence is now for 
the first time possible. 

This view of philosophy has been objected to on the ground 
that it rests on an arbitrary limitation of its subject-matter. But 
it may be questioned whether this restriction is not a logical 
development of that strain in historic philosophy which identi- 
fies its subject-matter with whatever is capable of taking on 
the form of cognitive certainty. Without committing one's self 
to the subjective view of values that seems to be implied, values 
are so intimately connected with human affections, choices and 
endeavors, that there is ground for holding that the insincere 
apologetic features of historic philosophies are connected with 
the attempt to combine a theory of the values having moral 
authority with a theory of ultimate Being. And a moderate 
amount of acquaintance with these philosophies discloses that 

66 



CONFLICT OF AUTHORITIES 

they have been interested in justifying values drawn from cur- 
rent religious faiths and moral codes, not just eternal values 
as such: that they have often used the concept of universal 
and intrinsic values to cover those which, if not parochial, were 
at least exponents of temporal social conditions. 

The limitation of philosophy to propositions about what is 
logically possible eliminates all special physical propositions as 
well as all matters of morals, art and religion. In its chaste 
austerity it seems to fulfill the demand for cognitive certainty 
as no other conception of philosophy can do. Whether one ac- 
cepts or rejects it, there is provided by it an explicit way in which 
to raise a question. Because of the sharpness of its delimitation 
of the office of philosophy, it elicits clearly the problem of the 
idea to be entertained of that office. For with the restriction that 
is made there remains over and untouched a problem of the 
greatest possible human significance. What is the bearing of 
our existential knowledge at any time, the most dependable 
knowledge afforded by inquiry, upon our judgments and beliefs 
about the ends and means which are to direct our conduct? 
What does knowledge indicate about the authoritative guidance 
of our affections, desires and affections, our plans and policies? 
Unless knowledge gives some regulation, the only alternative 
is to fall back on custom, external pressure and the free play 
of impulse. There is then need of some theory on this matter. 
If we are forbidden to call this theory philosophy by the self- 
denying ordinance which restricts it to formal logic, need for 
the theory under some other name remains. 

There is a fatal ambiguity in the conception of philosophy 
as a purely theoretical or intellectual subject. The ambiguity 
lies in the fact that the conception is used to cover both the 
attitude of the inquirer, the thinker, and the character of the 
subject-matter dealt with. The engineer, the physician, the 
moralist deal with a subject-matter which is practical; one, that 

67 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

is, which concerns things to be done and the way of doing 
them. But as far as personal disposition and purpose is con- 
cerned, their inquiries are intellectual and cognitive. These men 
set out to find out certain things j in order to find them out, 
there has to be a purgation of personal desire and preference, 
and a willingness to subordinate them to the lead of the subject- 
matter inquired into. The mind must be purified as far as is 
humanly possible of bias and of that favoritism for one kind 
of conclusion rather than another which distorts observation 
and introduces an extraneous factor into reflection. 

Except, then, on the premise that the subject-matter of 
philosophy is fixed properties of antecedent Being, the fact 
that it is an intellectual pursuit signifies nothing beyond the 
fact that those who engage in it should respect the canons of 
fairness, impartiality, of internal consistency and external evi- 
dence. It carries no implication with it except on the basis of 
a prior assumption save that of intellectual honesty. Only 
upon the obverse of the adage that whoso drives fat oxen must 
himself be fat, can it be urged that logical austerity of personal 
attitude and procedure demands that the subject-matter dealt 
with must be made lean by stripping it of all that is human 
concern. To say that the object of philosophy is truth is to 
make a moral statement which applies to every inquiry. It 
implies nothing as to the kind of truth which is to be as- 
certained, whether it be of a purely theoretical nature, of a 
practical character, or whether it concerns the bearing of one 
upon the other. To assert that contemplation of truth for its 
own sake is the highest ideal is to make a judgment concerning 
authoritative value. To employ this judgment as a means of 
determining the office of philosophy is to violate the canon 
that inquiry should follow the lead of subject-matter. 

It is fair, then, to conclude that the question of the rela- 
tions of theory and practice to each other, and of philosophy 

68 



CONFLICT OF AUTHORITIES 

to both of them, has often been compromised by failure to 
maintain the distinction between the theoretical interest which 
is another name for intellectual candor and the theoretical 
interest which defines the nature of subject-matter. Over and 
above this fact, there is reason to suppose that much of the 
impatience with the suggestion of the practical in connection 
with philosophy is due to the habit of associating "practical" 
with affairs of narrow personal concern. The significance of the 
idea cannot be thus sheared down without an elimination of 
intellectual regard for the values which are to have authority 
over our desires and purposes and thus over our entire conduct. 
It would seem as if only the cynical sceptic would willingly 
take such a stand. 

The discussion has indulged in an excursion from the theme 
of the problem of modern philosophies. But it is relevant to 
our main topic if it serves to make clear the fundamental 
ground for the disparaging view held of practical activity. 
Depreciation is warranted on the basis of two premises: first, 
namely, that the object of knowledge is some form of 
ultimate Being which is antecedent to reflective inquiry and 
independent of itj secondly, that this antecedent Being has 
among its defining characteristics those properties which alone 
have authority over the formation of our judgments of value 
that is, of the ends and purposes which should control conduct 
in all fields intellectual, social, moral, religious, esthetic. 
Given these premises and only if they are accepted it fol- 
lows that philosophy has for its sole office the cognition of this 
Being and its essential properties. 

I can understand that the tenor of my discussion may have 
aroused a certain impatience among those familiar with current 
treatment of politics, morals and art. It will be asked: Where 
is there any evidence that this treatment is controlled by regard 
for antecedently fixed qualifications of what is taken to be ulti- 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

mately real? It cannot be denied, and I have no interest in 
denying, that the vast bulk of critical discussion of such matters 
is conducted on quite different grounds, with hardly even a 
side glance at any standards which flow from any philosophy 
of ultimate grounds. This admission causes two important con- 
siderations to stand out the clearer. Traditional religion does 
refer all ultimate authoritative norms to the highest reality, 
the nature of Godj and failure on the part of those professedly 
accepting this religion to carry this reference over to concrete 
criticism and judgment in special fields of morals, politics and 
art, is only an evidence of the confusion in which modern 
thought is entangled. It is this fact which gives the strict ad- 
herents to old beliefs, such as those trained in the Catholic 
faith, an intellectual advantage over "liberals." For the latter 
have no philosophy adequate for their undertakings and com- 
mitments. 

This consideration brings us to the second point. The failure 
to employ standards derived from true Being in the formation 
of beliefs and judgments in concrete fields is proof of an isola- 
tion from contemporary life that is forced upon philosophy by 
its adherence to the two principles which are basic in the classic 
tradition. In the middle ages there was no such isolation. 
Philosophy and the conduct of life were associated intimately 
with one another j there was genuine correspondence. The out- 
come is not fortunate for philosophy j it signifies that its subject- 
matter is more and more derived from the problems and con- 
clusions of its own past history} that it is aloof from the 
problems of the culture in which philosophers live. 

But the situation has a still more unfortunate phase. For 
it signifies intellectual confusion, practically chaos, in respect 
to the criteria and principles which are employed in framing 
judgments and reaching conclusions upon things of most vital 
importance. It signifies the absence of intellectual authority. 

70 



CONFLICT OF AUTHORITIES 

Old beliefs have dissolved as far as definite operative hold 
upon the regulation of criticism and the formation of plans 
and policies, working ideals and ends, is concerned. And there 
is nothing else to take their place. 

When I say "authority" I do not mean a fixed set of doc- 
trines by which to settle mechanically problems as they arise. 
Such authority is dogmatic, not intellectual. I mean methods 
congruous with those used in scientific inquiry and adopting 
their conclusions j methods to be used in directing criticism and 
in forming the ends and purposes that are acted upon. We 
have obtained in constantly accelerated measure in the last few 
centuries a large amount of sound beliefs regarding the world 
in which we live; we have ascertained much that is new and 
striking about life and man. On the other hand, men have de- 
sires and affections, hopes and fears, purposes and intentions 
which influence the most important actions performed. These 
need intellectual direction. Why has modern philosophy con- 
tributed so little to bring about an integration between what 
we know about the world and the intelligent direction of what 
we do? The purport of this chapter is to show that the cause 
resides in unwillingness to surrender two ideas formulated in 
conditions which both intellectually and practically were very 
different from those in which we now live. These two ideas, to 
repeat, are that knowledge is concerned with disclosure of the 
characteristics of antecedent existences and essences, and that 
the properties of value found therein provide the authoritative 
standards for the conduct of life. 

Both of these traits are due to quest for certainty by cogni- 
tive means which exclude practical activity namely, one 
which effects actual and concrete modifications in existence. 
Practical activity suffers from a double discrediting because of 
the perpetuation of these two features of tradition. It is a mere 
external follower upon knowledge, having no part in its de- 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

termination. Instead of evolving its own standards and ends 
in its own developing processes, it is supposed to conform to 
what is fixed in the antecedent structure of things. Herein we 
locate the source of that internal division which was said to 
characterize modern philosophic thought. It accepts the con- 
clusions of scientific inquiry without remaking the conceptions 
of mind, knowledge and the character of the object of knowl- 
edge that are involved in the methods by which these con- 
clusions are reached. 

The chapters of which this is the concluding portion are 
introductory. They have tried to make clear a problem and the 
reasons why it is a problem. If, as has been intimated, the 
problem arises from continued adherence to certain conceptions 
framed centuries ago and then embodied in the entire western 
tradition, the problem is artificial in as far as it would not 
arise from reflection upon actual conditions of science and life. 
The next task is accordingly to elucidate the reconstructions 
of tradition which are involved in the actual procedure and re- 
sults of knowing, as this is exemplified in physical inquiry. The 
latter is taken as the type and pattern of knowing since it is 
the most perfected of all branches of intellectual inquiry. We 
shall see that for a long time it also was influenced by the 
survival of the traditional conceptions of knowledge and its 
supposed relationship to properties of antecedent existence, 
while in our own time it has finally emancipated itself and ar- 
rived at a consciousness of the principles contained in its own 
method. Having discovered what knowledge means in its own 
terms, that is, in those of the conduct of knowing as a going 
concern, we shall be ready to appreciate the great transforma- 
tion that is demanded in the older notions of mind and knowl- 
edge. Particularly we shall see how completely the separation 
of knowing and doing from one another has broken down. 
The conclusion of this part of the discussion will be that stan- 

72 



CONFLICT OF AUTHORITIES 

dards and tests of validity are found in the consequences of 
overt activity, not in what is fixed prior to it and independently 
of it. This conclusion will lead us to the final point, the trans- 
formation that is required in the conception of the values 
which have authority over conduct. 



73 



CHAPTER IV 

THE ART OF ACCEPTANCE AND THE 
ART OF CONTROL 

THERE WAS A time when "art" and "science" were virtually 
equivalent terms. There is a reminiscence of this period in 
university organization in the phrase "faculty of arts and 
sciences." A distinction was drawn between the "mechanical" 
and the "liberal" arts. In part, this distinction was between 
industrial arts and social arts, those concerned with things and 
those concerned directly with persons. Grammar and rhetoric, 
for example, in dealing with speech, the interpretation of liter- 
ature and the arts of persuasion, were higher than blacksmith- 
ing and carpentry. The mechanical arts dealt with things which 
were merely means j the liberal arts dealt with affairs that 
were ends, things having a final and intrinsic worth. The 
obviousness of the distinction was reenforced by social causes. 
Mechanics were concerned with mechanical arts; they were 
lower in the social scale. The school in which their arts were 
learned was the school of practice: apprenticeship to those who 
had already mastered the craft and mystery. Apprentices 
literally "learned by doing," and "doing" was routine repeti- 
tion and imitation of the acts of others, until personal skill 
was acquired. The liberal arts were studied by those who were 
to be in some position of authority, occupied with some exercise 
of social rule. Such persons had the material means that 
afforded leisure, and were to engage in callings that had es- 
pecial honor and prestige. Moreover, they learned not by me- 
chanical repetition and bodily practice in manipulation of ma- 

74 



ARTS OF ACCEPTANCE AND CONTROL 

terials and tools, but "intellectually," through a kind of study 
which involved mind, not body. 

The situation is not recalled as if it had a merely historical 
significance. It describes in large measure a state of affairs that 
exists to-day. The distinction between "learned professions" 
and the occupations of the shop and factory, with correspond- 
ing differences of social status, of educational preparation, of 
concern chiefly with material things or with persons and social 
relations, is too familiar to call for recourse to past history. 
The chief difference in the present situation is due to the rise 
of technological industry and of a pecuniary economy, at the 
expense of the inherited status of the "gentleman," the owner 
of large estates in land. So our allusion is pertinent not to 
history, but to still existing conditions that are influential in 
creating and maintaining the division between theory and 
practice, mind and body, ends and instrumentalities. 

In addition to this distinction between higher and lower 
arts, there always hovered in the background a distinction be- 
tween all arts and "science" in the true and ultimate sense of 
the words. The liberal arts involved much more of knowledge 
and of theoretical study, of use of "mind," than did the me- 
chanical. But in their ultimate import they were still connected 
with art, with doing, although with a mode of practice held in 
higher esteem. They remained within the limits of experience, 
although of an experience having a kind of value not found in 
the baser arts. The philosophic tradition, as for example it is 
formulated by Aristotle, ranked social arts lower than pure 
intellectual inquiry, than knowledge as something not to be 
put to any use, even a social and moral one. It is conceivable 
that historically this point of view might have remained a 
mere laudation of its own calling on the part of a small intel- 
lectual class. But, as we have already noted, in the expansion 
of the Church as a dominant power in Europe, religion affili- 

75 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

ated this philosophic conception to itself. Theology was re- 
garded as "science" in a peculiar, a unique, sense, for it alone 
was knowledge of supreme and ultimate Being. And the 
Church had a direct influence over the hearts and conduct, 
the beliefs and judgments, of men that a secluded intellectual 
class could never win. As the guardians and dispensers of the 
truths and sacraments that determined the eternal destiny, the 
eternal happiness or misery of the soul, they effected the em- 
bodiment of ideas originating in philosophy in the culture of 
Christendom. 

In consequence, differences and distinctions characteristic 
of actual social life received the sanction not merely of the 
rational formulation of a few philosophic thinkers but of that 
power which had the highest authority and influence in the 
lives of men. For this reason, the survey that has been made 
of the classic philosophic statement of the dualism between 
theory and practice, between mind and body, between reason 
and experience (always thought of in terms of sense and the 
body) is much more than a piece of historic information. For 
in spite of enormous extension of secular interests and of 
natural science, of expansion of practical arts and occupations, 
of the almost frantic domination of present life by concern for 
definite material interests and the organization of society by 
forces fundamentally economic, there is no widely held phi- 
losophy of life which replaces the traditional classic one as that 
was absorbed and modified by the Christian faith. 

Traditional philosophy thus has a treble advantage. It has 
behind it the multitude of imaginative and emotional associa- 
tions and appeals that cluster about any tradition which has 
for long centuries been embodied in a dominant institution j 
they continue to influence, unconsciously, the minds of those 
who no longer give intellectual assent to the tenets on which 
the tradition intellectually rests. It has, secondly, the backing 

76 



ARTS OF ACCEPTANCE AND CONTROL 

of the persistence of the social conditions out of which the 
formulation of the dualism between theory and practice origi- 
nally grew the familiar grading of activities from the servile 
and mechanical to the liberal, the free and socially esteemed. In 
addition, there is the enforced recognition of the peril and 
frustration in the actual world of meanings and goods most 
prized, a matter which makes men ready to listen to the story 
of a higher realm in which these values are eternally safe. 

In the third place, and finally, there is the negative counter- 
part of these positive facts. Conditions and forces that dominate 
in actual fact the modern world have not attained any coherent 
intellectual expression of themselves. We live, as is so often 
remarked, in a state of divided allegiance. In outward activities 
and current enjoyments, we are frenetically absorbed in mun- 
dane affairs in ways which, if they were formulated for in- 
tellectual acceptance, would be repudiated as low and un- 
worthy. We give our emotional and theoretical assent to prin- 
ciples and creeds which are no longer actively operative in life. 
We have retained enough of the older tradition to recognize 
that a philosophy which formulated what, on the whole and in 
the mass, we are most concerned with, would be intolerably 
materialistic in character. On the other hand, we are not pre- 
pared, either intellectually or morally, to frame such a philoso- 
phy of the interests and activities that actually dominate our 
lives as would elevate them to a plane of truly liberal and 
humane significance. We are unable to show that the ideals, 
values and meanings which the philosophy we nominally hold 
places in another world, are capable of characterizing in a 
concrete form, with some measure of security, the world in 
which we live, that of our actual experience. 

On this account any sincere empirical philosophy that holds 
to the possibility of the latter alternative must be prophetic 
rather than descriptive. It can offer hypotheses rather than re- 

77 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

port of facts adequately in existence. It must support these 
hypotheses by argument, rather than by appeal to matters 
clearly within the range of easy observation. It is speculative 
in that it deals with "futures." Candor demands that these con- 
siderations be frankly set forth. But there is also another side 
to the matter. There is a distinction between hypotheses 
generated in that seclusion from observable fact which renders 
them fantasies, and hypotheses that are projections of the possi- 
bilities of facts already in existence and capable of report. 
There is a difference between the imaginative speculations that 
recognize no law except their own dialectic consistency, and 
those which rest on an observable movement of events, and 
which foresee these events carried to a limit by the force of 
their own movement. There is a difference between support by 
argument from arbitrarily assumed premises, and an argument 
which sets forth the implications of propositions resting upon 
facts already vitally significant. 

The groundwork of fact that is selected for especial ex- 
amination and description in the hypothesis which is to be set 
forth is the procedure of present scientific inquiry, in those 
matters that are most fully subject to intellectual control 
namely, the physical sciences. The state of inquiry in them is 
an observable fact, not a speculation nor a matter of opinion 
and argument. The selection of this field of fact rather than 
some other as that from which to project a hypothesis re- 
garding a future possible experience in which experience 
will itself provide the values, meanings and standards now 
sought in some transcendent world, has both theoretical 
and practical justification. From the point of view of technical 
philosophy, the nature of knowledge has always been the 
foundation arid point of departure for philosophies that have 
separated knowing from doing and making, and that in conse- 
quence have elevated the objects of knowledge, as measures of 

78 



ARTS OF ACCEPTANCE AND CONTROL 

genuine reality, above experiences of objects had by the way of 
affection and practical action. If, accordingly, it can be shown 
that the actual procedures by which the most authentic and de- 
pendable knowledge is attained have completely surrendered 
the separation of knowing and doing j if it can be shown that 
overtly executed operations of interaction are requisite to 
obtain the knowledge called scientific, the chief fortress of the 
classic philosophical tradition crumbles into dust. With this 
destruction disappears also the reason for which some objects, 
as fixed in themselves, out of and above the course of human 
experience and its consequences, have been set in opposition to 
the temporal and concrete world in which we live. 

The practical reason for selecting such a technical matter 
as the method of physical science is the fact that the application 
of natural science, through the medium of inventions and 
technologies, is the finally controlling and characteristic fact 
of modern life. That western civilization is increasingly in- 
dustrial in character is a commonplace} it should be an equally 
familiar fact that this industrialization is the direct fruit of 
the growth of the experimental method of knowing. The 
effects of this industrialization in politics, social arrangements, 
communication and intercourse, in work and play, in the de- 
termination of the locus of influence, power and prestige, are 
characteristic marks of present experience in the concrete. They 
are the ultimate source of that waning of the effective influence 
of older beliefs that has been alluded to. They also provide 
the reason why a philosophy which merely reflected and re- 
ported the chief features of the existing situation as if they 
were final, without regard to what they may become, would 
be so repulsively materialistic. Both the positive fact that our 
actual life is more and more determined by the results of 
physical science, and the negative fact that these results are so 
largely an obstacle to framing a philosophy consonant with 

79 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

present experience so influential in inducing men to hold on 
to elements of the older tradition are reasons for selecting 
the procedure of natural science as the main theme of our 
examination. 

There will be little time and opportunity for discussion of 
the problem in its immediately practical form the potential 
significance of that industrial society which has emerged in 
consequence of the conclusions and methods of physical knowl- 
edge. But it may be pointed out that, in principle, it signifies 
simply that the results of intelligence, instead of remaining 
aloof and secluded from practice, are embodied in influential 
ways in the activities and experience which actually obtains. 
Say what we please in derogation of "applied science," in 
principle this is what the latter signifies. And there are few 
persons, I imagine, who would wittingly proclaim that incarna- 
tion of knowledge and understanding in the concrete experi- 
ences of life is anything but a good. Derogation on principle 
of application of knowledge is, in itself, merely an expression 
of the old tradition of the inherent superiority of knowledge 
to practice, of reason to experience. 

There is a genuine and extremely serious problem in con- 
nection with the application of science in life. But it is a practi- 
cal, not theoretical, one. That is to say, it concerns the economic 
and legal organization of society in consequence of which the 
knowledge which regulates activity is so much the monopoly 
of the few, and is used by them in behalf of private and class 
interests and not for general and shared use. The problem 
concerns the possible transformation of social conditions with 
respect to their economic and pecuniary basis. This problem 
time and space will not permit me to consider. But the pe- 
cuniarily economic phase of society is something radically 
different from industrialization, and from the inherent conse- 
quences of technology in current life. To identify the two 

80 



ARTS OF ACCEPTANCE AND CONTROL 

affairs breeds only confusion. It must also be noted that this 
is a question which has of itself nothing to do with the matter 
of the relations of theory and practice, of knowledge and its 
application in doing and making. The practical and social 
problem is one of effecting a more general equitable distribu- 
tion of the elements of understanding and knowledge in con- 
nection with work done, activities undertaken, and a conse- 
quent freer and more generously shared participation in their 
results. 

Before engaging in consideration of the significance of the 
method of science for formation of the theory of knowledge 
and of mind, we shall take up some general points. These are 
all connected, at bottom, with the contrast between the idea 
of experience framed when arts were mainly routine, skills ac- 
quired by mere exercise and practice, and the idea of experi- 
ence appropriate when arts have become experimental: or, 
put briefly, between experience as empirical and as experi- 
mental. "Experience" once meant the results accumulated in 
memory of a variety of past doings and undergoings that were 
had without control by insight, when the net accumulation 
was found to be practically available in dealing with present 
situations. Both the original perceptions and uses and the appli- 
cation of their outcome in present doings were accidental that 
is, neither was determined by an understanding of the relations 
of cause and effect, of means and consequences, involved. In 
that sense they were non-rational, non-scientific. A typical 
illustration is a bridge builder who constructs simply on the 
basis of what has been done and what happened in the past, 
without reference to knowledge of strains and stresses, or in 
general of physical relationships actually involved} or the art 
of medicine, as far as it rests simply upon the accidents of 
remedial measures used in the past without knowledge of why 
some worked and others did not. A measure of skill results, 

81 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

but it is the fruit of cut and dried methods, of trial and error 
in short it is "empirical." 

The disparaging notion of experience framed under such 
conditions is an honest report of actual conditions} philosophers 
in setting experience down as inherently inferior to rational 
science were truthful. What they added was another matter. 
It was a statement that this inferiority was inherently connected 
with the body, with the senses, with material things, with the 
uncertainly changing as over against the certain because immut- 
able. Unfortunately their theories in explanation of the defects 
of experience persisted and became classic after experience it- 
self, in some of its forms, had become experimental in the sense 
of being directed by understanding of conditions and their 
consequences. Two points are especially significant with refer- 
ence to the split thus produced between the traditional theory of 
experience and that which results from noting its experimental 
character. 

In the traditional theory, which still is the prevailing one, 
there were alleged to exist inherent defects in perception and 
observation as means of knowledge, in reference to the subject- 
matter they furnish. This material, in the older notion, is in- 
herently so particular, so contingent and variable, that by no 
possible means can it contribute to knowledge; it can result 
only in opinion, mere belief. But in modern science, there are 
only practical defects in the senses, certain limitations of vision, 
for example, that have to be corrected and supplemented by 
various devices, such as the use of the lens. Every insufficiency 
of observation is an instigation to invent some new instrument 
which will make good the defect, or it is a stimulus to devising 
indirect means, such as mathematical calculations, by which the 
limitations of sense will be circumvented. The counterpart of 
this change is one in the conception of thought and its relation 
to knowing. It was earlier assumed that higher knowledge must 

82 



ARTS OF ACCEPTANCE AND CONTROL 

be supplied by pure thought j pure because apart from experi- 
ence, since the latter involves the senses. Now, it is taken for 
granted that thought, while indispensable to knowledge of 
natural existence, can never in itself provide that knowledge. 
Observation is indispensable both to provide authentic ma- 
terials to work upon and to test and verify the conclusions 
reached by theoretical considerations. A specified kind of ex- 
perience is indispensable to science instead of all experience 
setting a limit to the possibility of true science. 

There is an objective counterpart of this shift. In the older 
theory, sense and experience were barriers to true science be- 
cause they are implicated in natural change. Their appropriate 
and inevitable subject-matter was variable and changing things. 
Knowledge in its full and valid sense is possible only of the 
immutable, the fixed} that alone answers the quest for cer- 
tainty. With regard to changing things, only surmise and 
opinion are possible, just as practically these are the source 
of peril. To a scientific man, in terms of what he does in in- 
quiry, the notion of a natural science which should turn its 
back upon the changes of things, upon events, is simply incom- 
prehensible. What he is interested in knowing, in understand- 
ing, are precisely the changes that go onj they set his problems, 
and problems are solved when changes are interconnected with 
one another. Constants and relative invariants figure, but they 
are relations between changes, not the constituents of a higher 
realm of Being. With this modification with respect to the 
object comes one in the structure and content of "experience." 
Instead of there being a fixed difference between it and some- 
thing higher rational thought there is a difference between 
two kinds of experience j one which is occupied with uncon- 
trolled change and one concerned with directed and regulated 
change. And this difference, while fundamentally important, 
does not mark a fixed division. Changes of the first type are 

83 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

something to be brought under control by means of action 
directed by understanding of relationships. 

In the old scheme, knowledge, as science, signified pre- 
cisely and exclusively turning away from change to the change- 
less. In the new experimental science, knowledge is obtained 
in exactly the opposite way, namely, through deliberate institu- 
tion of a definite and specified course of change. The method 
of physical inquiry is to introduce some change in order to 
see what other change ensues j the correlation between these 
changes, when measured by a series of operations, constitutes 
the definite and desired object of knowledge. There are two 
degrees of control of change which differ practically but are 
alike in principle. In astronomy, for example, we cannot intro- 
duce variation into remote heavenly bodies. But we can de- 
liberately alter the conditions under which we observe them, 
which is the same thing in principle of logical procedure. By 
special instruments, the use of lens and prism, by telescopes, 
spectroscopes, interferometers, etc., we modify observed data. 
Observations are taken from widely different points in space 
and at successive times. By such means interconnected varia- 
tions are observed. In physical and chemical matters closer at 
hand and capable of more direct manipulation, changes intro- 
duced affect the things under inquiry. Appliances and re-agents 
for bringing about variations in the things studied are em- 
ployed. The progress of inquiry is identical with advance in 
the invention and construction of physical instrumentalities for 
producing, registering and measuring changes. 

Moreover, there is no difference in logical principle be- 
tween the method of science and the method pursued in tech- 
nologies. The difference is practical j in the scale of operations 
conducted j in the lesser degree of control through isolation of 
conditions operative, and especially in the purpose for the 
sake of which regulated control of modifications of natural 

84 



ARTS OF ACCEPTANCE AND CONTROL 

existences and energies is undertaken; especially, since the domi- 
nant motive of large scale regulation of the course of change 
is material comfort or pecuniary gain. But the technique of 
modern industry, in commerce, communication, transportation 
and all the appliances of light, heat and electricity, is the 
fruit of the modern application of science. And this so-called 
"application" signifies that the same kind of intentional intro- 
duction and management of changes which takes place in the; 
laboratory is induced in the factory, the railway and the power 
house. 

The central and outstanding fact is that the change in the 
method of knowing, due to the scientific revolution begun in 
the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries, has been accompanied 
by a revolution in the attitude of man toward natural occur- 
rences and their interactions. This transformation means, as 
was intimated earlier, a complete reversal in the traditional 
relationship of knowledge and action. Science advances by 
adopting the instruments and doings of directed practice, and 
the knowledge thus gained becomes a means of the develop- 
ment of arts which bring nature still further into actual and 
potential service of human purposes and valuations. The as- 
tonishing thing is that in the face of this change wrought in 
civilization, there still persist the notions about mind and its 
organs of knowing, together with the inferiority of practice to 
intellect, which developed in antiquity as the report of a totally 
different situation. 

The hold which older conceptions have gained over the 
minds of thinkers, the sway of inertia in habits of philosophic 
thought, can be most readily judged by turning to books on 
epistemology and to discussions of problems connected with the 
theory of knowledge published in the philosophical periodicals. 
Articles on logical method will be found which reflect the pro- 
cedures of actual knowing, that is of the practice of scientific 

85 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

inquiry. But logic is then usually treated as "mere" method- 
ology, having little (probably nothing would be nearer the 
mark) to do with the theory of knowledge. The latter is dis- 
cussed in terms of conceptions about mind and its organs j 
these conceptions are supposed to be capable of adequate for- 
mation apart from observation of what goes on when men 
engage in successful inquiry. Of late, the main problem in 
such discussions is to frame a theory of "consciousness" which 
shall explain knowing, as if consciousness were either a fact 
whose meaning is self-evident, or something less obscure in 
content and more observable than are the objective and public 
procedures of scientific investigation. This type of discussion 
persists j it is, in current conception, the theory of knowledge, 
the natural and inevitable way in which to discuss its basic 
problems! Volumes could not say more for the persistence 
of traditional ideas. The import of even a rudimentary dis- 
cussion of actual experimental method can hardly be gath- 
ered, then, without bearing in mind its significance as a con- 
trast effect. 

While the traits of experimental inquiry are familiar, so 
little use has been of them in formulating a theory of knowl- 
edge and of mind in relation to nature that a somewhat ex- 
plicit statement of well known facts is excusable. They exhibit 
three outstanding characteristics. The first is the obvious one 
that all experimentation involves overt doing, the making of de- 
finite changes in the environment or in our relation to it. The 
second is that experiment is not a random activity but is directed 
by ideas which have to meet the conditions set by the need of 
the problem inducing the active inquiry. The third and con- 
cluding feature, in which the other two receive their full 
measure of meaning, is that the outcome of the directed activity 
is the construction of a new empirical situation in which objects 
are differently related to one another, and such that the conse- 

86 



ARTS OF ACCEPTANCE AND CONTROL 

quences of directed operations form the objects that have the 
property of being known. 

The rudimentary prototype of experimental doing for the 
sake of knowing is found in ordinary procedures. When we 
are trying to make out the nature of a confused and unfamiliar 
object, we perform various acts with a view to establishing a 
new relationship to it, such as will bring to light qualities which 
will aid in understanding it. We turn it over, bring it into a 
better light, rattle and shake it, thump, push and press it, and 
so on. The object as it is experienced prior to the introduction 
of these changes baffles us; the intent of these acts is to make 
changes which will elicit some previously unperceived qualities, 
and by varying conditions of perception shake loose some prop- 
erty which as it stands blinds or misleads us. 

While such experimentations, together with a kind of ex- 
perimental playing with things just to see what will happen, 
are the chief source of the everyday non-scientific store of in- 
formation about things around us, forming the bulk of 
"common-sense" knowledge, the limitations of the mode of 
procedure are so evident as to require no exposition. The im- 
portant thing in the history of modern knowing is the rein- 
forcement of these active doings by means of instruments, 
appliances and apparatus devised for the purposes of disclosing 
relations not otherwise apparent, together with, as far as overt 
action is concerned, the development of elaborate techniques 
for the introduction of a much greater range of variations 
that is, a systematic variation of conditions so as to produce a 
corresponding series of changes in the thing under investiga- 
tion. Among these operations should be included, of course, 
those which give a permanent register of what is observed and 
the instrumentalities of exact measurement by means of which 
changes are correlated with one another. 

These matters are so familiar that their full import for 

8? 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

the theory of knowing readily escapes n3tice. Hence the need 
of comparing this kind of knowledge of natural existences with 
that obtaining before the rise of the experimental method. 
The striking difference is, of course, the dependence placed 
upon doing, doing of a physical and overt sort. Ancient science, 
that is, what passed as science, would have thought it a kind 
of treason to reason as the organ of knowing to subordinate it 
to bodily activity on material things, helped out with tools 
which are also material. It would have seemed like admitting 
the superiority of matter to rational mind, an admission which 
from its standpoint was contradictory to the possibility of 
knowledge. 

With this fundamental change goes another, that in the 
attitude taken toward the material of direct sense-perception. 
No notion could be further away from the fact than the some- 
what sedulously cultivated idea that the difference between 
ancient and modern science is that the former had no respect 
for perception and relied exclusively upon speculation. In fact, 
the Greeks were keenly sensitive to natural objects and were 
keen observers. The trouble lay not in substitution of theoriz- 
ing from the outset for the material of perception, but in that 
they took the latter "as is"; they made no attempt to modify 
it radically before undertaking thinking and theorizing about 
it. As far as observation unaided by artificial appliances and 
means for deliberate variation of observed material went, the 
Greeks went far. 

Their disrespect for sensibly observed material concerned 
only its form. For it had to be brought under logical forms 
supplied by rational thought. The fact that the material was 
not exclusively logical, or such as to satisfy the requirements 
of rational form, made the resulting knowledge less scientific 
than that of pure mathematics, logic and metaphysics occupied 
with eternal Being. But as far as science extended, it dealt with 



ARTS OF ACCEPTANCE AND CONTROL 

the material of sense-perception as it directly offered itself to 
a keen and alert observer. In consequence, the material of 
Greek natural science is much closer to "common sense" ma- 
terial than are the results of contemporary science. One can 
read the surviving statements of it without any more technical 
preparation than say a knowledge of Euclidean geometry, 
while no one can follow understandingly the reports of most 
modern investigations in physics without a highly technical 
preparatory education. One reason the atomic theory pro- 
pounded in antiquity made so little headway is that it did not 
agree with the results of ordinary observation. For this pre- 
sented objects clothed with rich qualities and falling into kinds 
or species that were themselves marked by qualitative, rather 
than by merely quantitative and spatial, differences. In antiquity 
it was the atomic theory which was purely speculative and "de- 
ductive" in character. 

These statements would be misunderstood if they were 
taken to imply an allegation that in ancient science sense 
gives knowledge, while modern science excludes the material 
of sense} such an idea inverts the facts. But ancient science 
accepted the material of sense-material on its face, and then 
organized it, as it naturally and originally stood, by operations 
of logical definition, classification into species and syllogistic 
subsumption. Men either had no instruments and appliances 
for modifying the ordinary objects of observation, for analyz- 
ing them into their elements and giving them new forms and 
arrangements, or they failed to use those which they had. Thus 
in content, or subject-matter, the conclusions of Greek science 
(which persisted till the scientific revolution of the seventeenth 
century), were much closer to the objects of everyday experi- 
ence than are the objects of present scientific thought. It is not 
meant that the Greeks had more respect for the function of per- 
ception through the senses than has modern science, but that, 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

judged from present practice, they had altogether too mucfy 
respect for the material of direct, unanalyzed sense-perception. 

They were aware of its defects from the standpoint of 
knowledge. But they supposed that they could correct these 
defects and supplement their lack by purely logical or "ra- 
tional" means. They supposed that thought could take the ma- 
terial supplied by ordinary perception, eliminate varying and 
hence contingent qualities, and thus finally reach the fixed and 
immutable form which makes particulars have the character 
they havej define this form as the essence or true reality of the 
particular things in question, and then gather a group of per- 
ceived objects into a species which is as eternal as its particular 
exemplifications are perishable. The passage from ordinary 
perception to scientific knowledge did not therefore demand 
the introduction of actual, overt and observed changes into the 
material of sense perception. Modern science, with its changes 
in the subject-matter of direct perception effected by the use 
of apparatus, gets away not from observed material as such, 
but from the qualitative characteristics of things as they are 
originally and "naturally" observed. 

It may thus be fairly asserted that the "categories" of 
Greek description and explanation of natural phenomena were 
esthetic in character j for perception of the esthetic sort is 
interested in things in their immediate qualitative traits. The 
logical features they depended upon to confer scientific form 
upon the material of observation were harmony, proportion or 
measure, symmetry: these constitute the "logos" that renders 
phenomena capable of report in rational discourse. In virtue 
of these properties, superimposed upon phenomena but thought 
to be elicited from them, natural objects are knowable. Thus 
the Greeks employed thinking not as a means of changing 
given objects of observation so as to get at the conditions and 
effects of their occurrence, but to impose upon them certain 

90 



ARTS OF ACCEPTANCE AND CONTROL 

static properties not found in them in their changeable occur- 
rence. The essence of the static properties conferred upon 
them was harmony of form and pattern. Craftsmen, architects, 
sculptors, gymnasts, poets had taken raw material and con- 
verted it into finished forms marked by symmetry and pro- 
portion j they accomplished this task without the prior dis- 
integrative reduction which characterizes modern making in 
the factory. Greek thinkers performed a like task for nature 
as a whole. Instead, however, of employing the material tools 
of the crafts, they depended upon thought alone. They bor- 
rowed the form provided them in Greek art in abstraction from 
its material appliances. They aimed at constructing out of 
nature, as observed, an artistic whole for the eye of the soul 
to behold. Thus for science nature was a cosmos. It was com- 
posed, but it was not a composite of elements. That is, it was a 
qualitative whole, a whole as is a drama, a statue or a temple, 
in virtue of a pervading and dominant qualitative unity j it 
was not an aggregate of homogenous units externally arranged 
in different modes. Design was the form and pattern in- 
trinsically characteristic of things in their fixed kinds, not some- 
thing first formed in a designing mind and then imposed from 
without. 

In his Creative Evolution, Bergson remarks that to the 
Greek mind that reality which is the object of the truest knowl- 
edge is found in some privileged moment when a process of 
change attains its climactic apogee. The Ideas of Plato and the 
Forms of Aristotle, as he says, may be compared in their rela- 
tion to particular things to the horses of the Parthenon frieze 
in relation to the casual movements of horses. The essential 
movement which gives and defines the character of the horse 
is summed up in the eternal moment of a static position and 
form. To see, to grasp, that culminating and defining form, 
and by grasping to possess and enjoy it, is to know. 

91 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

This afergu of Bergson illustrates the conception of the 
essentially artistic character possessed for Greek science by the 
object of knowledge. It is borne out by the details of Greek 
science. I know of no one thing more significant for an under- 
standing of Greek science than Aristotle's treatment of quantity 
as an accident, that is, as something which can vary within 
limits (set by the inherent essence and measure, logos) of a 
thing without affecting its nature. When we think of the 
Cartesian definition of quantity as the essence of matter, we 
appreciate that an intellectual revolution has taken place: a 
radical change in point of view and not just the product of 
more, and more accurately stated, information, but a change 
involving surrender of the esthetic character of the object. 
Contrast the place occupied in modern science by relations with 
the Aristotelian illustrations of their nature namely, distinc- 
tions of more and less, greater and smaller, etc. For the point 
of Aristotle's treatment is that relations, like quantity, are 
indifferent to the essence or nature of the object, and hence are 
of no final account for scientific knowledge. This conception is 
thoroughly appropriate to an esthetic point of view, wherein 
that which is internally complete and self-sufficing is the all- 
important consideration. 

The addiction of Pythagorean-Platonism to number and 
geometry might seem to contradict what has been said. But it 
is one of the exceptions that proves the rule. For geometry and 
number in this scheme were means of ordering natural phe- 
nomena as they are directly observed. They were principles of 
measure, symmetry and allotment that satisfied canons essen- 
tially esthetic. Science had to wait almost two thousand years 
for mathematics to become an instrument of analysis, of reso- 
lution into elements for the sake of recomposition, through 
equations and other functions. 

I pass by the evidence of the qualitative character of Greek 

92 



ARTS OF! ACCEPTANCE AND CONTROL 

science afforded by the central position of kinds or species in 
Peripatetic science. The instance is too obvious. More instruc- 
tive is the purely qualitative treatment of movements, es- 
pecially as this is the matter that gives the clue to the revolu- 
tion wrought by Galileo. Movement was a term covering all 
sorts of qualitative alterations, such as warm things becoming 
cold, growth from embryo to adult form, etc. It was never 
conceived of as merely motion, i.e., change of position in a 
homogeneous space. When we speak of a musical movement, 
or a political movement, we come close to the sense attached 
to the idea in ancient science: a series of changes tending to 
complete or perfect a qualitative whole and fulfill an end. 

Movement instead of continuing indefinitely spent itself j 
it tended inherently toward its own cessation, toward rest. The 
problem was not what external forces bring the arrow to a 
state of relative rest but what external forces, currents of air, 
etc., keep it moving and prevent its speedier attainment of its 
own natural goal, rest. Cessation of movement is either ex- 
haustion, a kind of fatigue, or it marks the culmination of in- 
trinsic proper being or essence. The heavenly bodies, just be- 
cause they are heavenly, and therefore quasi-divine, are un- 
wearied, never tiring, and so keep up their ceaseless round. 
For rest when it meant fulfillment was not dead quiescence but 
complete and therefore unchanging movement. Only thought 
is completely possessed of this perfect self -activity j but the con- 
stant round of heavenly bodies is the nearest physical manifes- 
tation of the self-enclosed changeless activity of thought, which 
discovers nothing, learns nothing, effects nothing, but eternally 
revolves upon itself. 

The treatment of place or rather places is the counter- 
part of this qualitative diversification of movements. There is 
movement up from the earth, in the measure of their lightness, 
of those things which belong in the upper spaces j a downward 

93 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

movement to the earth of those things which because of their 
grossness attain their end and arrive at their home only in the 
gross and relatively cold earth. To the intermediate regions is 
appropriate neither upward nor downward movement but the 
back and forth and wavering movement characteristic of winds 
and the (apparent) motions of the planets. As the cold and 
heavy moves down, the light and fiery, the finest material 
moves upward. The stars of the firmament being the most 
nearly divine, the most purged of the irregular and merely 
potential, pursue that undeviating circular course which is the 
Dearest approach in nature to the eternal self-activity of 
thought, which is at once beyond nature and its culmination or 
"final cause." 

These details are mentioned to make clear the completely 
qualitative character of antique science. There was no conflict 
with ideas about values, because the qualities belonging to 
objects of science are values j they are the things we enjoy and 
prize. Throughout nature as a qualitative whole there is a 
hierarchy of forms from those of lower value to those of 
higher. The revolution in science effectively initiated by 
Galileo consisted precisely in the abolition of qualities as traits 
of scientific objects as such. From this elimination proceeded 
just that conflict and need of reconciliation between the 
scientific properties of the real and those which give moral 
authority. Therefore to apprehend what the new astronomy 
and physics did for human beliefs, we have to place it in its 
contrast with the older natural science in which the qualities 
possessed by objects of scientific knowledge were precisely the 
same as those possessed by works of art, the properties which 
are one with beauty and with all that is admirable. 

The work of Galileo was not a development, but a revolu- 
tion. It marked a change from the qualitative to the quantita- 
tive or metric} from the heterogeneous to the homogeneous j 

94 



ARTS OF ACCEPTANCE AND CONTROL 

from intrinsic forms to relations} from esthetic harmonies to 
mathematical formulae} from contemplative enjoyment to ac- 
tive manipulation and control} from rest to change} from 
eternal objects to temporal sequence. The idea of a two-realm 
scheme persisted for moral and religious purposes} it vanished 
for purposes of natural science. The higher realm which had 
been the object of true science became the exclusive habitat of 
objects connected with values that in their relation to man 
furnish the norm and end of human destiny. The lower realm 
of change which had been the subject of opinion and practice be- 
came the sole and only object of natural science. The realm 
in which opinion held sway was no longer a genuine although 
inferior portion of objective being. It was a strictly human 
product, due to ignorance and error. Such was the philosophy 
which, because of the new science, replaced the old metaphysics. 
But and this "but" is of fundamental importance in spite 
of the revolution, the old conceptions of knowledge as related 
to an antecedent reality and of moral regulation as derived 
from properties of this reality, persisted. 

Neither the scientific nor the philosophic change came at 
once, even after experimental inquiry was initiated. In fact as 
we shall see Jater, philosophy proceeded conservatively by 
compromise and accommodation, and was read into the new 
science, so that not till our own generation did science free 
itself from some basic factors of the older conception of nature. 
Much of the scientific revolution was implicit, however, in the 
conclusions which Galileo drew from his two most famous 
experiments. The one with falling bodies at the tower of Pisa 
destroyed the old distinction of intrinsic qualitative differences 
of gravity and levity, and thus gave an enormous shock to the 
qualitative explanatory principles of science. It thus tended to 
undermine the description and explanation of natural phe- 
nomena in terms of heterogeneous qualities. For it showed 

95 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

that the immanent motion of bodies was connected witH a 
common homogeneous property, one measured by their re- 
sistance to being set in motion and to having their motion ar- 
rested or deflected when once set in operation. This property, 
called inertia, was finally identified by Newton with mass, so 
that mass or inertia became the scientific definition or stable 
co-efficient of matter, in complete indifference to the qualitative 
differentiations of wet-dry, hot-cold, which were henceforth 
things to be explained by means of mass and motion, not funda- 
mental explanatory principles. 

Taken in isolation, it is conceivable that this result would 
have been only a shock, or at most a ferment. Not so, however, 
when it was connected with his experiment of balls rolling 
down a smooth inclined plane (of which his experiment with 
the pendulum was a variation), the nearest approximation he 
could make to observation of freely falling bodies. His purpose 
was to determine the relation of the measured time of falling 
to the measured space passed through. Observed results con- 
firmed the hypothesis he had previously formed, namely, that 
the space traversed is proportional to the square of the elapsed 
time. If we forget the background of Peripatetic science against 
which this conclusion was projected, it appears as a mathe- 
matical determination of acceleration, and in connection with 
the concept of mass, as affording a new and accurate definition 
of force. This result is highly important. But apart from the 
classic background of beliefs about nature, it would have been 
of the same type as important discoveries in physics to-day. 
In its opposition to the basic ideas of Peripatetic science, it 
ushered in the scientific revolution. Galileo's conclusions were 
absolutely fatal to the traditional conception that all bodies in 
motion come naturally to rest because of their own intrinsic 
tendency to fulfill an inherent nature. The ingenious mind of 
Galileo used his results to show that if a body moving on a 

96 



ARTS OF ACCEPTANCE AND CONTROL 

horizontal plane, not subjected to the independent force of 
uniform gravity, were substituted for the body on an inclined 
plane, it would when once set in motion continue in motion 
indefinitely the idea later formulated in Newton's first law 
of motion. 

The revolution opened the way to description and ex- 
planation of natural phenomena on the basis of homogeneous 
space, time, mass and motion. Our discussion is not an account 
of the historic development, and details are passed over. But 
some of the generic results which followed must be summarily 
mentioned. Galileo's conclusion did not at first affect the tra- 
dition that bodies at rest remained at rest. But his logic and 
the further use of his methods showed that that when a gross 
body is brought to rest, motion is transferred to its own 
particles and to those of the body which checked its movement. 
Thus heat became subject to mechanical treatment, and in 
the end the conversion of mechanical motion, heat, light, elec- 
tricity into one another without loss of energy was established. 
Then it was shown by Newton, following Copernicus and Huy- 
gens, that the movements of the planets obey the same me- 
chanical laws of mass and acceleration as mundane bodies. 
Heavenly bodies and movements were brought under the same 
laws as are found in terrestrial phenomena. The idea of the 
difference in kind between phenomena in different parts of 
space was abolished. All that counted for science became me- 
chanical properties formulated in mathematical terms: the 
significance of mathematical formulation marking the possi- 
bility of complete equivalence or homogeneity of translation 
of different phenomena into one another's terms. 

From the standpoint of the doctrine that the purpose of 
knowledge is to grasp reality and that the object of cognition 
and real objects are synonymous terms, there was but one con- 
clusion possible. This, in the words of a recent writer, was 

97 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

that "the Newtonian astronomy revealed the whole heavenly 
realm as a dark and limitless emptiness wherein dead matter 
moved under the impulse or insensate forces, and thus finally 
destroyed the poetic dream of ages." * 

The conclusion holds good, however, only under condition 
that the premise be held to. If and as far as the qualitative 
world was taken to be an object of knowledge, and not of 
experience in some other form than knowing, and as far as 
knowing was held to be the standard or sole valid mode of 
experiencing, the substitution of Newtonian for Greek science 
(the latter being but a rationalized arrangement of the quali- 
tatively enjoyed world of direct experience) signified that the 
properties that render the world one of delight, admiration and 
esteem, have been done away with. There is, however, another 
interpretation possible. A philosophy which holds that we ex- 
perience things as they really are apart from knowing, and 
that knowledge is a mode of experiencing things which facili- 
tates control of objects for purposes of non-cognitive experi- 
ences, will come to another conclusion. 

To go into this matter at this point would, however, an- 
ticipate later discussion. Consequently we confine comment here 
to the one question: Just what did the new experimental method 
do to the qualitative objects of ordinary experience? Forget the 
conclusions of Greek philosophy, put out of the mind all 
theories about knowlege and about reality. Take the simple 
direct facts: Here are the colored, resounding, fragrant, lova- 
ble, attractive, beautiful things of nature which we enjoy, and 
which we suffer when they are hateful, ugly, disgusting. Just 
what is the effect upon them wrought by physical science? 

If we consent for the time being to denude the mind of 
philosophical and metaphysical presuppositions, and take the 

* Barry, The Scientific Habit of Mind, New York, 1927, p. 249. I owe much 
more to this volume than this particular quotation. 

98 



ARTS OF ACCEPTANCE AND CONTROL 

matter in the most simple and naive way possible, I think our 
answer, stated in technical terms, will be that it substitutes data 
for objects. (It is not meant that this outcome is the whole 
effect of the experimental method; that as we saw at the outset 
is complex; but that the first effect as far as stripping away 
qualities is concerned is of this nature.) That Greek science 
operated with objects in the sense of the stars, rocks, trees, rain, 
warm and cold days of ordinary experience is evident enough. 
What is signified by saying that the first effect of experimenta- 
tion was to reduce these things from the status of objects to 
that of data may not be so clear.* By data is signified subject- 
matter for further interpretation; something to be thought 
about. Objects are finalities; they are complete, finished; they 
call for thought only in the way of definition, classification, 
logical arrangement, subsumption in syllogisms, etc. But data 
signify "material to serve"; they are indications, evidence, 
signs, clues to and of something still to be reached; they are 
intermediate, not ultimate; means, not finalities. 

In a less technical way the matter may be stated as follows: 
The subject-matter which had been taken as satisfying the 
demands of knowledge, as the material with which to frame 
solutions, became something which set problems. Hot and cold, 
wet and dry, light and heavy, instead of being self-evident mat- 
ters with which to explain phenomena, were things to be investi- 
gated; they were "effects," not causal principles; they set 
question marks instead of supplying answers. The differences 
between the earth, the region of the planets, and the heavenly 
ether, instead of supplying ultimate principles which could be 
used to mark off and classify things, were something to be 
explained and to bring under identical principles. Greek and 
medieval science formed an art of accepting things as they are 

* For this shift from objects to data see G. H. Mead's essay in the volume 
entitled Creative Intelligence, New York, 1917. 

99 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

enjoyed and suffered. Modern experimental science is an art 
of control. 

The remarkable difference between the attitude which ac- 
cepts the objects of ordinary perception, use and enjoyment 
as final, as culminations of natural processes and that which 
takes them as starting points for reflection and investigation, 
is one which reaches far beyond the technicalities of science. 
It marks a revolution in the whole spirit of life, in the entire 
attitude taken toward whatever is found in existence. When 
the things which exist around us, which we touch, see, hear 
and taste are regarded as interrogations for which an answer 
must be sought (and must be sought by means of deliberate 
introduction of changes till they are reshaped into something 
different), nature as it already exists ceases to be something 
which must be accepted and submitted to, endured or en- 
joyed, just as it is. It is now something to be modified, to be 
intentionally controlled. It is material to act upon so as to 
transform it into new objects which better answer our needs. 
Nature as it exists at any particular time is a challenge, rather 
than a completion j it provides possible starting points and op- 
portunities rather than final ends. 

In short, there is a change from knowing as an esthetic 
enjoyment of the properties of nature regarded as a work of 
divine art, to knowing as a means of secular control that is, 
a method of purposefully introducing changes which will alter 
the direction of the course of events. Nature as it exists at a 
given time is material for arts to be brought to bear upon it to 
reshape it, rather than already a finished work of art. Thus 
the changed attitude toward change to which reference was 
made has a much wider meaning than that which the new 
science offered as a technical pursuit. When correlations of 
changes are made the goal of knowledge, the fulfillment of its 
aim in discovery of these correlations, is equivalent to placing 

100 



ARTS OF ACCEPTANCE AND CONTROL 

in our hands an instrument of control. When one change is 
given, and we know with measured accuracy its connection 
with another change, we have the potential means of producing 
or averting that other event. The esthetic attitude is of necessity 
directed to what is already there j to what is finished, com- 
plete. The attitude of control looks to the future, to pro- 
duction. 

The same point is stated in another way in saying that the 
reduction of given objects to data for a knowing or an investi- 
gation still to be undertaken liberates man from subjection to 
the past. The scientific attitude, as an attitude of interest in 
change instead of interest in isolated and complete fixities, is 
necessarily alert for problems} every new question is an op- 
portunity for further experimental inquiries for effecting 
more directed change. There is nothing which a scientific mind 
would more regret than reaching a condition in which there 
were no more problems. That state would be the death of 
science, not its perfected life. We have only to contrast this 
disposition with that which prevails in morals and politics to 
realize the difference which has already been made, as well as 
to appreciate how limited its development still is. For in higher 
practical matters we still live in dread of change and of prob- 
lems. Like men of olden time with respect to natural phe- 
nomena we prefer to accept and endure or to enjoy as the 
case may happen to be what is, what we find in possession 
of the field, and at most, to arrange it under concepts, and 
thus give it the form of rationality. 

Before the rise of experimental method, change was simply 
an inevitable evilj the world of phenomenal existence, that is 
of change, while an inferior realm compared with the change- 
less, was nevertheless there and had to be accepted practically 
as it happened to occur. The wise man if he were sufficiently 
endowed by fortune would have as little to do with such things 

101 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

as possible, turning away from them to the rational realm. 
Qualitative forms and complete ends determined by nature 
are not amenable to human control. They are grateful when 
they happen to be enjoyed, but for human purposes nature 
means fortune, and fortune is the contrary of art. A good that 
happens is welcome. Goods, however, can be made secure in 
existence only through regulation of processes of change, a 
regulation dependent upon knowledge of their relations. While 
the abolition of fixed tendencies toward definite ends has been 
mourned by many as if it involved a despiritualization of na- 
ture, it is in fact a precondition of the projection of new ends 
and of the possibility of realizing them through intentional 
activity. Objects which are not fixed goals of nature and 
which have no inherent defining forms become candidates for 
receiving new qualities} means for serving new purposes. Until 
natural objects were denuded of determinate ends which were 
regarded as the proper outcome of the intrinsic tendency of 
nature's own operations, nature could not become a plastic 
material of human desires and purposes. 

Such considerations as these are implicit in that changed 
attitude which by experimental analysis reduces objects to data: 
the aim of science becomes discovery of constant relations 
among changes in place of definition of objects immutable 
beyond the possibility of alteration. It is interested in the 
mechanism of occurrences instead of in final causes. In dealing 
with the proximate instead of with the ultimate, knowledge 
deals with the world in which we live, the world which is 
experienced, instead of attempting through the intellect to 
escape to a higher realm. Experimental knowledge is a mode 
of doing, and like all doing takes place at a time, in a place, 
and under specifiable conditions in connection with a definite 
problem. 

The notion that the findings of science are a disclosure of 

102 



ARTS OF ACCEPTANCE AND CONTROL 

the inherent properties of the ultimate real, of existence at 
large, is a survival of the older metaphysics. It is because of 
injection of an irrelevant philosophy into interpretation of the 
conclusions of science that the latter are thought to eliminate 
qualities and values from nature. Thus is created the standing 
problem of modern philosophy: the relation of science to the 
things we prize and love and which have authority in the direc- 
tion of conduct. The same injection, in treating the results of 
mathematical-mechanistic science as a definition of natural real- 
ity in its own intrinsic nature, accounts for the antagonism 
shown to naturalism, and for the feeling that it is the busi- 
ness of philosophy to demonstrate the being of a realm beyond 
nature, one not subject to the conditions which mark all natural 
objects. Drop the conception that knowledge is knowledge only 
when it is a disclosure and definition of the properties of fixed 
and antecedent reality j interpret the aim and test of knowing 
by what happens in the actual procedures of scientific inquiry, 
and the supposed need and problem vanish. 

For scientific inquiry always starts from things of the en- 
vironment experienced in our everyday life, with things we 
see, handle, use, enjoy and suffer from. This is the ordinary 
qualitative world. But instead of accepting the qualities and 
values the ends and forms of this world as providing the 
objects of knowledge, subject to their being given a certain 
logical arrangement, experimental inquiry treats them as of- 
fering a challenge to thought. They are the materials of 
problems not of solutions. They are to be known, rather 
than objects of knowledge. The first step in knowing is to 
locate the problems which need solution. This step is per- 
formed by altering obvious and given qualities. These are 
effects} they are things to be understood, and they are under- 
stood in terms of their generation. The search for "efficient 
causes" instead of for final causes, for extrinsic relations in- 

103 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

stead of intrinsic forms, constitutes the aim of science. But the 
search does not signify a quest for reality in contrast with 
experience of the unreal and phenomenal. It signifies a search 
for those relations upon which the occurrence of real qualities 
and values depends, by means of which we can regulate their 
occurrence. To call existences as they are directly and quali- 
tatively experienced "phenomena" is not to assign to them a 
metaphysical status. It is to indicate that they set the problem 
of ascertaining the relations of interaction upon which their 
occurrence depends. 

It is unnecessary that knowledge should be concerned with 
existence as it is directly experienced in its concrete qualities. 
Direct experiencing itself takes care of that matter. What 
science is concerned with is the ha^enmg of these experienced 
things. For its purpose, therefore, they are happenings, events. 
Its aim is to discover the conditions and consequences of their 
happening. And this discovery can take place only by modify- 
ing the given qualities in such ways that relations become mani- 
fest. We shall see later that these relations constitute the 
proper objects of science as such. We are here concerned to 
emphasize the fact that elimination of the qualities of ex- 
perienced existence is merely an intermediate step necessary to 
the discovery of relations, and that when it is accomplished the 
scientific object becomes the means of control of occurrence of 
experienced things having a richer and more secure equipment 
of values and qualities. 

Only when the older theory of knowledge and metaphysics 
is retained, is science thought to inform us that nature in its 
true reality is but an interplay of masses in motion, without 
sound, color, or any quality of enjoyment and use. What 
science actually does is to show that any natural object we 
please may be treated in terms of relations upon which its 
occurrence depends, or as an event, and that by so treating it 

104 



ARTS OF ACCEPTANCE AND CONTROL 

we are enabled to get behind, as it were, the immediate quali- 
ties the object of direct experience presents, and to regulate 
their happening, instead of having to wait for conditions be- 
yond our control to bring it about. Reduction of experienced 
objects to the form of relations, which are neutral as respects 
qualitative traits, is a prerequisite of ability to regulate the 
course of change, so that it may terminate in the occurrence of 
an object having desired qualities. 

As long, for example, as water is taken to be just the thing 
which we directly expedience it to be, we can put it to a few 
direct uses, such as drinking, washing, etc. Beyond heating it 
there was little that could be done purposefully to change its 
properties. When, however, water is treated not as the glisten- 
ing, rippling object with the variety of qualities that delight 
the eye, ear, and palate, but as something symbolized by FLO, 
something from which these qualities are completely absent, it 
becomes amenable to all sorts of other modes of control and 
adapted to other uses. Similarly, when steam and ice are no 
longer treated as what they are in their qualitative differences 
from one another in direct experience, but as homogeneous 
molecules moving at measured velocities through specified dis- 
tances, differential qualities that were barriers to effective regu- 
lations, as long as they were taken as finalities, are done away 
with. A single way of acting with respect to them in spite of 
their differences is indicated. This mode of action is capable 
of extension to other bodies, in principle to any bodies irre- 
spective of qualitative differences of solid, liquid and gaseous, 
provided they are given a like mathematical formulation. 
Thus all sorts of modes of expansion and contraction, of re- 
frigeration and evaporation, of production and regulation of 
explosive power, become possible. From the practical stand- 
point, bodies become aggregates of energies to be used in all 
kinds of ways, involving all sorts of substitutions, transf orma- 

105 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

tions, combinations and separations. But the object of direct or 
perceptible experience remains the same qualitative object, 
enjoyable and usable, it always was. Water as an object of 
science, as HUO with all the other scientific propositions which 
can be made about it, is not a rival for position in real being 
with the water we see and use. It is, because of experimental 
operations, an added instrumentality of multiplied controls and 
uses of the real things of everyday experience. 

I am aware that this method of dealing with the great 
problem of modern philosophy will be regarded by many as 
too cavalier a disposition of a great issue j the solution if there 
be any (and many thinkers would perhaps feel any solution to 
be a real deprivation) is too simple and easy to be satisfactory. 
But I shall be content if the account leads anyone to recon- 
sider the traditional beliefs which stand in the way of accep- 
tance of the solution that is proposed. These preconceptions 
are the assumption that knowledge has a uniquely privileged 
position as a mode of access to reality in comparison with 
other modes of experience, and that as such it is superior to 
practical activity. Both of these ideas were formulated in a 
period when knowing was regarded as something which could 
be effected exclusively by means of the rational powers of 
mind. The development of scientific inquiry with its complete 
dependence upon experimentation has proved the profound 
error of the latter position. Is it not time to revise the philo- 
sophical conceptions which are founded on a belief now 
proved to be false? The sum and substance of the present 
argument is that if we frame our conception of knowledge on 
the experimental model, we find that it is a way of operating 
upon and with the things of ordinary experience so that we 
can frame our ideas of them in terms of their interactions 
with one another, instead of in terms of the qualities they 
directly present, and that thereby our control of them, our 

106 



ARTS OF ACCEPTANCE AND CONTROL 

ability to change them and direct their changes as we desire, 
is indefinitely increased. Knowing is itself a mode of practical 
action and is the way of interaction by which other natural 
interactions become subject to direction. Such is the significance 
of the experimental method as far as we have as yet traced 
its course. 

As was stated at the beginning of this part of the discus- 
sion, the examination of scientific knowing is undertaken not 
so much for its own sake as in order to supply material for pro- 
jecting a hypothesis about something less technical and of 
wider and more liberal application. The ulterior issue is the 
possibility that actual experience in its concrete content and 
movement may furnish those ideals, meanings and values 
whose lack and uncertainty in experience as actually lived by 
most persons has supplied the motive force for recourse to 
some reality beyond experience: a lack and uncertainty that 
account for the continued hold of traditional philosophical 
and religious notions which are not consonant with the main 
tenor of modern life. The pattern supplied by scientific know- 
ing shows that in this one field at least it is possible for ex- 
perience, in becoming genuinely experimental, to develop its 
own regulative ideas and standards. Not only this, but in addi- 
tion the progress of knowledge of nature has become secure 
and steady only because of this transformation. The conclusion 
is a good omen for the possibility of achieving in larger, more 
humane and liberal fields a similar transformation, so that a 
philosophy of experience may be empirical without either being 
false to actual experience or being compelled to explain away 
the values dearest to the heart of man. 



107 



CHAPTER V 
IDEAS AT WORK 

OF ALL PHILOSOPHICAL problems that which concerns the na- 
ture and worth of ideas is probably the one that most readily 
appeals to any cultivated mind. The eulogistic flavor which 
hangs about the word Idealism is a tribute to the respect men 
pay to thought and its power. The obnoxious quality of mate- 
rialism is due to its depression of thought, which is treated as 
an illusion or at most an accidental by-product j materialism 
leaves no place where ideas have creative or regulative effect. 
In some sense the cause of ideas, of thought, is felt to be that 
of the distinctive dignity of man himself. Serious minds have 
always desired a world in which experiences would be produc- 
tive of ideas, of meanings, and in which these ideas in turn 
would regulate conduct. Take away ideas and what follows 
from them and man seems no better than the beasts of the 
field. 

It is, however, an old story that philosophers have divided 
into opposed schools as to the nature of ideas and their power. 
To the extreme right are those who, under the banner of Ideal- 
ism, have asserted that thought is the creator of the universe 
and that rational ideas constitute its structure. This constitutive 
work, however, is something done once for all by thought in a 
transcendental aboriginal work. The empirical world in which 
we live from day by day is crass and obdurate, stubbornly un- 
ideal in character because it is only an appearance of the reality 
of which thought is the author. This philosophic mode of pay- 
ing reverence to ideas is thus compensatory rather than vital. 

108 



IDEAS AT WORK 

It has nothing to do with rendering the natural and social 
environment of our experience a more ideal abode, namely, one 
characterized by meanings which are the fruits of thought. 
There are those who would be willing to exchange the thought 
which constitutes reality once for all for that thinking which 
by continued particular acts renders our experienced world 
here and now more charged with coherent and luminous 
meanings. 

At the other pole is the school of sensational empiricists 
who hold that the doctrine that thought in any mode of opera- 
tion is originative is an illusion. It proclaims the necessity of 
direct, first-hand contact with things as the source of all knowl- 
edge. Ideas are pale ghosts of flesh and blood impressions j 
they are images, pallid reflections, dying echoes of first hand 
intercourse with reality which takes place in sensation alone. 

In spite of the polar opposition between the two schools, 
they depend upon a common premise. According to both sys- 
tems of philosophy, reflective thought, thinking that involves 
Inference and judgment, is not originative. It has its test in 
antecedent reality as that is disclosed in some non-reflective 
immediate knowledge. Its validity depends upon the possi- 
bility of checking its conclusions by identification with the 
terms of such prior immediate knowledge. The controversy 
between the schools is simply as to the organ and nature of 
previous direct knowledge. To both schools, reflection, thought 
involving inference, is reproductive j the "proof" of its results 
is found in comparison with what is known without any infer- 
ence. In traditional empiricism the test is found in sensory im- 
pressions. For objective idealism, reflective inquiry is valid only 
as it reproduces the work previously effected by constitutive 
thought. The goal of human thinking is approximation to the 
reality already instituted by absolute reason. The basic premise 
is also shared by realists. The essence of their position is that 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

reflective inquiry is valid as it terminates in apprehension of 
that which already exists. When thinking introduces any modi- 
fication into antecedent reality it falls into error j in fact, pro- 
ductive origination on the part of mind defines error. 

The issue is connected with the analysis of experimental 
knowing which was begun in the preceding chapter. For the 
common premise of these philosophical schools, so opposed to 
one another in most ways, goes back to adoption of the idea 
about knowledge in relation to what is independently real 
which, originating in Greek thought, has become engrained in 
tradition. In our summary of the characteristics of experimental 
thinking, its second trait was said to be the direction of experi- 
ment by ideas, the fact that experiment is not random, aimless 
action, but always includes, along with groping and relatively 
blind doing, an element of deliberate foresight and intent, 
which determines that one operation rather than another be 
tried. In this chapter we shall, accordingly, consider the im- 
plications for the theory of ideas that follow from experi- 
mental method. Let us suppose, for the time being, that all 
that we can know about ideas is derived from the way in which 
they figure in the reflective inquiries of science. What con- 
ception of their nature and office shall we then be led to form? 

We shall begin, somewhat abruptly, with a statement of 
the nature of conceptions which has been framed on the basis 
of recent conclusions in physical science. We shall then com- 
pare this idea about ideas with that which was embodied in 
the Newtonian philosophy of nature and science, and take up 
the reasons which compelled the abandonment of the latter. 
Finally we shall recur to a comparison of the result reached 
with the doctrine embodied in traditional philosophies one 
that is identical with that found in the now discredited New- 
tonian natural philosophy. 

The position of present science on this matter has been 

no 



IDEAS AT WORK 

stated as follows: "To find the length of an object, we have 
to perform certain physical operations. The concept of length 
is therefore fixed when the operations by which length is meas- 
ured are fixed j that is, the concept of length involves as much 
as and nothing more than the set of operations by which length 
is determined. In general, we mean by any concept nothing 
more than a set of operations} the concept is synonymous with 
the corresponding set of operations" * The same idea is re- 
peated by Eddington in his Gifford Lectures. His statement is 
as follows: "The vocabulary of the physicist comprises a num- 
ber of words such as length, angle, velocity, force, potential, 
current, etc., which we call 'physical quantities.' It is now 
recognized that these should be defined according to the way 
in which we recognize them when actually confronted with 
them, and not according to the metaphysical significance which 
we may have anticipated for them. In the old text-books mass 
was defined as 'quantity of matter' j but when it came to an 
actual determination of mass, an experimental method was 
prescribed which had no bearing on this definition." f The 

*Bridgman, The Logic of Modern Physics, New York, 1927, p. 5. The 
italics are in the text. 

t The Nature of the Physical World, London and New York, 1928, p. 255. 
It is implied in the quotation that concepts are recognized by means of the 
experimental operations by which they are determined; that is, operations 
define and test the validity of the meanings by which we state natural happen- 
ings. This implication is made explicit a few sentences further along when 
in speaking of Einstein Mr. Eddington says his theory "insists that each 
physical quantity should be defined as the result of certain operations of 
measurement and calculation." The principle is anticipated in Peirce's essay on 
How to Make Our Ideas Clear published as far back as 1881 now reprinted 
in a volume of essays, edited by Morris R, Cohen, and entitled Chance, Love 
and Logic, New York, 1923. Peirce states that the sole meaning of the idea 
of an object consists of the consequences which result when the object is 
acted upon in a particular way. The principle is one element in the pragma- 
tism of James. The idea is also akin to the "instrumental" theory of concep- 
tions, according to which they are intellectual instruments for directing our 
activities in relation to existence. The principle of "extensive abstraction" as 
a mode of defining things is similar in import. On account of ambiguities in 
the notion of pragmatism although its logical import is identical I shall 
follow Bridgman in speaking of "operational thinking." 

Ill 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

adoption of this point of view with respect to the meaning 
and content of thinking, and as to the validity or sound- 
ness of the ideas by means of which we understand natural 
events, makes possible what has been lacking throughout the 
history of thought, a genuinely experimental empiricism. The 
phrase "experimental empiricism" sounds redundant. It ought 
to be so in fact, since the adjective and the noun should have 
the same significance, so that nothing is gained by using the 
two terms. But historically such is not the case. For, histori- 
cally, empirical philosophies have been framed in terms of sen- 
sations or sense data. These have been said to be the material 
out of which ideas are framed and by agreement with which 
they are to be tested. Sensory qualities are the antecedent 
models with which ideas must agree if they are to be sound or 
"proved." * These doctrines have always evoked an abundance 
of criticisms. But the criticisms have taken the form of depre- 
ciating the capacity of "experience" to provide the source and 
test of our fundamentally important ideas in either knowledge 
or morals. They have used the weaknesses of sensational em- 
piricism to reinforce the notion that ideas are framed by rea- 
son apart from any experience whatsoever; to support what is 
known in the vocabulary of philosophical systems as an a priori 
rationalism. 

From the standpoint of the operational definition and tests 
of ideas, ideas having an empirical origin and status. But it is 
that of acts performed, acts in the literal and existential sense of 
the word, deeds done, not reception of sensations forced on us 
from without. Sensory qualities are important. But they are 
intellectually significant only as consequences of acts inten- 
tionally performed. A color seen at a particular locus in a spec- 

*The whole empirical logic of Mill professedly, and as far as consistent 
with itself, is an endeavor to show that all propositions involving reflection 
and ideas must be proved, or demonstrated to be true, by reduction to propo- 
sitions consisting only of material directly given in sensation. 

112 



IDEAS AT WORK 

tral band is, for example, of immense intellectual importance 
in chemistry and in astro-physics. But merely as seen, as a bare 
sensory quality, it is the same for the clodhopper and the 
scientist j in either case, it is the product of a direct sensory 
excitation} it is just and only another color the eye has hap- 
pened upon. To suppose that its cognitive value can be eked 
out or supplied by associating it with other sensory qualities 
of the same nature as itself, is like supposing that by putting 
a pile of sand in the eye we can get rid of the irritation caused 
by a single grain. To suppose, on the other hand, that we must 
appeal to a synthetic activity of an independent thought to 
give the quality meaning in and for knowledge, is like suppos- 
ing that by thinking in our heads we can convert a pile of 
bricks into a building. Thinking, carried on inside the head, can 
make some headway in forming the f)lan of a building. But it 
takes actual operations to which the plan, as the fruit of 
thought, gives instrumental guidance to make a building out 
of separate bricks, or to transform an isolated sensory quality 
into a significant clew to knowledge of nature. 

Sensory qualities experienced through vision have their 
cognitive status and office, not (as sensational empiricism holds) 
in and of themselves in isolation, or as merely forced upon 
attention, but because they are the consequences of definite 
and intentionally performed operations. Only in connection 
with the intent, or idea, of these operations do they amount to 
anything, either as disclosing any fact or giving test and proof 
of any theory. The rationalist school was right in as far as it 
insisted that sensory qualities are significant for knowledge 
only when connected by means of ideas. But they were wrong 
in locating the connecting ideas in intellect apart from experi- 
ence. Connection is instituted through operations which define 
ideas, and operations are as much matters of experience as are 
sensory qualities. 

"3 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

It is not too much to say, therefore, that for the first time 
there is made possible an empirical theory of ideas free from 
the burdens imposed alike by sensationalism and a priori ra- 
tionalism. This accomplishment is, I make bold to say, one of 
three or four outstanding feats of intellectual history. For it 
emancipates us from the supposed need of always harking back 
to what has already been given, something had by alleged 
direct or immediate knowledge in the past, for the test of the 
value of ideas. A definition of the nature of ideas in terms 
of operations to be performed and the test of the validity of 
the ideas by the consequences of these operations establishes 
connectivity within concrete experience. At the same time, by 
emancipation of thinking from the necessity of testing its con- 
clusions solely by reference to antecedent existence it makes 
clear the originative possibilities of thinking. 

John Locke has always been the central figure in the em- 
pirical school. With extraordinary thoroughness he laid the 
foundations of that empirical logic which tests the validity of 
every belief about natural existence by the possibility of re- 
solving the content of the belief into simple ideas originally 
received through the senses. If we want to know what "solid- 
ity" or any other idea is, we are, in his own words, "sent to the 
senses." In developing this theory of the origin and test of 
our natural knowledge (for he excepted mathematical and 
moral ideas) he found himself building upon the foundation 
laid by his illustrious contemporary, Sir Isaac Newton. The 
latter was convinced of the unsoundness of the rationalistic 
philosophy of science represented by Descartes, for a time the 
great rival of Newton for supremacy in the scientific world. 
Newton's own use of mathematics and also his conception of 
gravitation (with some other of his physical ideas) exposed 
him, however, to the charge of reviving the "occult essences" 
of scholasticism. Accordingly, he was very emphatic upon the 

114 



IDEAS AT WORK 

point that he was thoroughly empirical in premises, method 
and conclusions} empirical in that he had gone to his senses 
and taken what he found there as the origin and justification 
of his primary scientific ideas about nature. As we shall see, 
certain assumptions of Newton were in fact far from empiri- 
cal in any experimental sense of that word, but were intro- 
duced by him into the philosophical foundations of natural 
science and were thence taken over into the whole philosophic 
theory of science to be questioned only in our own day. 

No saying of Newton's is more widely known than that 
"I do not invent hypotheses." This is only his negative way of 
asserting complete reliance upon a subject-matter guaranteed 
by the senses which in turn signifies, as we have just said, 
that all scientific ideas go back to sense perceptions previously 
had for both their origin and their warrant. We shall consider 
first the effect of Newton's procedure upon the supposed foun- 
dations of natural science, and then consider how the recogni- 
tion of an operational and relational definition of scientific 
conceptions instead of a discrete and sensory one has destroyed 
those foundations. 

While Newton employed mathematical conceptions with a 
freedom equal to that of Descartes and with a heuristic power 
far exceeding Descartes, he differentiated his own method 
from that of the latter by insisting that the objects to which 
his mathematical calculations applied were not products of 
thought, but were given, as far as the properties which figured 
in his science were concerned, in sense. That is, he did not claim 
that he could sensibly observe the ultimate particles or atoms 
which were the foundation of his system, but he did claim 
that he had sensible grounds for assuming their existence, and 
especially he insisted that all the properties with which his 
scientific theory endowed these particles were derived from and 
were verifiable in direct sense-perception. In his own words: 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

<c Whatever is not derived from phenomena is to be called a 
hypothesis and hypotheses . . . have no place in experimen- 
tal philosophy." The positive counterpart of this negative 
statement is as follows: "The qualities of bodies which admit 
of neither intension nor remission of degree and which are 
found to belong to all bodies within the reach of experiments, 
are to be assumed the universal qualities of all bodies whatso- 
ever." 

Newton's assumption that he was only extending to the 
ultimate proper objects of physical science those qualities of 
experienced objects that are disclosed in direct perception is 
made evident by such passages as the following: "We no 
other way know the extension of bodies than by our senses, 
nor do these reach it in all bodies. But because we perceive 
extension in all bodies that are sensible, therefore we ascribe it 
universally to all others also. That abundance of bodies are 
hard, we learn by experience j and because the hardness of the 
whole arises from the hardness of the parts, we therefore 
justly infer the hardness of the undivided particles not only of 
the bodies we feel but of all others. That all bodies are im- 
penetrable we gather not from reason but from sensation. . . . 
That all bodies are moveable and are endued with certain 
powers (which we call the vires inertiae) of persevering in 
their motion or in their rest we only infer from like properties 
observed in the bodies that we have seen." Or as Newton says 
of his "principles," summing it all up: "I consider them not as 
occult qualities but as general laws of nature . . . their truth 
appearing to us by $henomena." The principles in question 
were mass, gravity, hardness, impenetrability, extension, men 
tion, inertia, etc. 

The essential point of his argument is that non-sensible 
bodies, namely, the ultimate particles to which mathematical 
reasoning applies, are endowed with no properties save those 

116 



IDEAS AT WORK 

which are found by experience to belong to all bodies of which 
we do have sensible experience. The static (spatial, extension, 
volume) qualities, and the dynamic properties (resistance, per- 
severance in motion) of ultimate physical realities, are homo- 
geneous with the common qualities of sensibly perceived 
things. Color, sound, heat, odor, etc., go out, since they permit 
of absence, and of remission and increase of degrees or are 
not universally present. Volume, mass, inertia, motion and 
moveability, remain as universal qualities. What would hap- 
pen if some raised the objection that the existence of the ulti- 
mate particles is hypothetical, since they are not observed? 
What becomes of his empiricism even if the properties as- 
scribed to particles are all sensibly verified, provided the bearers 
of these properties are not observed? It can hardly be said 
that Newton explicitly discusses this question. It seemed to 
him practically self-evident that since sensible bodies were 
divisible without losing the properties that form his "princi- 
ples," we are entitled to assume the existence of certain last 
particles of the same kind incapable of further division. And 
while, in logical consistency, he could hardly have admitted the 
argument, the fact that he found that he could "explain" 
actual occurrences on the basis of this assumption seemed to 
give him ample confirmation of their existence. Perhaps in the 
following passage he comes as near as anywhere to dealing 
explicitly with the point: After saying that if all particles, all 
bodies whatever, were capable of being broken, they would 
then wear away, he goes on to say that in that case the "nature 
of things depending on them would be changed," and adds 
"and therefore that nature may be lasting, the changes of cor- 
poreal things are to be placed only in the various separations 
and new associations and motions of these permanent particles." 
"So that nature may be lasting!" It would be hard to find a 
franker statement of the motive which controlled Newton's 

117 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

doctrine. There was needed some guarantee that Nature would 
not go to pieces and be dissipated or revert to chaos. How 
could the unity of anything be secure unless there was some- 
thing persistent and unchanging behind all change? Without 
such fixed indissoluble unities, no final certainty was possible. 
Everything was put in peril of dissolution. These metaphysi- 
cal fears rather than any experimental evidence determined the 
nature of the fundamental assumptions of Newton regarding 
atoms. They furnished the premises which he regarded as 
scientific and as the very foundations of the possibility of 
science. "All changes are to be placed in only the separations 
and new associations of permanent particles." In this state- 
ment there is contained a professedly scientific restatement of 
the old human desire for something fixed as the warrant and 
object of absolute certainty. Without this fixity knowledge was 
impossible. Changes are to be known by treating them as in- 
different spatial approaches and withdrawals taking place be- 
tween things that are themselves eternally the same. Thus to 
establish certainty in existence and in knowledge, "God in the 
beginning formed matter in solid, massy, hard, impenetrable 
particles, " 

It was logically inevitable that as science proceeded on its 
experimental path it would sooner or later become clear that 
all conceptions, all intellectual descriptions, must be formu- 
lated in terms of operations, actual or imaginatively possible. 
There are no conceivable ways in which the existence of ulti- 
mate unchangeable substances which interact without under- 
going change in themselves can be reached by means of 
experimental operations. Hence they have no empirical, no ex- 
perimental standing j they are pure dialectic inventions: They 
were not even necessary for application of the mathematical 
method of Newton. Most of his analytic work in his Prin- 
ciples would remain unchanged, if his physical particles were 

118 



IDEAS AT WORK 

dropped out and geometrical points were substituted. What 
reason can be assigned for Newton's desertion of an experi- 
mental method and for the adoption in its stead of an obvi- 
ously dialectical conception since the conception that the per- 
manence of nature depends upon the assumption of a plurality 
of discrete immutable substances is clearly dialectical? Doubt- 
less in part the reason was that the scheme worked or seemed 
to work. Without developing or acknowledging the conse- 
quences of this mode of justification, objections based on theory 
could always be met by pointing to the marvelous conclusions 
of physical inquiry. 

But a more fundamental reason was that the minds of 
men, including physical inquirers, were still possessed by the 
old notion that reality in order to be solid and firm must con- 
sist of those fixed immutable things which philosophy calls 
substances. Changes could be known only if they could be 
somehow reduced to recombinations of original unchanging 
things. For these alone can be objects of certainty the chang- 
ing is as such the uncertain and only the certain and exact is 
knowledge. Thus a popular metaphysics, given rational for- 
mulation by the Greeks, and taken over into the intellectual 
tradition of the western world, controlled at first the inter- 
pretations placed upon the procedures and conclusions of ex- 
perimental knowing. 

This hypothesis as to the origin of the non-experimental 
factor in the Newtonian philosophy is confirmed by his own 
use of the metaphysics of the ideas of substance and essential 
properties. The fact that Newton adopted the Democritean 
rather than the Aristotelian conception of substance is of course 
of immense importance scientifically. But philosophically 
speaking it is of slight import compared with the fact that he 
followed the supposed necessities of dialectic reasoning rather 
than the lead of experienced subject-matter in accepting with- 

119 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

out question the notion that there must be at the foundation of 
all existence certain things which are intrinsically unchange- 
able, and that such immutable entities are the objects of 
any true knowledge because they give the warrant of fixed 
certitude. 

With his acceptance of the old doctrines of substances goes 
that of the doctrine of essence. If fixed unchangeable things 
exist, they must have certain inherent, unchangeable proper- 
ties. Changes are accidental and external j they occur between 
substances and do not affect their inner nature. If they did, 
substances would not be substances j they would change and 
rot away. Hence, in spite of starting upon the experimental 
and mathematical path, Newtonian science kept the idea that 
atoms are characterized by eternal properties or qualities, that 
is by essences. Substances are "solid, hard, massy, impenetrable, 
moveable particles." Their essence is precisely these unchange- 
able, fixed qualities of solidity, mass, motion, inertia. 

It thus appears that Newton retained a part of the qualita- 
tive equipment of the objects of Greek science, in spite of their 
irrelevance to both mathematics and experiment. When one 
searches through philosophical commentary and discussion 
(based mainly on Locke's version of Newton's results), one 
finds a great deal of discussion about the fact that the so- 
called secondary qualities, color, sound, odor, taste, were elimi- 
nated from "reality." But not a word as far as I can discover is 
said about the fact that other sensible qualities under the name 
of primary were retained in defining the object of science. 
And yet this retention is the fons et origo malorum. The actual 
fact was that science by means of its operational conceptions 
was instituting as its objects of thought things in a dimension 
different from any of the direct qualities of objects. It was 
not a question of getting rid of some immediate sense qualities j 
but of a treatment indifferent to any and all qualities. New- 

120 



IDEAS AT WORK 

ton could not realize this fact, because he insisted that the 
existence of hard and fixed unchanging substances was the basis 
of science. Given such substances they had to have some quali- 
ties as their inherent properties. 

Hence Newton generously endowed them with those prop- 
erties which he insisted were directly taken from sense experi- 
ence itself. Consider the consequences for subsequent thought. 
Getting rid of some qualities which had been regarded as 
essential to natural things while retaining others, did not for- 
ward in the least the actual work of science, while it did work 
inevitably to establish a fixed gulf and opposition between 
the things of ordinary perception, use and enjoyment and 
the objects of science which, according to tradition, were the 
only ultimately "real" objects. The story of the extent to 
which this opposition became the underlying problem of mod- 
ern philosophy need not be retold. Nor are we called upon 
here to consider the way in which it generated an "epistemo- 
logical" problem of knowledge in the general terms of rela- 
tion of subject and object, as distinct from the logical problem 
of the methods by which inquiry shall attain understanding. 
For qualities expelled from scientific objects were given an 
asylum "in the mind"j they became mental and psychical in 
nature, and the problem arose how mind composed of such 
elements, having nothing in common with objects of science 
by doctrinal definition the real things of nature could pos- 
sibly reach out and know their own opposites. In another con- 
nection, that result would provide a theme most important to 
discuss: from its origin in Berkeley's contention that since 
"secondary" qualities are avowedly mental and since primary 
qualities cannot be disassociated from them, the latter must 
be mental also, through all the sinuosities of modern thought 
in dealing with the "problem." But the first of these points, 
the rivalry of scientific objects and empirical objects for posi- 

121 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

tion in natural existence, has already been dealt with and the 
latter problem is not immediately relevant. 

We are here concerned with the Newtonian assumption 
that we must carry over into the conception and definition of 
physical objects some of the qualities directly experienced in 
sense-perception, while their presence in such sense-experi- 
ence is the warrant or "proof" of their validity as ideas. There 
was no direct experience of the ultimate massy, hard, impene- 
trable and indivisible and hence unchangeable particles since 
indeed their eternal permanence obviously was a thing incap- 
able of any experience except by some equally eternal mind. 
Hence these qualities must be thought, they must be inferred. 
In themselves they exist by themselves. But for us, they exist 
as objects of thought only. Hence as ideas they need a warrant 
and justification which primary qualities of immediate percep- 
tion do not need, since these are self-warranting according to 
the doctrine. 

Now so deeply engrained are the conclusions of the old 
tradition of rationalism versus (sensationalistic) empiricism, 
that the question will still be raised: What other certification 
could be given or can now be given for the properties of scien- 
tific physical objects save by inferential extension of the uni- 
versally found properties of all objects of sense perception? 
Is there any alternative unless we are prepared to fall back 
upon a 'priori rational conceptions supposed to bring their own 
sufficient authority with them? 

It is at this point that the recent recognition that the con- 
ceptions by which we think scientific objects are derived neither 
from sense nor from a priori conceptions has its logical and 
philosophical force. Sense qualities, as we saw in the previous 
chapter, are something to be known, they are challenges to 
knowing, setting problems for investigation. Our scientific 
knowledge is something about them, resolving the problems 

122 



IDEAS AT WORK 

they propose. Inquiry proceeds by reflection, fcy thinking; 
but not, most decidedly, by thinking as conceived in the old 
tradition, as something cooped up within "mind." For ex- 
perimental inquiry or thinking signifies directed activity y doing 
something which varies the conditions under which objects 
are observed and directly had and by instituting new arrange- 
ments among them. Things perceived suggest to us (originally 
just evoke or stimulate) certain ways of responding to them, 
of treating them. These operations have been continuously 
refined and elaborated during the history of man on earth, 
although it is only during the last few centuries that the 
whole affair of controlled thinking and of its issue in genuine 
knowledge, has been seen to be bound up with their selection 
and determination. 

The central question thus arises: What determines the 
selection of operations to be performed? There is but one an- 
swer: the nature of the problem to be dealt with an answer 
which links the phase of experiment now under discussion 
with that considered in the last chapter. The first effect of 
experimental analysis is, as we saw, to reduce objects directly 
experienced to data. This resolution is required because the 
objects in their first mode of experience are perplexing, ob- 
scure, fragmentary} in some way they fail to answer a need. 
Given data which locate the nature of the problem, there is 
evoked a thought of an operation which if put into execution 
may eventuate in a situation in which the trouble or doubt 
which evoked inquiry will be resolved. If one were to trace the 
history of science far enough, one would reach a time in which 
the acts which dealt with a troublesome situation would be 
organic responses of a structural type together with a few 
acquired habits. The most elaborate technique of present in- 
quiry in the laboratory is an extension and refinement of these 
simple original operations. Its development has for the most 

123 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

part depended upon the utilization of physical instruments, 
which when inquiry was developed to a certain point were 
purposely invented. In principle, the history of the construc- 
tion of suitable operations in the scientific field is not different 
from that of their evolution in industry. Something needed 
to be done to accomplish an endj various devices and methods 
of operation were tried. Experiences of success and failure 
gradually improved the means used. More economical and 
effective ways of acting were found that is, operations which 
gave the desired kind of result with greater ease, less irrele- 
vancy and less ambiguity, greater security. Each forward step 
was attended with making better tools. Often the invention 
of a tool suggested operations not in mind when it was in- 
vented and thus carried the perfecting of operations still fur- 
ther. There is thus no a priori test or rule for the determina- 
tion of the operations which define ideas. They are themselves 
experimentally developed in the course of actual inquiries. 
They originated in what men naturally do and are tested and 
improved in the course of doing. 

This is as far as the answer to the query can be carried in 
a formal way. Consequences that successfully solve the prob- 
lems set by the conditions which give rise to the need of 
action supply the basis by means of which acts, originally 
"naturally 5 ' performed, become the operations of the art of 
scientific experimentation. In content, a much more detailed 
answer can be given. For this answer, one would turn to the 
historical development of science, in which is recorded what 
kind of operations have definitely been found to effect the 
transformation of the obscure and perplexing situations of 
experience into clear and resolved situations. To go into this 
matter would be to expound the character of the concepts 
actually employed in the best developed branches of reflec- 
tion or inquiry. 

124 



IDEAS AT WORK 

While such a discussion is apart from our purpose, there 
is one common character of all such scientific operations which 
it is necessary to note. They are such as disclose relationships. A 
simple case is the operation by which length is defined by one 
object placed end upon end upon another object so many 
times. This type of operation, repeated under conditions them- 
selves defined by specified operations, not merely fixes the 
relation of two things to each other called their length, but 
defines a generalized concept of length. This conception in 
connection with other operations, such as those which define 
mass and time, become instruments by means of which a 
multitude of relations between bodies can be established. Thus 
the conceptions which define units of measurement of space, 
time and motion become the intellectual instrumentalities by 
which all sorts of things with no qualitative similarity with 
one another can be compared and brought within the same 
system. To the original gross experience of things there is 
superadded another type of experience, the product of deliber- 
ate art, of which relations rather than qualities are the signifi- 
cant subject-matter. These connections are as much experi- 
enced as are the qualitatively diverse and irreducible objects 
of original natural experiences. 

Qualities present themselves as just what they are, stati- 
cally demarcated from one another. Moreover, they rarely 
change, when left to themselves, in such ways as to indicate 
the interactions or relations upon which their occurrence de- 
pends. No one ever observed the production of the thing having 
the properties of water, nor the mode of generation of a flash of 
lightning. In sensory perception the qualities are either too 
static or too abruptly discrete to manifest the specific connections 
that are involved in their coming into existence. Intentional 
variation of conditions gives an idea of these connections. 
Through thought of them the things are understood or truly 

125 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

known. Only slowly, however, did there dawn the full import 
of the scientific method. For a long time the definitions were 
supposed to be made not in terms of relations but through 
certain properties of antecedent things. The space, time and 
motion of physics were treated as inherent properties of Be- 
ing, instead of as abstracted relations. In fact, two phases of 
inquiry accompany each other and correspond to each other. 
In one of these phases, everything in qualitative objects ex- 
cept their happening is ignored, attention being paid to quali- 
ties only as signs of the nature of the particular happening 
in question: that is, objects are treated as events. In the other 
phase, the aim of inquiry is to correlate events with one an- 
other. Scientific conceptions of space, time and motion consti- 
tute the generalized system of these correlations of events. 
Thus they are doubly dependent upon operations of experi- 
mental art: upon those which treat qualitative objects as events, 
and upon those which connect events thus determined with one 
another. 

In these statements we have, however, anticipated the 
actual movement of scientific thought. This took a long time 
to arrive at recognition of its own import. Till our own day, 
scie/ntific conceptions were interpreted in the light of; the 
old belief that conceptions to be valid must correspond to ante- 
cedent intrinsic properties resident in objects dealt with. Cer- 
tain properties regarded by Newton as inherent in substances 
and essential to them, in independence of connectivity, were 
indeed speedily seen to be relations. This conversion hap- 
pened first as to hardness and impenetrability, which were 
seen to be reducible to mass. Vis inertiae was a measure of 
mass. By careful thinkers "force" was treated as a measure 
of acceleration and so a name for a relation, not as an inherent 
property of an isolated thing by virtue of which one thing 
could compel another to change. Nevertheless, until the pro- 

126 



IDEAS AT WORK 

mulgation of Einstein's restricted theory of relativity, mass, 
time and motion were regarded as intrinsic properties of ulti- 
mate fixed and independent substances. 

We shall postpone till later consideration of the circum- 
stances attending the change. We are here concerned with 
the fact that when it took place it was, in spite of its upset- 
ting effects upon the foundation of the Newtonian philosophy 
of science and of nature, from the logical point of view only 
a clear acknowledgment of what had all the time been the 
moving principle of the development of scientific method. To 
say this is not to disparage the scientific importance of the 
discovery that mass varies with velocity and of the result of 
the Michelson-Morley experiment on the velocity of light. 
Such discoveries were doubtless necessary in order to force 
recognition of the operational or relational character of scien- 
tific conceptions. And yet, logically, the way in which space, 
time and motion, with their various functions, appear in mathe- 
matical equations and are translated into equivalent formula- 
tions with respect to one another something which is impos- 
sible for qualities as such indicates that a relational treat- 
ment had always been involved. But the imagination of men 
had become used to ideas framed on the pattern of large 
masses and relatively slow velocities. It required observation 
of changes of high velocity, as of light over great distances, 
and of minute changes occurring at infinitesimal distances to 
emancipate imagination from its acquired habitudes. The dis- 
covery that mass varies with velocity did away with the pos- 
sibility of continuing to suppose that mass is the defining 
characteristic of things in isolation from one another such 
isolation being the sole condition under which mass could be 
regarded as immutable or fixed. 

The difference made in the actual content of scientific 
theory is of course enormous. Yet it is not so great as the 

127 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

difference made in the logic of scientific knowledge, nor as in 
philosophy. With the surrender of unchangeable substances 
having properties fixed in isolation and unaffected by inter- 
actions, must go the notion that certainty is attained by attach- 
ment to fixed objects with fixed characters. For not only are 
no such objects found to exist, but the very nature of ex- 
perimental method, najmely, definition by operations that are 
interactions, implies that such things are not capable of being 
known. Henceforth the quest for certainty becomes the search 
for methods of control j that is, reguktion of conditions of 
change with respect to their consequences. 

Theoretical certitude is assimilated to practical certainty j 
to security y trustworthiness of instrumental operations. "Real" 
things may be as transitory as you please or as lasting in time 
as you please; these are specific differences like that between 
a flash of lightning and the history of a mountain range. In 
any case they are for knowledge "events" not substances. What 
knowledge is interested in is the correlation* among these 
changes or events which means in effect that the event 
called the mountain range must be placed within a system 
consisting of a vast multitude of included events. When these 
correlations are discovered, the possibility of control is in our 
hands. Scientific objects as statements of these inter-relations 
are instrumentalities of control. They are objects of the thought 
of reality, not disclosures of immanent properties of real sub- 
stances. They are in particular the thought of reality from a 
particular point of view: the most highly generalized view of 
nature as a system of interconnected changes. 

Certain important conclusions follow. The test of the 
validity of ideas undergoes a radical transformation. In the 
Newtonian scheme, as in the classic tradition, this test resided 
in properties belonging to ultimate real objects in isolation 
from one another, and hence fixed or unchanging. According 

128 



IDEAS AT WORK 

to experimental inquiry, the validity of the object of thought 
depends upon the consequences of the operations which define 
the object of thought. For example, colors are conceived in 
terms of certain numbers. The conceptions are valid in the 
degree in which, by means of these numbers, we can predict 
future events, and can regulate the interactions of colored 
bodies as signs of changes that take place. The numbers are 
signs or clues of intensity and direction of changes going on. 
The only things relevant to the question of their validity is 
whether they are dependable signs. That heat is a mode of 
motion does not signify that heat and cold as qualitatively 
experienced are "unreal," but that the qualitative experience 
can be treated as an event measured in terms of units of 
velocity of movement, involving units of position and time, 
so that it can be connected with other events or changes simi- 
larly formulated. The test of the validity of any particular 
intellectual conception, measurement or enumeration is func- 
tional, its use in making possible the institution of interactions 
which yield results in control of actual experiences of observed 
objects. 

In contrast with this fact, in the Newtonian philosophy 
measurements are important because they were supposed to 
disclose just how much of a certain property belonged to some 
body as its own isolated and intrinsic property. Philosophi- 
cally, the effect of this view was to reduce the "reality" of 
objects to just such mathematical and mechanical properties 
hence the philosophical "problem" of the relation of real 
physical objects to the objects of experience with their qualities 
and immediate values of enjoyment and use. Mr. Eddington 
has said that "the whole of our physical knowledge is based 
on measures," and that "whenever we state the properties of 
a body in terms of physical quantities, we are imparting the 
responses of various metrical indicators to its presence, and 

129 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

nothing more." * His graphic illustration of the physical for- 
mulation of what happens when an elephant slides downhill 
comes t6 mind. The mass of the elephant is the reading of a 
pointer on a weighing scale j the slope of the hill, the reading 
of a plumb line against the divisions of a protractor} bulk, a 
series of readings on the scale of a pair of calipers j color, read- 
ings of a photometer for light j the duration of the slide, a 
series of readings on a watch dial, etc. 

It seems almost too obvious for mention that a scientific 
object consisting of a set of measurements of relations be- 
tween two qualitative objects, and itself accordingly non- 
qualitative, cannot possibly be taken, or even mis-taken, for a 
new kind of "real" object which is a rival to the "reality" of 
the ordinary object. But so loath are we to surrender tradi- 
tional conceptions and unwilling as philosophers to surrender 
as unreal problems which have long engaged attention, that 
even Mr. Eddington feels called upon to reclothe these scien- 
tific measured relations with qualities as something which 
"mind" mysteriously introduced! Prisoners in jails are often 
given numbers and are "known" by the numbers assigned. It 
has not yet occurred to any one that these numbers are the real 
prisoners, and that there is always a duplicate real object j one a 
number, and the other a flesh and blood person, and that these 
two editions of reality have to be reconciled. It is true that the 
numbers which constitute by means of measurements the object 
of scientific thought are not assigned so arbitrarily as those of 
prisoners, but there is no difference in philosophical principle. 
Incidentally, Mr. Eddington remarks in his discussion of 
the metric properties of the object of thought that a knowl- 
edge of all possible responses of a concrete thing as measured 
by suitable devices "would completely determine its relation to 
its environment" The relations a thing sustains are hardly a 

The Nature of the Physical World, pp, 152 and 257. 

130 



IDEAS AT WORK 

competitor to the thing itself. Put positively, the physical ob- 
ject, as scientifically defined, is not a duplicated real object, 
but is a statement, as numerically definite as is possible, of the 
relations between sets of changes the qualitative object sus- 
tains with changes in other things ideally of all things with 
which interaction might under any circumstances take place. 

Since these correlations are what physical inquiry does 
know, it is fair to conclude that they are what it intends or 
means to know: on analogy with the legal maxim that any 
reasonable person intends the reasonably probable consequences 
of what he does. We come back again to the frequently re- 
peated statement that the problem which has given so much 
trouble to modern philosophy that of reconciling the reality 
of the physical object of science with the richly qualitative 
object of ordinary experience, is a factitious one. All that is 
required in order to apprehend that scientific knowledge as a 
mode of active operation is a potential ally of the modes of 
action which sustain values in existence, is to surrender the 
traditional notion that knowledge is possession of the inner 
nature of things and is the only way in which they may be 
experienced as they "really" are. 

For if one change is correlated definitely with others it 
can be employed as an indication of their occurrence. Seeing 
one thing happen we can promptly infer upon what it depends, 
and what needs to be reinforced or to be weakened if its pres- 
ence is to be made more secure or is to be done away with. In 
itself, the object is just what it is experienced as being, hard, 
heavy, sweet, sonorous, agreeable or tedious and so on. But 
in being "there" these traits are effects, not causes. They 
cannot as such be used as means, and when they are set up as 
ends in view, we are at a loss how to secure them. For just 
as qualities there are no constant and definite relations which 
can be ascertained between them and other things. If we wish 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

to regard them not as fixed properties but as things to be 
attained, we must be able to look upon them as dependent 
events. If we wish to be able to judge how they may be at- 
tained, we must connect them as changes with other changes 
more nearly in our power, until by means of a transitive series 
of connected changes we arrive at that which we can initiate 
by our own acts. If one with understanding of the whole 
situation were to set out to devise means of control of the 
experience of qualitative values, he would plot a course which 
would be identical with that followed by experimental science j 
one in which the results of knowledge would bear the same 
relation to acts to be performed as do those of actual physical 
knowledge. 

Ability, through a definite or measured correktion of 
changes, to connect one with another as sign or evidence is 
the precondition of control. It does not of itself provide direct 
control} reading the index hand of a barometer as a sign of 
probable rain does not enable us to stop the coming of the 
rain. But it does enable us to change our relations to it: to 
plant a garden, to carry an umbrella on going out, to direct 
the course of a vessel at sea, etc. It enables preparatory acts 
to be undertaken which make values less insecure. If it does 
not enable us to regulate just what is to take place, it enables 
us to direct some phase of it in a way which influences the 
stability of purposes and results. In other cases, as in the arts 
proper, we can not only modify our own attitude so as to effect 
useful preparation for what is to happen, but we can modify 
the happening itself. This use of one change or perceptible 
occurrence as a sign of others and as a means of preparing our- 
selves, did not wait for the development of modern science. 
It is as old as man himself, being the heart of all intelligence. 
But accuracy and scope of such judgments, which are the only 
means with power to direct the course of events and to effect 

132 



IDEAS AT WORK 

the security of values, depends upon the use of methods such 
as modern physics has made available. 

Extent of control is dependent, as was suggested a moment 
ago, upon capacity to find a connected series of correlated 
change, such that each linked pair leads on to another in the 
direction of a terminal one which can be brought about by our 
own action. It is this latter condition which is especially ful- 
filled by the objects of scientific thought. Physical science dis- 
regards the qualitative heterogeneity of experienced objects so 
as to make them all members in one comprehensive homo- 
geneous scheme, and hence capable of translation or conver- 
sion one into another. This homogeneity of subject-matter 
over a broad range of things which are as disparate from each 
other in direct experience as sound and color, heat and light, 
friction and electricity, is the source of the wide and free con- 
trol of events found in modern technology. Common sense 
knowledge can connect things as sign and thing indicated here 
and there by isolated couples. But.it cannot possibly join them 
all up together so that we can pass from any one to any other. 
The homogeneity of scientific objects, through formulation in 
terms of relations of space, time and motion, is precisely the 
device which makes this indefinitely broad and flexible scheme 
of transitions possible. The meaning which one event has is 
translatable into the meanings which others possess. Ideas of 
objects, formulated in terms of the relations which changes 
bear to one another, having common measures, institute broad, 
smooth highways by means of which we can travel from the 
thought of one part of nature to that of any other. In ideal 
at least, we can travel from any meaning or relation found 
anywhere in nature to the meaning to be expected anywhere 
else. 

We have only to compare thinking and judging objects 
in terms of these measured interactions with the classic scheme 

133 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

of a hierarchy of species and genera to see the great gain that 
has been effected. It is the very nature of fixed kinds to be as 
exclusive with respect to those of a different order as it is to be 
inclusive with respect to those which fall within the class. 
Instead of a thoroughfare from one order to another, there 
was a sign: No passage. The work of emancipation which was 
initiated by experimentation, setting objects free from limita- 
tion by old habits and customs, reducing them to a collection of 
data forming a problem for inquiry, is perfected by the method 
of conceiving and defining objects through operations which 
have as their consequence accurate metric statements of changes 
correlated with changes going on elsewhere. 

The resolution of objects and nature as a whole into facts 
stated exclusively in terms of quantities which may be handled 
in calculation, such as saying that red is such a number of 
changes while green is another, seems strange and puzzling 
only when we fail to appreciate what it signifies. In reality, it 
is a declaration that this is the effective way to think things j 
the effective mode in which to frame ideas of them, to formu- 
late their meanings. The procedure does not vary in principle 
from that by which it is stated that an article is worth so 
many dollars and cents. The latter statement does not say 
that the article is literally or in its ultimate "reality" so many 
dollars and cents j it says that for purpose of exchange that is 
the way to think of it, to judge it. It has many other mean- 
ings and these others are usually more important inherently. 
But with respect to trade, it is what it is worth, what it will sell 
for, and the price value put upon it expresses the relation it 
bears to other things in exchange. The advantage in stating 
its worth in terms of an abstract measure of exchange such as 
money, instead of in terms of the amount of corn, potatoes 
or some other special thing it will exchange for, is that the 
latter method is restricted and the former generalized. De- 

134 



IDEAS AT WORK 

velopment of the systems of units by which to measure sensible 
objects (or form ideas of them) has come along with dis- 
covery of the ways in which the greatest amount of free move- 
ment from one conception to another is possible. 

The formulation of ideas of experienced objects in terms 
of measured quantities, as these are established by an inten- 
tional art or technique, does not say that this is the way they 
must be thought, the only valid way of thinking them. It 
states that for the purpose of generalized, indefinitely exten- 
sive translation from one idea to another, this is the way to 
think them. The statement is like any other statement about 
instruments, such as that so-and-so is the best way of sending 
a number of telegraphic dispatches simultaneously. As far as it 
is actually the best instrumentality, the statement is correct. It 
has to be proved by working better than any other agency j it is 
in process of continuous revision and improvement. For pur- 
poses except that of general and extensive translation of one 
conception into another, it does not follow that the "scientific" 
way is the best way of thinking an affair. The nearer we come 
to an action that is to have an individualized unique object 
of experience for its conclusion, the less do we think the 
things in question in these exclusively metric terms. The physi- 
cian in practice will not think in terms as general and abstract 
as those of the physiologist in the laboratory, nor the engineer 
in the field in those as free from special application as will 
the physicist in his work-shop. There are many ways of think- 
ing things in relation to one another j they are, as conceptions, 
instruments. The value of an instrument depends upon what 
is to be done with it. The fine scale micrometer which is indis- 
pensable in the successful performance of one operation would 
be a hindrance in some other needed actj and a watch spring 
is useless to give elasticity to a mattress. 

There is something both ridiculous and disconcerting in the 

135 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

way in which men have let themselves be imposed upon, so 
as to infer that scientific ways of thinking of objects give the 
inner reality of things, and that they put a mark of spurious- 
ness upon all other ways of thinking of them, and of perceiv- 
ing and enjoying them. It is ludicrous because these scientific 
conceptions, like other instruments, are hand-made by man in 
pursuit of realization of a certain interest that of the maxi- 
mum convertibility of every object of thought into any and 
every other. It is a wonderful ideal j the ingenuity which man 
has shown in devising means of realizing the interest is even 
more marvelous. But these ways of thinking are no more 
rivals of or substitutes for objects as directly perceived and 
enjoyed than the power-loom, which is a more effective in- 
strument for weaving cloth than was the old hand-loom, is a 
substitute and rival for cloth. The man who is disappointed 
and tragic because he cannot wear a loom is in reality no more 
ridiculous than are the persons who feel troubled because the 
objects of scientific conception of natural things have not the 
same uses and values as the things of direct experience. 

The disconcerting aspect of the situation resides in the 
difficulty with which mankind throws off beliefs that have be- 
come habitual. The test of ideas, of thinking generally, is 
found in the consequences of the acts to which the ideas lead, 
that is in the new arrangements of things which are brought 
into existence. Such is the unequivocal evidence as to the worth 
of ideas which is derived from observing their position and 
role in experimental knowing. But tradition makes the tests 
of ideas to be their agreement with some antecedent state of 
things. This change of outlook and standard from what pre- 
cedes to what comes after, from the retrospective to the pros- 
pective, from antecedents to consequences, is extremely hard 
to accomplish. Hence when the physical sciences describe ob- 
jects and the world as being such and such, it is thought that 

136 



IDEAS AT WORK 

the description is of reality as it exists in itself. Since all value- 
traits are lacking in objects as science presents them to us, it 
is assumed that Reality has not such characteristics. 

In the previous chapter, we saw that experimental method, 
in reducing objects to data, divests experienced things of their 
qualities, but that this removal, judged from the standpoint 
of the whole operation of which it is one part, is a condition 
of the control which enables us to endow the objects of ex- 
perience with other qualities which we want them to have. In 
like fashion, thought, our conceptions and ideas, are designa- 
tions of operations to be performed or already performed. 
Consequently their value is determined by the outcome of 
these operations. They are sound if the operations they direct 
give us the results which are required. The authority of 
thought depends upon what it leads us to through directing 
the performance of operations. The business of thought is not 
to conform to or reproduce the characters already possessed 
by objects but to judge them as potentialities of what they 
become through an indicated operation. This principle holds 
from the simplest case to the most elaborate. To judge that 
this object is sweet, that is, to refer the idea or meaning "sweet" 
to it without actually experiencing sweetness, is to predict that 
when it is tasted that is, subjected to a specified operation 
a certain consequence will ensue. Similarly, to think of the 
world in terms of mathematical formulae of space, time and 
motion is not to have a picture of the independent and fixed 
essence of the universe. It is to describe experienceable objects 
as material upon which certain operations are performed. 

The bearing of this conclusion upon the relation of knowl- 
edge and action speaks for itself. Knowledge which is merely 
a reduplication in ideas of what exists already in the world 
may afford us the satisfaction of a photograph, but that is all. 
To form ideas whose worth is to be judged by what exists 

137 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

independently of them is not a function that (even if the 
test could be applied, which seems impossible) goes on within 
nature or makes any difference there. Ideas that are plans 
of operations to be performed are integral factors in actions 
which change the face of the world. Idealistic philosophies 
have not been wrong in attaching vast importance and power to 
ideas. But in isolating their function and their test from 
action, they failed to grasp the point and place where ideas 
have a constructive office. A genuine idealism and one com- 
patible with science will emerge as soon as philosophy accepts 
the teaching of science that ideas are statements not of what is 
or has been but of acts to be performed. For then mankind will 
learn that, intellectually (that is, save for the esthetic enjoy- 
ment they afford, which is of course a true value), ideas are 
worthless except as they pass into actions which rearrange and 
reconstruct in some way, be it little or large, the world in 
which we live. To magnify thought and ideas for their own 
sake apart from what they do (except, once more, estheti- 
cally) is to refuse to learn the lesson of the most authentic 
kind of knowledge the experimental and it is to reject the 
idealism which involves responsibility. To praise thinking above 
action because there is so much ill-considered action in the 
world is to help maintain the kind of a world in which action 
occurs for narrow and transient purposes. To seek after ideas 
and to cling to them as means of conducting operations, as 
factors in practical arts, is to participate in creating a world 
in which the springs of thinking will be clear and ever-flow- 
ing. We recur to our general issue. When we take the instance 
of scientific experience in its own field, we find that experience 
when it is experimental does not signify the absence of large 
and far-reaching ideas and purposes. It is dependent upon 
them at every point. But it generates them within its own 
procedures and tests them by its own operations. In so far, 

138 



IDEAS AT WORK 

we have the earnest of a possibility of human experience, in 
all its phases, in which ideas and meanings will be prized and 
will be continuously generated and used. But they will be 
integral with the course of experience itself, not imported 
from the external source of a reality beyond. 



139 



CHAPTER VI 
THE PLAY OF IDEAS 

THE PROBLEM OF the nature, office and test of ideas is not 
exhausted in the matter of physical conceptions we have dis- 
cussed in the preceding chapter. Mathematical ideas are in- 
dispensable instruments of physical research, and no account 
of the method of the latter is complete that does not take into 
account the applicability of mathematical conceptions to natural 
existence. Such ideas have always seemed to be the very type 
of pure conceptions, of thought in its own nature unadulter- 
ated with material derived from experience. To a constant 
succession of philosophers, the role of mathematics in physical 
analysis and formulation has seemed to be a proof of the 
presence of an invariant rational element within physical ex- 
istence, which is on that account something more than physical j 
this role of conceptions has been the stumbling block of em- 
piricists in trying to account for science on an empirical basis. 
The significance of mathematics for philosophy is not con- 
fined to this seemingly superphysical phase of the physical 
world, and a superempirical factor in knowledge of it. Mathe- 
matical conceptions as expressions of pure thought have also 
seemed to provide the open gateway to a realm of essence that 
is independent of existence, physical or mental a self-sub- 
sisting realm of ideal and eternal objects which are the objects 
of the highest that is, the most assured knowledge. As was 
earlier noted, the Euclidean geometry was undoubtedly the 
pattern for the development of a formally rational logic; it 
was also a marked factor in leading Plato to his doctrine of a 

140 



THE PLAY OF IDEAS 

world of supersensible and superphysical ideal objects. The 
procedure of mathematics has, moreover, always been the chief 
reliance of those who have asserted that the demonstrated 
validity of all reflective thinking depends upon rational truths 
immediately known without any element of inference entering 
in. For mathematics was supposed to rest upon a basis of first 
truths or axioms, self-evident in nature, and needing only that 
the eye of reason should fall upon them to be recognized for 
what they are. The function of indemonstrables, of axioms and 
definitions, in mathematical deduction has been the ground for 
the distinction between intuitive and discursive reason, just as 
deductions have been taken to be the convincing proof that 
there is a realm of pure essences logically connected with 
one another: universals having internal bonds with one 
another. 

The theory that conceptions are definitions of conse- 
quences of operations needs therefore to be developed with 
reference to mathematical ideas both for its own sake, and for 
its bearing upon the philosophic issues which are basic to the 
logic of rationalism and to the metaphysics of essences and 
universals or invariants. We shall begin with mathematical 
concepts in their physical sense, and then consider them as they 
are developed apart from existential application. Although 
Descartes defined natural existence as extension, the classic 
tradition that only sense and imagination, among the organs 
of mind, refer to physical existence caused him to feel bound 
to offer justification for the doctrine that natural phenomena 
can be scientifically stated by purely mathematical reasoning 
without need of recourse to experimentation. His proof of the 
existence of God served the purpose of justifying this appli- 
cation of mathematical conceptions in physics. With Spinoza, 
the correspondence between physical existence and ideas did 
not need to be substantiated by God because it was God. This 

141 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

correspondence when modified to give thought such a priority 
as to include existence within itself became the animating motif 
of Post-Kantian idealistic systems. 

Newton, being a man of science rather than a professed 
philosopher, made such assumptions as he thought scientific 
procedure demanded and its conclusions warranted. The skepti- 
cism of Hume (anticipated, however, by Berkeley as far as the 
Newtonian metaphysics of mathematical space and time were 
concerned) was, as is notorious, the chief factor in leading 
Kant to regard space and time as a priori forms of all percep- 
tual experience. One of the grounds for Kant's conviction that 
his doctrine was inconvertible was because he thought it had 
the support of Newtonian physics and was necessary to give 
that physics a firm foundation. 

The consideration important for our special purpose is, 
however, the fact that Newton with respect to the doctrine of 
space, time and motion (involved in all conception of things 
dealt with in the universal physics of nature) frankly deserted 
the empirical method he professed to use in respect to the 
properties of the ultimate fixed substances. At the same time, 
he regarded the physical and the mathematical as complemen- 
tary conceptions of two sets of properties of fixed forms of im- 
mutable Being. He assumed, in addition to atoms having mass, 
inertia and extension, the existence of empty immaterial space 
and time in which these substances lived, moved and had their 
being. The combination of the properties of these two kinds 
of Being provided the union of the empirically observed prop- 
erties of phenomena with those that were rational and mathe- 
matical: a union so complete and so intimate that it con- 
ferred upon the Newtonian system that massive solidity and 
comprehensiveness which seemed to render his system in its 
essential framework the last word possible of the science of 
nature. 



THE PLAY OF IDEAS 

Definition of space, time and motion from "the relation 
they bear to sense" is according to him "a vulgar prejudice," 
As well as any contemporary physicist, he knew that phe- 
nomena of space, time and motion in their perceived forms are 
found in a frame of reference which is relative to an observer. 
In escape from the relativity of observable traits of the spatial 
and temporal motions of bodies, he assumed the existence of 
a fixed container of empty space in which bodies are located and 
an equably flowing time, empty in itself, in which changes 
take place. From this assumption, it followed that atoms have 
an intrinsically measurable motion of their own, independent 
of any connection with an observer. Absolute space, time and 
motion were thus the immutable frame within which all 
particular phenomena take place. 

The assumption of these rational absolutes was also re- 
quired by his basic metaphysics of fixed substances having their 
own inherent and unchangeable (or essential) properties of 
mass, extension and inertia. The sole ground of assurance that 
ultimate hard and massy particles persist without internal 
change, that all changes are merely matters of their external 
"separations and associations," was the existence of something 
empty and fixed within which the latter occur. Without such 
an intervening medium, interaction with one another would be 
equivalent to internal changes in atoms. Space provided the 
condition under which changes would be external and indif- 
ferent to ultimate physical substances. Since, then, changes 
have nothing to do directly with the relations of atoms to one 
another, the temporal order of changes cannot be connected 
with the atoms themselves. There must be some evenly flow- 
ing external change in reality no change at all in reference 
to which they have fixed positions of before and after and of 
simultaneity. Since velocity and acceleration of observed mo- 
tions would be disjoined from absolute position and date if 

H3 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

they were relative to an observer to the disruption of the 
whole physical scheme motion must also be absolute. 

While professing empiricism, Newton thus got the benefit 
of the rationalistic system of strict deductive necessity. In- 
variant time, space and motion furnished phenomena those 
properties to which mathematical reasoning could be attached 
as a disclosure of inherent properties. The positions of bodies 
could be treated as an assemblage of geometrical points and 
the temporal properties of their motions be considered as if 
they were mere instants. Everything observed had, in its 
scientific treatment, to conform mathematically to specifications 
laid down by the mathematics of space and time. Until our 
own day, until the conception of the determination of simul- 
taneity of occurrence was challenged by Einstein, the system 
continued to receive at least Pickwickian assent from scientists. 

There is no trouble of course about the determination of 
simultaneity when two events occur within one and the same 
region of observation. Newton, because of his assumption of 
absolute time, assumed that the measurement of simultaneity 
had precise meaning for events not occurring within the same 
observed field. Einstein saw that this assumption was the 
Achilles heel of the entire scheme. He demanded an experi- 
mental method of determining simultaneity without which 
events cannot be dated with respect to one another. He made 
the demand not on purely general principles, but because of a 
definite problem with relation to the velocity of light. For the 
existing state of the doctrine of light presented a discrepancy 
not to be resolved on the basis of the received scheme. The 
observed constancy of light with reference to the place from 
which its direction was observed and its velocity measured, 
did not agree with a fundamental principle of dynamics} with 
its postulate concerning frames of reference for coordinate 
systems having uniform movements of translation. Instead of 

144 



THE PLAY OF IDEAS 

maintaining the old theory and denying the validity of the 
observed result of the Michelson-Morley experiment, Ein- 
stein asked what change in conceptions was demanded by the 
experimental result. He saw that the measurement of time 
relations, centering in the concept of simultaneity, was the cru- 
cial point. 

So he said, "We require a definition of simultaneity such 
that this definition supplies us with a method by which in 'par- 
ticular cases the physicist cam decide by experiment whether or 
not two events occurred simultaneously." * He suggested an 
arrangement by which two flashes of light, not in themselves 
capable of inclusion in one region of observation, be reflected 
to a mirror placed midway between the origin of the two 
flashes. They are simultaneous if they are then included within 
one and the same act of observation. To a layman, the sug- 
gestion might seem innocuous. But taken in its context, it 
signified that the temporal relation of events was to be meas- 
ured by means of the consequences of an operation which con- 
stitutes as its outcome a single field of observed phenomena. 
It signified, in connection with the fact regarding the constancy 
of velocity of light, that events occurring at different times 
according to two watches keeping exactly the same time, placed 
at the points of the origin of the flashes, may be simultaneous. 
In scientific content, this was equivalent to doing away with 
Newton's absolutes j it was the source of the doctrine of 
restricted relativity. It signified that local or individualized 
times are not the same as a generic common time of physics: 
in short, it signified that physical time designates a relation of 
events, not the inherent property of objects. 

What is significant for our purpose is that it marked the 
end, as far as natural science is concerned, of the attempt to 
frame scientific conceptions of objects in terms of properties 
* Einstein, Relativity, New York, 1926, p. 26. Italics not in original. 

H5 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

assigned to those objects independently of the observed conse- 
quences of an experimental operation. Since the former doc- 
trine about the proper way to form conceptions, to the effect 
that agreement with antecedent properties determines the 
value or validity of ideas, was the doctrine common to all 
philosophic schools except the pragmatic one of Peirce the 
logical and philosophical transformation thus affected may be 
said to be more far-reaching than even the extraordinary de- 
velopment in the content of natural science which resulted. It 
is not too much to say that whatever should be future develop- 
ments in discoveries about light, or that even if the details of 
the Einstein theory of relativity should be some time dis- 
credited, a genuine revolution, and one which will not go back- 
ward, has been effected in the theory of the origin, nature and 
test of scientific ideas. 

In respect to the special theme of the nature of mathe- 
matico-physical conceptions, the pertinent conclusion is evi- 
dent. For the conclusion of Einstein, in eliminating absolute 
space, time and motion as physical existences, does away with 
the doctrine that statements of space, time and motion as they 
appear in physics concern inherent properties. For that notion, 
it compels the substitution of the notion that they designate 
relations of events. As such relations, they secure, in their 
generality, the possibility of linking together objects viewed 
as events in a general system of linkage and translation. They 
are the means of correlating observations made at different 
times and places, whether by one observer or by many, so 
that translations may be effected from one to another. In 
short, they do the business that all thinking and objects of 
thought have to effect: they connect, through relevant opera- 
tions, the discontinuities of individualized observations and 
experiences into continuity with one another. Their validity 
is a matter of their efficacy in performance of this f unction j 

146 



THE PLAY OF IDEAS 

it is tested by results and not by correspondence with antece- 
dent properties of existence. 

It is possible to extend this conclusion to logical forms in 
general. The fact that there are certain formal conditions of 
the validity of inference has been used as the ultimate war- 
rant of a realm of invariant Being. But in analogy with the 
conclusion regarding mathematical conceptions, logical forms 
are statements of the means by which it is discovered that 
various inferences may be translated into one another, or 
made available with respect to one another, in the widest and 
most secure way. Fundamentally, the needs satisfied by infer- 
ence are not fully met as long as special instances are isolated 
from one another. 

The difference between the operational conception of con- 
ceptions and the traditional orthodox one may be indicated by 
an illustrative analogy.* A visitor to a country finds certain 
articles used* for various purposes, rugs, baskets, spears, etc. 
He may be struck by the beauty, elegance and order of their 
designs, and, assuming a purely esthetic attitude toward them, 
conclude that they are put to use only incidentally. He may 
even suppose that their instrumental use marks a degradation 
of their inherent nature, a concession to utilitarian needs and 
conveniences. A "tough-minded" observer may be convinced 
that they were intended to be put to use, and had been con- 
structed for that purpose. He would, indeed, recognize that 
there must have been raw materials which were inherently 
adapted for conversion to such appliances. But he would not 
on that account believe the things to be original instead of 
being made articles} still less would he conceive them to be 

*The phrase "conception of conceptions" is used to suggest that the 
interpretation is self-applying: that is, the conception advanced is also a 
designation of a method to be pursued. One may lead a horse to water but 
cannot compel him to drink. If one is unable to perform an indicated operation 
or declines to do so, he will not of course get its meaning. 

H7 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

the original "realities" of which crude or raw material were 
imitations or inadequate phenomenal exemplifications. As he 
traced the history of these instrumentalities and found them 
beginning in forms which were nearer to raw materials, 
gradually being perfected in economy and efficiency, he would 
conclude that the perfecting had been an accompaniment of 
use for ends, changes being introduced to remedy deficiencies 
in prior operations and results. His tender-minded companion 
might, on the other hand, infer that the progressive develop- 
ment showed that there was some original and transcendental 
pattern which had been gradually approximated empirically, 
an archetype laid up in the heavens. 

One person might argue that, while the development of 
designs had been a temporal process, it had been wholly deter- 
mined by patterns of order, harmony and symmetry that have 
an independent subsistence, and that the historic movement 
was simply a piecemeal approximation to eternal patterns. He 
might elaborate a theory of formal coherence of relations 
having nothing to do with particular objects except that of 
being exemplified in them. His tough-minded companion might 
retort that any object made to serve a purpose must have a 
definite structure of its own which demands an internal con- 
sistency of parts in connection with one another, and that man- 
made machines are typical examples j that while these cannot 
be made except by taking advantage of conditions and relations 
previously existing, machines and tools are adequate to their 
function in the degree in which they produce rearrangement 
of antecedent things so that they may work better for the need 
in question. If speculatively inclined, he might wonder 
whether our very ideals of internal order and harmony had 
not themselves been formed under the pressure of constant 
need of redisposing of things so that they would serve as 
means for consequences. If not too tough-minded, he would 

148 



THE PLAY OF IDEAS 

be willing to admit that after a certain amount of internal 
rearrangement and organization had been effected under the 
more direct pressure of demand for effective instrumentali- 
ties, an enjoyed perception of internal harmony on its own 
account would result, and that study of formal relations might 
well give a clew to methods which would result in improve- 
ment of internal design for its own sake with no reference 
whatever to special further use. 

Apart from metaphor, the existence of works of fine art, 
of interest in making them and of enjoyment of them, affords 
sufficient evidence that objects exist which are wholly "real" 
and yet are man-made ; that making them must observe or 
pay heed to antecedent conditions, and yet the objects intrin- 
sically be redispositions of prior existence; that things as they 
casually offer themselves suggest ends and enjoyments they 
do not adequately realize; that these suggestions become defi- 
nite in the degree they take the form of ideas, of indications 
of operations to be performed in order to effect a desired 
eventual rearrangement. These objects, when once in existence, 
have their own characters and relations, and as such suggest 
standards and ends for further production of works of art, 
with less need for recourse to original "natural" objects; they 
become as it were a "realm" having its own purposes and 
regulative principles. At the same time, the objects of this 
"realm" tend to become over-formal, stereotyped and "aca- 
demic" if the internal development of an art is too much 
isolated, so that there is recurrent need for attention to original 
"natural" objects in order to initiate new significant move- 
ments. 

The notion that there are no alternatives with respect to 
mathematical objects save that they form an independent 
realm of essences; or are relations inherent in some antecedent 
physical structure denominated space and timej or else are 

149 



[THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

mere psychological, "mental" things, has no support in fact. 
The supposition that these alternatives are exhaustive is a 
survival of the traditional notion that identifies thought and 
ideas with merely mental acts that is, those inside mind. 
Products of intentional operations are objectively real and 
are valid if they meet the conditions involved in the intent 
for the sake of which they are constructed. But human inter- 
action is a contributing factor in their production, and they 
have worth in the human use made of them. 

The discussion so far does not, however, directly touch the 
question of "pure" mathematics, mathematical ideas in them- 
selves. Newton's mathematics was professedly a mathematics 
of physical although non-material existence: of existential 
absolute space, time and motion. Mathematicians, however, 
often regard their distinctive conceptions as non-existential in 
any sense. The whole tendency of later developments, which 
it is unnecessary for our purposes to specify (but of which the 
doctrine of n-dimensional "spaces" is typical), is to identify 
pure mathematics with pure logic. Some philosophers employ 
therefore the entities of pure mathematics so as to rehabilitate 
the Platonic notion of a realm of essence wholly independent 
of all existence whatever. 

Does the doctrine of the operational and experimentally 
empirical nature of conceptions break down when applied to 
"pure" mathematical objects? The key to the answer is to be 
found in a distinction between operations overtly performed 
(or imagined to be performed) and operations symbolically 
executed. When we act overtly, consequences ensue ; if we do 
not like them, they are nevertheless there in existence. We 
are entangled in the outcome of what we doj we have to stand 
its consequences. We shall put a question that is so elementary 
that it may seem silly. How can we have an end in view with- 
out having an end, an existential result, in fact? With the 



THE PLAY OF IDEAS 

answer to this question is bound up the whole problem of 
intentionl regulation of what occurs. For unless we can have 
ends-in-view without experiencing them in concrete fact, no 
regulation of action is possible. The question might be put 
thus: How can we act without acting, without doing some- 
thing? 

If, by a contradiction in terms, it had been possible for 
men to think of this question before they had found how to 
answer it, it would have been given up as insoluble. How can 
man make an anticipatory projection of the outcome of an 
activity in such a way as to direct the performance of an act 
which shall secure or avert that outcome? The solution must 
have been hit upon accidentally as a by-product, and then 
employed intentionally. It is natural to suppose that it came 
as a product of social life by way of communication ; say, of 
cries that having once directed activities usefully without in- 
tent were afterwards used expressly for that purpose. But 
whatever the origin, a solution was found when symbols came 
into existence. By means of symbols, whether gestures, words 
or more elaborate constructions, we act without acting. That 
is, we perform experiments by means of symbols which have 
results which are themselves only symbolized, and which do 
not therefore commit us to actual or existential consequences. 
If a man starts a fire or insults a rival, effects follow j the die 
is cast. But if he rehearses the act in symbols in privacy, he 
can anticipate and appreciate its result. Then he can act or not 
act overtly on the basis of what is anticipated and is not there 
in fact. The invention or discovery of symbols is doubtless by 
far the single greatest event in the history of man. Without 
them, no intellectual advance is possible j with them, there is 
no limit set to intellectual development except inherent 
stupidity. 

For long ages, symbols were doubtless used to regulate 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

activity only ad hoc; they were employed incidentally and for 
some fairly immediate end. Moreover, the symbols used at 
first were not examined nor settled upon with respect to the 
office they performed. They were picked up in a casual man- 
ner from what was conveniently at hand. They carried all 
sorts of irrelevant associations that hampered their efficacy in 
their own special work. They were neither whittled down to 
accomplish a single function nor were they of a character to 
direct acts to meet a variety of situations: they were neither 
definite nor comprehensive. Definition and generalization are 
incompetent without invention of proper symbols. The loose 
and restricted character of popular thinking has its origin in 
these facts} its progress is encumbered by the vague and vac- 
illating nature of ordinary words. Thus the second great step 
forward was made when special symbols were devised that 
were emancipated from the load of irrelevancy carried by 
words developed for social rather than for intellectual pur- 
poses, their meaning being helped out by their immediate 
local context. This liberation from accidental accretions 
changed clumsy and ambiguous instruments of thought into 
sharp and precise tools. Even more important was the fact 
that instead of being adapted to local and directly present 
situations, they were framed in detachment from direct overt 
use and with respect to one another. One has only to look at 
mathematical symbols to note that the operations they desig- 
nate are others of the same kind as themselves, that is, sym- 
bolic not actual. The invention of technical symbols marked 
the possibility of an advance of thinking from the common 
sense level to the scientific. 

The formation of geometry by the Greeks is probably that 
which historically best illustrates the transition. Before this 
episode, counting and measuring had been employed for "prac- 
tical" ends, that is, for uses directly involved in nearby situa- 

152 



THE PLAY OF IDEAS 

tions. They were restricted to particular purposes. Yet having 
been invented and having found expression in definite sym- 
bols, they formed, as far as they went, a subject-matter 
capable of independent examination. New operations could be 
performed upon them. They could, and in no disrespectful 
sense, be played with; they could be treated from the stand- 
point of a fine art rather than from that of an immediately 
useful economic craft. The Greeks with their dominant esthetic 
interest were the ones who took this step. Of the creation by 
the Greeks of geometry it has been said that it was stimulated 
a by the art of designing, guided by an esthetic application of 
symmetrical figures. The study of such figures, and the experi- 
mental construction of tile figures, decorative borders, con- 
ventional sculptures, moldings and the like had made the early 
Greeks acquainted not only with a great variety of regular 
geometrical forms, but with techniques by which they could 
be constructed, compounded and divided exactly, in various 
ways. Unlike their predecessors, the Greeks made an intel- 
lectual diversion of all they undertook." Having discovered 
by trial and error a large number of interrelated properties 
of figures, they proceeded to correlate these with one another 
and with new ones. They effected this work "in ways which 
gradually eliminated from their thought about them all guess- 
work, all accidental experiences such as errors of actual draw- 
ing and measurement, and all ideas except those which were 
absolutely essential. Their science thus became a science of 
ideas exclusively."* 

The importance of the intellectual transition from con- 
crete to abstract is generally recognized. But it is often mis- 
conceived. It is not infrequently regarded as if it signified 
simply the selection by discriminative attention of some one 
quality or relation from a total object already sensibly present 

* Barry, The Scientific Habit of Thought, New York, 1927, pp. 212-213. 

153 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

or present in memory. In fact it marks a change in dimen- 
sions. Things are concrete to us in the degree in which they are 
either means directly used or are ends directly appropriated 
and enjoyed. Mathematical ideas were "concrete" when they 
were employed exclusively for building bins for grain or 
measuring land, selling goods, or aiding a pilot in guiding his 
ship. They became abstract when they were freed from con- 
nection with any particular existential application and use. 
This happened when operations made possible by symbols 
were performed exclusively with reference to facilitating and 
directing other operations also symbolic in nature. It is one 
kind of thing, a concrete one, to measure the area of a triangle 
so as to measure a piece of land, and another kind an 
abstract one to measure it simply as a means of measuring 
other areas symbolically designated. The latter type of opera- 
tion makes possible a system of conceptions related together as 
conceptions} it thus prepares the way for formal logic. 

Abstraction from use in special and direct situations was 
coincident with the formation of a science of ideas, of mean- 
ings, whose relations to one another rather than to things was 
the goal of thought. It is a process, however, which is subject 
to interpretation by a fallacy. Independence from any speci- 
fied application is readily taken to be equivalent to independ- 
ence from application as such} it is as if specialists, engaged in 
perfecting tools and having no concern with their use and 
so interested in the operation of perfecting that they carry 
results beyond any existing possibilities of use, were to argue 
that therefore they are dealing with an independent realm 
having no connection with tools or utilities. This fallacy is 
especially easy to fall into on the part of intellectual special- 
ists. It played its part in the generation of a priori rationalism. 
It is the origin of that idolatrous attitude toward universals 
so often recurring in the history of thought. Those who handle 

154 



THE PLAY OF IDEAS 

ideas through symbols as if they were things f or ideas 
objects of thought and trace their mutual relations in all 
kinds of intricate and unexpected relationships, are ready vic- 
tims to thinking of these objects as if they had no sort of 
reference to things, to existence. 

In fact, the distinction is one between operations to be 
actually performed and possible operations as such, as merely 
possible. Shift of reflection to development of possible opera- 
tions in their logical relations to one another opens up oppor- 
tunities for operations that would never be directly suggested. 
But its origin and eventual meaning lie in acts that deal with 
concrete situations. As to origin in overt operations there can 
be no doubt. Operations of keeping tally and scoring are 
found in both work and games. No complex development of 
the latter is possible without such acts and their appropriate 
symbols. These acts are the originals of number and of all 
developments of number. There are many arts in which the 
operations of enumeration characteristic of keeping tally are 
explicitly used for measuring. Carpentry and masonry for 
example cannot go far without some device, however rude, 
for estimating size and bulk. If we generalize what happens 
in such instances, we see that the indispensable need is that 
of adjusting things as means, as resources, to other things as 
ends. 

The origin of counting and measuring is in economy and 
efficiency of such adjustments. Their results are expressed by 
physical means, at first notches, scratches, tying knots; later 
by figures and diagrams. It is easy to find at least three types 
of situations in which this adjustment of means to ends are 
practical necessities. There is the case of allotment or distri- 
bution of materials; of accumulation of stores against antici- 
pated days of need; of exchange of things in which there is a 
surplus for things in which there is a deficit. The fundamental 

155 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

mathematical conceptions of equivalence, serial order, sum and 
unitary parts, of correspondence and substitution, are all im- 
plicit in the operations that deal with such situations, although 
they become explicit and generalized only when operations are 
conducted symbolically in reference to one another. 

The failure of empiricism to account for mathematical 
ideas is due to its failure to connect them with acts performed. 
In accord with its sensationalistic character, traditional em- 
piricism sought their origin in sensory impressions, or at most 
in supposed abstraction from properties antecedently character- 
izing physical things. Experimental empiricism, has none of the 
difficulties of Hume and Mill in explaining the origin of math- 
ematical truths. It recognizes that experience, the actual expe- 
rience of men, is one of doing acts, performing operations, 
cutting, marking off, dividing up, extending, piecing together, 
joining, assembling and mixing, hoarding and dealing outj in 
general, selecting and adjusting things as means for reaching 
consequences. Only the peculiar hypnotic effect exercised by 
exclusive preoccupation with knowledge could have led think- 
ers to identify experience with reception of sensations, when 
five minutes' observation of a child would have disclosed that 
sensations count only as stimuli and registers of motor activity 
expended in doing things. 

All that was required for the development of mathematics 
as a science and for the growth of a logic of ideas, that is, of 
implications of operations with respect one to another, was 
that some men should appear upon the scene who were inter- 
ested in the operations on their own account, as operations, 
and not as means to specified particular uses. When symbols 
were devised for operations cut off from concrete application, 
as happened under the influence of the esthetic interest of 
the Greeks, the rest followed naturally. Physical means, the 
straight edge, the compass and the marker remained, and so did 



[THE PLAY OF IDEAS 

physical diagrams. But the latter were only "figures," images 
in the Platonic sense. Intellectual force was carried by the 
operations they symbolized, ruler and compass were only means 
for linking up with one another a series of operations repre- 
sented by symbols. Diagrams, etc., were particular and variable, 
but the operations were uniform and general in their intel- 
lectual force: that is, in their relation to other operations. 

When once the way was opened to thinking in terms of 
possible operations irrespective of actual performance, there 
was no limit to development save human ingenuity. In gen- 
eral, it proceeded along two lines. On the one hand, for the 
execution of tasks of physical inquiry, special intellectual in- 
strumentalities were needed, and this need led to the invention 
of new operations and symbolic systems. The Cartesian ana- 
lytics and the calculuses of Leibniz and Newton are cases in 
point. Such developments have created a definite body of sub- 
ject-matter that, historically, is as empirical as is the historic 
sequence of, say, spinning-machines. Such a body of material 
arouses need for examination on its own account. It is sub- 
jected to careful inspection with reference to the relations 
found within its own content. Indications of superfluous opera- 
tions are eliminated j ambiguities are detected and analyzed j 
massed operations are broken up into definite constituents} 
gaps and unexplained jumps are made good by insertion of 
connecting operations. In short, certain canons of rigorous 
interrelation of operations are developed and the old material 
is correspondingly revised and extended. 

Nor is the work merely one of analytic revision. The 
detection, for example, of the logical looseness of the 
Euclidean postulate regarding parallels suggested operations 
previously unthought of, and opened up new fields those of 
the hyper-geometries. Moreover, the possibility of combining 
various existing branches of geometry as special cases of more 

157 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

comprehensive operations (illustrated by the same instance) 
led to creation of mathematics of a higher order of generality. 
I am not interested in tracing the history of mathematics. 
What is wanted is to indicate that once the idea of possible 
operations, indicated by symbols and performed only by means 
of symbols, is discovered, the road is opened to operations of 
ever increasing definiteness and comprehensiveness. Any group 
of symbolic operations suggests further operations that may 
be performed. Technical symbols are framed with precisely 
this end in view. They have three traits that distinguish them 
from casual terms and ideas. They are selected with a view to 
designating unambiguously one mode of interaction and one 
only. They are linked up with symbols of other operations 
forming a system such that transition is possible with the 
utmost economy of energy from one to another. And the aim 
is that these transitions may occur as far as possible in any 
direction. I. "Water" for example suggests an indefinite num- 
ber of actsj seeing, tasting, drinking, washing without specifi- 
cation of one in preference to another. It also marks off water 
from other colorless liquids only in a vague way. 2. At the 
same time, it is restricted j it does not connect the liquid with 
solid and gaseous forms, and still less does it indicate opera- 
tions which link the production of water to other things into 
which its constituents, oxygen and hydrogen, enter. It is iso- 
lated instead of being a transitive concept. 3. The chemical 
conception, symbolized by EUO, not only meets these two 
requirements which "water" fails to meet, but oxygen and 
hydrogen are in turn connected with the whole system of 
chemical elements and specified combinations among them in 
a systematic way. Starting from the elements and the relation 
defined in KUO one can, so to speak, travel through all the 
whole scope and range of complex and varied phenomena. 
Thus the scientific conception carries thought and action away 



THE PLAY OF IDEAS 

from qualities which are finalities as they are found in direct 
perception and use, to the mode of production of these quali- 
ties, and it performs this task in a way which links this mode 
of generation to a multitude of other "efficient" causal condi- 
tions in the most economical and effective manner. 

Mathematical conceptions, by means of symbols of opera- 
tions that are irrespective of actual performance, carry abstrac- 
tion much further} one has only to contrast "2" as attached 
physically to H, to "2" as pure number. The latter designates 
an operative relation applioz^/^ to anything whatsoever, though 
not actually applied to any specified object. And, of course, 
it stands in defined relations to all other numbers, and by a 
system of correspondences with continuous quantities as well. 
That numbers disregard all qualitative distinctions is a familiar 
fact. This disregard is the consequence of construction of sym- 
bols dealing with possible operations in abstraction from the 
actuality of performance. If time and knowledge permitted, 
it could be shown that the difficulties and paradoxes which 
have been found to attend the logic of number disappear when 
instead of their being treated as either essences or as proper- 
ties of things in existence, they are viewed as designations of 
potential operations. Mathematical space is not a kind of space 
distinct from so-called physical and empirical space, but is a 
name given to operations ideally or formally possible with 
respect to things having spacious qualities: it is not a mode of 
Being, but a way of thinking things so that connections among 
them are liberated from fixity in experience and implication 
from one to another is made possible. 

The distinction between physical and mathematical con- 
ception may be brought out by noting an ambiguity in the term 
"possible" operations. Its primary meaning is actually, existen- 
tially, possible. Any idea as such designates an operation that 
may be performed, not something in actual existence. The Idea 

159 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

of the sweetness of, say, sugar, is an indication of the conse- 
quences of a possible operation of tasting as distinct from a 
directly experienced quality. Mathematical ideas are designa- 
tions of possible operations in another and secondary sense, 
previously expressed in speaking of the possibility of sym- 
bolic operations with respect to one another. This sense of 
possibility is ^^possibility of operations, not possibility of 
performance with respect to existence. Its test is non-incom- 
patibility. The statement of this test as consistency hardly car- 
ries the full meaning. For consistency is readily interpreted to 
signify the conformity of one meaning with others already 
had, and is in so far restrictive. "Non-incompatibility" indi- 
cates that all developments are welcome as long as they do 
not conflict with one another, or as long as restatement of an 
operation prevents actual conflict. It is a canon of liberation 
rather than of restriction. It may be compared with natural 
selection, which is a principle of elimination but not one con- 
trolling positive development. 

Mathematics and formal logic thus mark highly special- 
ized branches of intellectual industry, whose working princi- 
ples are very similar to those of works of fine art. The trait 
that strikingly characterize them is combination of freedom 
with rigor freedom with respect to development of new 
operations and ideas j rigor with respect to formal compossi- 
bilities. The combination of these qualities, characteristic also 
of works of great art, gives the subject great fascination for 
some minds. But the belief that these qualifications remove 
mathematical objects from all connection with existence ex- 
presses a religious mood rather than a scientific discovery.* 

The significant difference is that of two types of possi- 

*"The long continued and infrequently interrupted study of absolutely 
invariant existences exercises a powerful hypnotic influence on the mind. 
The world which it separates from the rest of experience and makes into the 
whole of being is a world of unchanging and apparently eternal order, the 

1 6O 



THE PLAY OR IDEAS 

bility of operation, material and symbolic. This distinction 
when frozen into the dogma of two orders of Being, existence 
and essence, gives rise to the notion that there are two types 
of logic and two criteria of truth, the formal and the material, 
of which the formal is higher and more fundamental. In 
truth, the formal development is a specialized offshoot of 
material thinking. It is derived ultimately from acts per- 
formed, and constitutes an extension of such acts, made pos- 
sible by symbols, on the basis of congruity with one another. 
Consequently formal logic represents an analysis of exclu- 
sively symbolic operations j it is, in a pregnant and not external 
sense, symbolic logic. This interpretation of mathematical and 
(formal) logical ideas is not a disparagement of them except 
from a mystical point of view. Symbols, as has already been 
noted, afford the only way of escape from submergence in 
existence. The liberation afforded by the free symbolism of 
mathematics is often a means of ulterior return to existential 
operations that have a scope and penetrating power not other- 
wise attainable. The history of science is full of illustrations 
of cases in which mathematical ideas for which no physical 
application was known suggested in time new existential 
relations. 

The theory which has been advanced of the nature of 
essences (universals, invariants) may be tested by comparing 
the conditions which symbolic operations fulfill with the attri- 
butes traditionally imputed to the former. These attributes 
are ideality, universality, immutability, formality, and the 
subsistence of relations of implication that make deduction 
possible. There is a one to one correspondence between these 
characters and those of objects of thought which are defined 

only Absolute cold intellect need not reject. A conviction thus establishes 
itself which finally affects the whole of waking thought: that in this experience 
one has at last discovered the eternal and ultimate truth." Barry, Op. cit, 
pp. 182-183. 

161 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

in terms of operations that are compossible with respect to one 
another. 

The correspondence will be approached by pointing out 
the traits of a machine which marks its structure in view of 
the function it fulfills. It is obvious that this structure can be 
understood not by sense but only by thought of the relations 
which the parts of the machine sustain to one another, in con- 
nection with the work the machine as a whole performs (the 
consequences it effects). Sensibly, one is merely overwhelmed 
in the presence of a machine by noises and forms. Clarity and 
order of perceived objects are introduced when forms are 
judged in relation to operations, and these in turn in relation to 
work done. Movements may be seen in isolation, and products, 
goods turned out, may be perceived in isolation. The machine 
is known only when these are thought in connection with one 
another. In this thought, motions and parts are judged as 
means; they are referred intellectually to something else} to 
think of anything as means is to apprehend an object in rela- 
tion. Correlatively, the physical effect is judged as consequence 
something related. The relation of means-consequence may 
thus justifiably be termed ideal in the sense of ideational. 

Operations as such, that is, as connective interactions, are 
uniform. Physically and sensibly, a machine changes through 
friction, exposure to weather, etc., while products vary in 
quality. Processes are local and temporal, particular. But the 
relation of means and consequence which defines an operation 
remains one and the same in spite of these variations. It is a 
universal. A machine turns out a succession of steel spheres, 
like ball-bearings. These closely resemble one another, because 
they are products of like process. But there is no absolute ex- 
actitude among them. Each process is individual and not 
exactly identical with others. But the function for which the 
machine is designed does not alter with these changes} an 

162 



THE PLAY OF IDEAS 

operation, being a relation, is not a process. An operation deter- 
mines any number of processes and products all differing from 
one another j but being a telephone or a cutting tool is a self- 
identical universal, irrespective of the multiplicity of special 
objects which manifest the function. 

The relation is thus invariant. It is eternal, not in the sense 
of enduring throughout all time, or being everlasting like an 
Aristotelian species or a Newtonian substance, but in the sense 
that an operation as a relation which is grasped in thought is 
independent of the instances in which it is overtly exemplified, 
although its meaning is found only in the 'possibility of these 
actualizations. 

The relation, between things as means and things as conse- 
quences, which defines a machine is ideal in another sense. It 
is the standard by which the value of existential processes are 
estimated. The deterioration or improvement in use of a con- 
crete machine and the worth of an invention are judged by 
reference to efficiency in accomplishment of a function. The 
more adequately the functional relation can be apprehended 
in the abstract, the better can the engineer detect defects in 
an existent machine and project improvements in it. Thus the 
thought of it operates as a model j it has an archetypal char- 
acter with respect to particular machines. 

Thought of an object as an ideal therefore determines a 
characteristic internal structure or form. This formal struc- 
ture is only approximated by existing things. One may con- 
ceive of a steam engine which has a one hundred per cent 
efficiency, although no such ideal is even remotely approached 
in actuality. Or, one may like Helmholtz conceive an ideal 
optical apparatus in which the defects of the existing human 
eye are not found. The ideal relationship of means to ends 
exists as a formal possibility determined by the nature of the 
case even though it be not thought of, much less realized in 

163 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

fact. It subsists as a possibility, and as a possibility it is in its 
formal structure necessary. That is to say, the conditions which 
have to be met and fulfilled in the idea of a machine having 
an efficiency of one hundred per cent are set by the necessities 
of the casej they do not alter with defects in our apprehension 
of them. Hence essences may be regarded as having Being 
independent of and logically prior to our thought of them. 
There is, however, in this fact nothing of the mystery or 
transcendental character which is often associated with it. It 
signifies that if one is to attain a specified result one must 
conform to the conditions which are means of securing this 
result j if one is to get the result with the maximum of effi- 
ciency, there are conditions having a necessary relationship to 
that intent. 

This necessity of a structure marked by formal relation- 
ships which fulfill the conditions of serving as means for an 
end, accounts for the relations of implication which make 
deduction possible. One goes into a factory and finds that the 
operation of reaching an end, say, making in quantity shoes of 
a uniform standard, is subdivided into a number of processes, 
each of which is adapted to the one which precedes, and, until 
the final one, to that which follows. One does not make a 
miracle or mystery of the fact that while each machine and 
each process is physically separate, nevertheless all are adapted 
to one another. For he knows that they have been designed, 
through a "rationalization" of the undertaking, to effect this 
end. 

The act of knowing is also highly complex. Experience 
shows that it also may be best effected by analysis into a 
number of distinct processes, which bear a serial relation to 
one another. Terms and propositions which symbolize the pos- 
sible operations that are to control these processes are designed 
so that they will lead one to another with the maximum of 

164 



THE PLAY OF IDEAS 

definiteness, flexibility and fertility. In other words, they are 
constructed with reference to the function of implication. De- 
duction or dialectic is the operation of developing these impli- 
cations, which may be novel and unexpected just as a tool 
often gives unexpected results when working under new con- 
ditions. One is entitled to marvel at the constructive power 
with which symbols have been devised having far-reaching 
and fruitful implications. But the wonder is misdirected when 
it is made the ground for hypostatizing the objects of thought 
into a realm of transcendent Being. 

This phase of the discussion is not complete till it has 
been explicitly noted that all general conceptions (ideas, the- 
ories, thought) are hypothetical. Ability to frame hypotheses 
is the means by which man is liberated from submergence in 
the existences that surround him and that play upon him physi- 
cally and sensibly. It is the positive phase of abstraction. But 
hypotheses are conditional j they have to be tested by the con- 
sequences of the operations they define and direct. The dis- 
covery of the value of hypothetical ideas when employed to 
suggest and direct concrete processes, and the vast extension of 
this operation in the modern history of science, mark a great 
emancipation and correspondent increase of intellectual con- 
trol. But their final value is not determined by their internal 
elaboration and consistency, but by the consequences they 
effect in existence as that is perceptibly experienced. Scientific 
conceptions are not a revelation of prior and independent real- 
ity. They are a system of hypotheses, worked out under con- 
ditions of definite test, by means of which our intellectual and 
practical traffic with nature is rendered freer, more secure and 
more significant. 

Our discussion has been one-sided in that it has dealt with 
the matter of conceptions mainly in reference to the "ration- 
alistic" tradition of interpretation. The reasons for this em- 

165 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

phasis are too patent to need exposition. But before leaving the 
topic, it should be noted that traditional empiricism has also 
misread the significance of conceptions or general ideas. It has 
steadily opposed the doctrine of their a priori character j it has 
connected them with experience of the actual world. But even 
more obviously than the rationalism it has opposed, empiricism 
has connected the origin, content and measure of validity of 
general ideas with antecedent existence. According to it, con- 
cepts are formed by comparing particular objects, already per- 
ceived, with one another, and then eliminating the elements in 
which they disagree and retaining that which they have in 
common. Concepts are thus simply memoranda of identical 
features in objects already perceived j they are conveniences, 
bunching together a variety of things scattered about in con- 
crete experience. But they have to be proved by agreement 
with the material of particular antecedent experiences j their 
value and function is essentially retrospective. Such ideas are 
dead, incapable of performing a regulative office in new situa- 
tions. They are "empirical" in the sense in which the term 
is opposed to scientific that is, they are mere summaries of 
results obtained under more or less accidental circum- 
stances. 

Our next chapter will be devoted to explicit consideration 
of the historic philosophies of empiricism and rationalism about 
the nature of knowledge. Before passing to this theme, we 
conclude with a summary statement of the more important re- 
sults reached in the present phase of discussion. First, the 
active and productive character of ideas, of thought, is mani- 
fest. The motivating desire of idealistic systems of philosophy 
is justified. But the constructive office of thought is empirical 
that is, experimental. "Thought" is not a property of some- 
thing termed intellect or reason apart from nature. It is a 
mode of directed overt action. Ideas are anticipatory plans 

1 66 



THE PLAY OF IDEAS 

and designs which take effect in concrete ^constructions of an- 
tecedent conditions of existence. They are not innate properties 
of mind corresponding to ultimate prior traits of Being, nor 
are they a priori categories imposed on sense in a wholesale, 
once-for-all way, prior to experience so as to make it possible. 
The active power of ideas is a reality, but ideas and idealisms 
have an operative force in concrete experienced situations j 
their worth has to be tested by the specified consequences of 
their operation. Idealism is something experimental not ab- 
stractly rational j it is related to experienced needs and con- 
cerned with projection of operations which remake the actual 
content of experienced objects. 

Secondly, ideas and idealisms are in themselves hypotheses 
not finalities. Being connected with operations to be performed, 
they are tested by the consequences of these operations, not 
by what exists prior to them. Prior experience supplies the 
conditions which evoke ideas and of which thought has to 
take account, with which it must reckon. It furnishes both 
obstacles to attainment of what is desired and the resources 
that must be used to attain it. Conception and systems of 
conceptions, ends in view and plans, are constantly making and 
remaking as fast as those already in use reveal their weak- 
nesses, defects and positive values. There is no predestined 
course they must follow. Human experience consciously guided 
by ideas evolves its own standards and measures and each new 
experience constructed by their means is an opportunity for 
new ideas and ideals. 

In the third place, action is at the heart of ideas. The 
experimental practice of knowing, when taken to supply the 
pattern of philosophic doctrine of mind and its organs, elimi- 
nates the age-old separation of theory and practice. It dis- 
closes that knowing is itself a kind of action, the only one 
which progressively and securely clothes natural existence with 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

realized meanings. For the outcome of experienced objects 
which are begot by operations which define thinking, take into 
themselves, as part of their own funded and incorporated 
meaning, the relation to other things disclosed by thinking. 
There are no sensory or perceived objects fixed in themselves. 
In the course of experience, as far as that is an outcome in- 
fluenced by thinking, objects perceived, used and enjoyed take 
up into their own meaning the results of thought j they be- 
come ever richer and fuller of meanings. This issue constitutes 
the last significance of the philosophy of experimental ideal- 
ism. Ideas direct operations} the operations have a result in 
which ideas are no longer abstract, mere ideas, but where 
they qualify sensible objects. The road from a perceptible 
experience which is blind, obscure, fragmentary, meager in 
meaning, to objects of sense which are also objects which sat- 
isfy, reward and feed intelligence is through ideas that are 
experimental and operative. 

Our conclusion depends upon an analysis of what takes 
place in the experimental inquiry of natural science. It goes 
without saying that the wider scope of human experience, 
that which is concerned with distinctively human conditions 
and ends, does not comport, as it currently exists, with the re- 
sult that the examination of natural science yields. The genu- 
inely philosophic force, as distinct from a technical one, of 
the conclusion reached lies in precisely this incongruity. The 
fact that the most exacting type of experience has attained a 
marvelous treasury of working ideas that are used in control 
of objects is an indication of possibilities as yet unattained in 
less restricted forms of experience. Negatively, the result in- 
dicates the need of thoroughgoing revision of ideas of mind 
and thought and their connection with natural things that 
were formed before the rise of experimental inquiry; 
such is the critical task imposed on contemporary thought. 

168 



THE PLAY OF IDEAS 

Positively, the result achieved in science is a challenge to 
philosophy to consider the possibility of the extension of the 
method of operative intelligence to direction of life in other 
fields. 



169 



CHAPTER VII 

THE SEAT OF INTELLECTUAL 
AUTHORITY 

THE DISPUTE AS to whether reason and conception or percep- 
tion and sense are the source and test of ultimate knowledge 
is one of the most enduring in the history of thought. It has 
affected philosophy from the side of both the nature of the 
object of knowledge and the mental faculty operating to 
obtain it. From the side of the object those who put forward 
the claims of reason have placed the universal higher than 
the individual} those who have held to perception have re- 
versed the order. From the side of mind, one school has em- 
phasized the synthetic action of conceptions. The other school 
has dwelt upon the fact that in sensation the mind does not 
interfere with the action of objects in writing their own re- 
port. The opposition has extended to problems of conduct 
and society. On one hand, there is emphasis upon the neces- 
sity of control by rational standards j on the other hand, the 
dynamic quality of wants has been insisted upon together 
with the intimately personal character of their satisfaction 
as against the pale remoteness of pure thought. On the 
political side, there is a like division between the adherents 
of order and organization, those who feel that reason alone 
gives security, and those interested in freedom, innovation and 
progress, those who have used the claims of the individual 
and his desires as a philosophical basis. 

The controversy is acute and longstanding. In consequence 
of it, philosophers have expended energy in controversy with 

170 



THE SEAT OF INTELLECTUAL AUTHORITY 

one another, and the guidance they have given to practical 
affairs has been largely by way of support to partisans of con- 
tending forces. The situation raises a further point in our in- 
quiry: What is the bearing of the experimental theory of 
knowing upon the rival contentions? The first point which 
presents itself is that the object of knowledge is eventual j 
that is, it is an outcome of directed experimental operations, 
instead of something in sufficient existence before the act of 
knowing. The further point to be presented is that, along with 
this change, sensible and rational factors cease to be competi- 
tors for primary rank. They are allies, cooperating to make 
knowledge possible. Isolation from each other is an expression 
of the isolation of each from organic connection with action. 
When theory is placed in opposition to practice, there is ground 
for dispute as to whether primacy in theory shall go to sense 
or intellect. Directed activity demands ideas which go beyond 
the results of past perceptions, for it goes out to meet future 
and as yet unexperienced situations. But it deals, both in origin 
and outcome, with things which can be had only directly, 
through immediate perception and enjoyment. 

The three chief contending doctrines in this field are sen- 
sational empiricism, rationalism and Kantianism, with its com- 
promise of the factors isolated in the two other schools. The 
doctrine of Kant has a superficial resemblance to the one just 
stated} it insists upon the necessity of both perception and ideas 
if there is to be knowledge. It is convenient, accordingly, to be- 
gin discussion with it. The element of similarity is suggested by 
Kant's well known saying that perception without conception 
is blind, conception without perception empty. His doctrine 
none the less is fundamentally different from that which results 
from an analysis of experimental knowing. The fundamental 
difference lies in the fact that, according to the latter, the dis- 
tinction of sense and thought occurs within the process of re- 

171 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

flective inquiry, and the two are connected together by means 
of operations overtly performed. In the Kantian scheme, the 
two originally exist in independence of each other, and their 
connection is established by operations that are covert and are 
performed in the hidden recesses of mind, once for all. As to 
their original difference, sense-material is impressed from with- 
out, while connective conceptions are supplied from within the 
understanding. As to connection, synthesis takes place not in- 
tentionally and by means of the controlled art of investigation, 
but automatically and all at once. 

From the experimental point of view, the art of knowing 
demands skill in selecting appropriate sense-data on one side 
and connecting principles, or conceptual theories, on the other. 
It requires a developed and constantly progressive technique 
to settle upon both the observational data and the idea that 
assist inquiry in reaching a conclusion in any particular case. 
But in Kant's view, the distinction and the connection between 
the two, while necessary to anything which may be termed 
cognition, have nothing to do with the validity of any particu- 
lar enterprise of knowing. Illusion and error exemplify the 
synthesis of sense and understanding quite as much as does the 
soundest instance of scientific discovery. In one case, the heart 
of the whole matter is the exercise of a differential control 
which makes the difference between good and bad knowing. In 
Kant's scheme the blessings of the categories descend upon the 
material of sense without reference to making a distinction be- 
tween the true and the false. 

We summarize the differences as follows. I. In experi- 
mental knowing, the antecedent is always the subject-matter 
of some experience which has its origin in natural causes, but 
which, not having been controlled in its occurrence, is uncertain 
and problematic. Original objects of experience are produced 
by the natural interactions of organism and environment, and 

172 



THE SEAT OF INTELLECTUAL AUTHORITY 

in themselves are neither sensible, conceptual nor a mixture of 
the two. They are precisely the qualitative material of all our 
ordinary untested experiences. 2. The distinction between sense- 
data and interpretive ideas is deliberately instituted by the 
process of inquiry, for sake of carrying it forward to an ade- 
quately tested conclusion, one with a title to acceptance. 3. 
Hence each term of the distinction is not absolute and fixed, but 
is contingent and tentative. Each is subject to revision as we find 
observational data which supply better evidence, and as the 
growth of science provides better directive hypotheses to draw 
upon. 4. Hence the material selected to serve as data and as 
regulative principles constantly check one another j any advance 
in one brings about a corresponding improvement in the other. 
The two are constantly working together to effect a rearrange- 
ment of the original experienced material in the construction 
of a new object having the properties that make it understood 
or known. 

These statements are formal, but their meaning is not rec- 
ondite. Any scientific investigation illustrates their significance. 
The astronomer, chemist, botanist, start from the material 
of gross unanalyzed experience, that of the "common-sense" 
world in which we live, suflFer, act and enjoyj from familiar 
stars, suns, moons, from acids, salts and metals, trees, mosses 
and growing plants. Then the process of investigation divides 
into two kinds of operations. One is that of careful and analytic 
observation to determine exactly what there is which is indubi- 
tably seen, touched and heard. An operation takes place to dis- 
cover what the sure data of the problem are, the evidence which 
theoretical explanation must reckon with. The other operation 
consists in searching through previous knowledge to obtain 
ideas which may be used to interpret this observed material 
and to suggest the initiation of new experiments. By these lat- 
ter, more data are had, and the additional evidence they 

173 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

supply suggests new ideas and more experiments until the prol> 
lem is resolved. The investigator never makes the division be- 
tween perceptual and conceptual material at large or whole- 
sale. He is careful at each stage of inquiry to discriminate 
between what he has observed and what is a matter of theory 
and ideas, using the latter as means of directing further ob- 
servations, the results of which test the application of the 
ideas and theories employed. Finally, the original ma- 
terial is reorganized into a coherent and settled form 
capable of entering integrally into the general system of 
science. 

A physician, for example, is called by a patient. His orig- 
inal material of experience is thereby provided} it requires a 
stretch of useless imagination to fancy that the ill man is a 
mass of sense data organized by categories. This experienced 
object sets the problem of inquiry. Certain clinical operations 
are performed, sounding, tapping, getting registrations o 
pulse, temperature, respiration, etc. These constitute the symp- 
toms} they supply the evidence to be interpreted. The philoso- 
pher or logician, looking on, sees they are that part of the 
original object which is capable of being presented in observa- 
tion as that is sensibly present. The results are not all that is 
or can be observed, but are those phases and portions of the 
experienced whole that are judged to be relevant to making an 
inference as to the nature of the ailment. The observations 
mean something not in and of themselves, but are given 
meaning in the light of the systematized knowledge of medi- 
cine as far as that is at the command of the practitioner. He 
calls upon his store of knowledge to suggest ideas that may 
aid him in reaching a judgment as to the nature of the trouble 
and its proper treatment. The analytic philosopher, looking on, 
notes that the interpreting material, by means of which the 
scattered data of sense are bound together into a coherent 



THE SEAT OF INTELLECTUAL AUTHORITY 

whole, is not itself directly sensibly present. So he calls it 
ideational or conceptual. 

Sense data are signs which direct this selection of ideas j 
the ideas when suggested arouse new observations j the two 
together determine his final judgment or diagnosis and his 
procedure. Something is then added to the store of the clinical 
material of medical art so that subsequent observations of 
symptoms are refined and extended, and the store of material 
from which to draw ideas is further enlarged. To this process 
of cooperation of observation and conceptual or general ideas 
there is no limit. In no case are the data the whole of the 
original objectj they are material selected for the purpose of 
serving as evidence and signs. In no case do general ideas, prin- 
ciples, laws, conceptions, determine the conclusion although 
just as some men collect fragmentary observations without 
trying to find out what they mean, so in other cases an un- 
skilled worker permits some preconceived idea to control his 
decision instead of using it as a hypothesis. 

The case seems simple enough, so simple indeed that it 
may be supposed that we have overlooked the conditions which 
have created perplexity and controversy. But the source of 
these complications is that theories about the mind, about sen- 
sation and perception, about reason, the intellect, conceptions 
and perception, were framed and established in philosophy 
before the rise of experimental knowing. It is difficult to break 
loose from habits thus engendered so as to turn attention in a 
whole-hearted way to actual inquiry. While it may seem pre- 
sumptuous to set up the case of the physician or some other 
concrete inquirer over against the elaborate machinery of the 
Critique of Pure Reason and the countless tomes of commen- 
tary it has called forth, our picture has behind it the whole 
weight of the experimental practices by which science has been 
actually advanced. 

175 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

More specifically, it may be asserted that the Kantian the- 
ory went wrong because it took distinctions that are genuine 
and indispensable out of their setting and function in actual 
inquiry. It generalized them into fixed and wholesale distinc- 
tions, losing sight of their special roles in attainment of those 
tested beliefs which give security. Consequently artificial com- 
plications were engendered, and insoluble puzzles created. 

Take for example the fragmentary and isolated character 
of sense-data. Taken in isolation from a context in a particu- 
lar inquiry they undoubtedly have this character. Hence when 
they are generalized into a character at large, the result is 
the doctrine of the disconnected "atomicity" of sense-data. 
This doctrine is common to sensationalism and to some forms 
of the new realism, along with Kantianism. As a matter of 
fact, smells, tastes, sounds, pressures, colors, etc., are not iso- 
lated j they are bound together by all kinds of interactions or 
connections, among which are included the habitual responses 
of the one having the experience. Some connections are organic, 
flowing from the constitution of the subject. Others have be- 
come engrained in habit because of education and the cus- 
tomary state of culture. But these habitual connections are 
obstacles rather than aids. Some of them are irrelevant and mis- 
leading. In any case, they fail to provide the clews, the evi- 
dence, which is wanted in the particular inquiry in hand. Con- 
sequently, sense qualities are artificially isolated from their 
ordinary connections so that the inquirer is free to see them in 
a new light or as constituents of a new object. 

Since the very need for inquiry shows that there is a 
<problem set by the existing situation, there can be no under- 
standing of it achieved until there are new connections estab- 
lished. The fragmentary and isolated character of sense-data 
does not therefore describe anything belonging to them intrin- 
sically, but marks a transitory, although necessary, stage in 



THE SEAT OF INTELLECTUAL AUTHORITY 

the progress of inquiry. The isolation of sense-data from their 
status and office in furthering the objective of knowing is re- 
sponsible for treating them as a kind of isolated atomic exist- 
ence. If we keep an eye on the actual enterprise of knowing, it 
is clear that only sense-data can supply evidential subject- 
matter} ideas of what is not presented in sense interpret evi- 
dence, but they cannot constitute it. The whole history of 
science shows, however, that material directly and originally 
observed does not furnish good evidential material} as we 
saw, it was the essential mistake of ancient science to suppose 
that we can base inference upon observed objects without an 
artificial prior analytic resolution. Hence there is need of a 
distinctive type of experimental operations which detach some 
qualities of the object} these form sense-data in the technical 
meaning of the word. 

Traditional empiricism was accordingly right in insisting 
that no amount of conceptions, of thought material, could by 
itself deliver any knowledge of existence, no matter how 
elaborate be the conceptual system and how internally coher- 
ent. We cannot derive existence from thought pace idealism. 
Observed material is necessary to suggest ideas and it is equally 
necessary to test them. The senses are, existentially speaking, 
the organs by which we obtain the material of observation. 
But, as we have previously noted, this material is significant 
and effective for purposes of knowing only as it is connected 
with operations of which it is the product. Merely physical 
interactions, whether of external things or of the organism, 
yield observations that form the material of inquiry} a prob- 
lematic material. Only operations intentionally performed and 
attentively noted in connection with their products give ob- 
served material a positive intellectual value, and this condi- 
tion is satisfied only by thought: ideas are the perception of 
this connection. Even non-scientific experience, as far as it 

177 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

has meaning, is neither mere doing nor mere undergoing, but 
is an acknowledgment of the connection between something 
done and something undergone in consequence of the doing. 

In its later history, empiricism tended to identify sensory 
consequences with "mental" or psychical states and processes j 
this identification was the logical conclusion of taking the ob- 
ject of science, in which these qualities are not found, as the 
real object. But the insistence, as by contemporary realists, 
that sense-data are external and not mental does not remedy 
the logical error. It repeats the isolation of sense-data from 
the intentional operations by which they are supplied and 
from the purpose and function of these operations. Hence it 
makes it necessary to call in the supplement of logical objects, 
now termed essences. What is even more important, no light 
is thrown upon the control of the course of actual inquiry. For 
there is still failure to see that the distinction between sense- 
data and objects of rational apprehension is one which occurs 
within reflective investigation, for the sake of regulating its 
procedure. 

The history of the theory of knowledge or epistemology 
would have been very different if instead of the word "data" 
or "givens," it had happened to start with calling the quali- 
ties in question "takens." Not that the data are not existential 
and qualities of the ultimately "given" that is, the total 
subject-matter which is had in non-cognitive experiences. But 
as data they are selected from this total original subject-mat- 
ter which gives the impetus to knowing} they are discriminated 
for a purpose: that, namely, of affording signs or evidence 
to define and locate a problem, and thus give a clew to its 
resolution. 

If we recur to the instance of the patient and the inquiries 
of the physician, it is evident that the presence of a man who 
is ill is the "given," and that this given is complex, marked 



THE SEAT OF INTELLECTUAL AUTHORITY 

by all kinds of diverse qualities. Only the assumption such 
is made by Kant and is common to the traditional theories 
that all experience is inherently cognitive leads to the doctrine 
that perception of the patient is a case of knowledge. In reality 
the original perception furnishes the problem for knowing j 
it is something to be known, not an object of knowing. And in 
knowing, the first thing to be done is to select from the mass 
of presented qualities those which, in distinction from other 
qualities, throw light upon the nature of the trouble. As they 
are deliberately selected, being discriminated by special tech- 
nical operations, they become data; these are called sensible 
simply because of the role of sense organs in their generation. 
They may then be formulated as the subject-matter of primi- 
tive existential propositions. But even so, there is no class 
of such propositions In general. Each inquiry yields its own 
primitive existential propositions, even though they all agree 
in having for their objects qualities which investigation reveals 
to be connected with the use of organs of sense. Moreover, 
these primitive propositions are such only in a logical sense 
as distinct from being empirically primitive, and they are only 
hypothetical or conditional. This statement does not imply 
that their existence is hypothetical j perception, as far as it is 
properly conducted, warrants their existence. But their status 
in inquiry is tentative. Many, perhaps most, errors in physical 
inference arise from taking as data things that are not data 
for the problem in hand; they undoubtedly exist, but they are 
not the evidence that is demanded. In some respects, the more 
undoubted the existence of sensory qualities, the less certain is 
their meaning for inference j the very fact that a quality is 
glaringly obvious in perception exercises an undue influence, 
leading thought to take its evident presence as an equivalent of 
evidential value. The reader of detective stories is aware that 
it is a common device to have the inquirer misled by the too 

179 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

patent character of given "clews"} genuine clews are usually 
obscure and have to be searched out. The conditional character 
of sense-data in inferential inquiry means, then, that they have 
to be tested by their consequences. They are good clews or 
evidence when they instigate operations whose effect is to solve 
the problem in hand. 

It is hardly necessary to repeat the criticisms of the ration- 
alistic doctrine of conceptions that have been brought out in 
previous chapters. The doctrine stood for a positive truth: 
the necessity of relations, of connectivity in existence and 
knowledge, and it noted the fact of the connection of relations 
with thought. For while some connections are always found 
in the material of experienced things, the fact that as experi- 
enced these things are problematic and not definitively known, 
means that important relations are not presented in them as 
they stand. These relations have to be projected in anticipation 
if the reactions of the inquiries are not blind fumblings if 
they are genuinely experimental. Such relations must be 
thought; they are present conceptually, not sensibly. They 
represent possible consequences of operations, and the possible 
and the conceivable are one. Just as sensationalism ignores the 
functional role and hypothetical status of sensible qualities in 
an inquiry, so rationalism makes a fixed and independent mat- 
ter out of the utility of conceptions in directing inquiry to solve 
particular problems. 

The object of this criticism of historical theories of knowl- 
edge is not just to cast discredit upon them. It is to direct at- 
tention to the source of their errors. As soon as and when- 
ever it is assumed that the office of knowledge is to lay hold 
of existence which is prior to and apart from the operations 
of inquiry and their consequences, one or other of these errors 
or some combination of both of them is inevitable. Either 
logical characters belonging to the operations of effective 

1 80 



THE SEAT OF INTELLECTUAL AUTHORITY 

inquiry are read into antecedent existence} or the world as 
known is reduced to a pulverized multiplicity of atomically 
isolated elements, a Kantian "manifold"; or some machinery 
is devised, whether of an "idealistic" or a "realistic" sort, to 
bring the two together. 

When, on the other hand, it is seen that the object of 
knowledge is prospective and eventual, being the result of 
inferential or reflective operations which redispose what was 
antecedently existent, the subject-matters called respectively 
sensible and conceptual are seen to be complementary in effec- 
tive direction of inquiry to an intelligible conclusion. 

There is another way of discussing the fundamental issue 
which does not involve so much going over topics worn thread- 
bare by previous discussion. In effect, traditional theories treat 
all reflective or inferential knowing as cases of "explanation," 
and by explanation is meant making some seemingly new ob- 
ject or problem plain and clear by identifying its elements 
with something previously known, ultimately something said 
to be known immediately and intuitively, or without infer- 
ence. In traditional theory, "discursive" knowledge, that in- 
volving reflection, must always be referred for its validation 
back to what is immediately known. It cannot bring its 
credentials with it and test its results in the very process of 
reaching them. There is postulated identity implicit or explicit 
of the results of inference with things known without infer- 
ence. Making the identity explicit constitutes proof. 

There are many different and opposed theories regarding 
the way in which this identification takes place. There is a doc- 
trine that the operation is one of subsumption of given particu- 
lars under given universals; that it is classificatory definition; 
that it is a kind of Platonic reminiscence in which perceptual 
material is cognized by being identified with a priori forms; 
that it is a case of schematization a la Kant; that it is an 

181 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

assimilation of present sensations to images that revive previ- 
ous sensations. These theories differ widely among themselves j 
they are irreconcilable with one another. But they all have one 
premise in common. They all assume that the conclusions of re- 
flective inference must be capable of reduction to things already 
known if they are to be proved. The quarrel between them is 
strictly domestic, all in the family. The differences between 
them concern the character of the original immediately known 
objects with which the conclusions of reflection must be identi- 
fied in order to be really known. They all involve the sup- 
posed necessity that whatever is a product of inference must, 
in order to be valid knowledge, be reducible to something 
already known immediately. Thus they all take the element of 
knowledge found in inferential conclusions to be simply a mat- 
ter of restatement.* 

The especial significance of the experimental procedure is 
that it scraps once for all the notion that the results of infer- 
ence must be validated by operations of identification of what- 
ever sort. When we compare the premise which underlies all 
the different theories that assume a primitive mode of direct 
knowledge (knowledge which does not include reflection) 
with the practice of experimental science, according to which 
only the conclusion of reflective inquiry is known, we find 
three marked points of contrast. The first difference is that the 
traditional theories make all reflective knowledge to be a case 
of recognition going back to an earlier more certain form of 

*The logic of Stuart Mill is the classic logic of sensational empiricism. 
Yet he demanded "canons" of proof for induction as rigorous as those of 
Aristotle were for syllogistic reasoning. The essence of these canons is that 
proof consists in identification of the results of inference with particulars 
given in sense, just as with Aristotle demonstration consisted in subsuming 
them under independently given universals. That the latter was influenced by 
Euclidean geometry with its assumption of axioms as self-evident truths we 
have already noticed. Mathematicians now recognize that indemonstrables 
and indefinables are starting points of operations and that in themselves they 
have neither meaning nor "truth." 

182 



THE SEAT OF INTELLECTUAL AUTHORITY 

knowledge. The second is that they have no place for genuine 
discovery, or creative novelty. The third point concerns the 
dogmatic character of the assumption regarding what is said 
to be immediately known, in contrast with the experimentally 
tested character of the object known in consequence of reflec- 
tion. 

We begin with the last point. When it is stated that the 
conclusions of knowledge involving inference must be sub- 
ordinated to knowledge which is had directly and immediately, 
and must be carried to the latter for proof and verification, we 
are at once struck by the multitude of theories regarding what 
is immediately and infallibly known. The diversity and con- 
tradictions give ground for a suspicion that in no case is the 
"knowledge" in question as self-evident as it is asserted to be. 
And there is good theoretical ground for the suspicion. Suppose 
a man "explains" the eclipse of the moon by saying it is due 
to the attempt of a dragon to devour it. To him the devouring 
dragon is a more evident fact than is the darkening of the 
moon. To us the existence of an animal capable of such a feat 
is the doubtful matter. It will be objected that it is unfair to 
take such an absurd case as an instance: dragons are not the 
sort of thing which any philosopher has asserted to be the ob- 
ject of direct and certain non-inferential knowledge. But the 
illustration still serves a purpose. 

The thing to be known is "explained" by identification 
with something else. What guarantees this something else? 
If it too has to be guaranteed by identification with something 
else, there is an infinite regress. To avoid this regress, we stop 
short and assert that this or that object or truth is directly 
known, by sense intuition, by rational intuition, as a direct de- 
liverance of consciousness, or in some other way. But what is 
such a procedure except the essence of what Bentham called 
ipse dixitism? What is it but arbitrary dogmatism? Who guards 

183 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

the guardians? The theory which placet* knowledge in rounded 
out conclusions is in no such dilemma. It admits the hypo- 
thetical status of all data and premises and appeals for justi- 
fication to operations capable, when they are repeated, of 
yielding like results. The antecedents do not have to be sub- 
stantiated by being carried back to earlier antecedents and so 
onj they are good and sound if they do what is wanted of them: 
if they lead to an observable result which satisfies the conditions 
set by the nature of the problem in hand. 

The significance of this point comes out more clearly in 
dealing with the genuineness of discovery or new knowledge. 
By terms of the traditional theories, this is impossible in the 
case of inference and reflective inquiry. We know, according to 
them, only when we have assimilated the seemingly new to 
something previously known immediately. In consequence, 
all distinctive individual, or non-repeated, traits of things are 
incapable of being known. What cannot be treated as a case 
of something else stays outside knowledge. Individualized 
characteristics are unknowable surds. 

According to this doctrine, reflective inquiry may hit upon 
new instances of laws, new specimens of old truths, new mem- 
bers of old classes, but not upon intrinsically new objects of 
knowledge. As far as empiricism is concerned the case of Locke 
is instructive. His Essay on Human Understanding is one 
continued effort to test all reflective beliefs and ideas what- 
ever by reduction to original "simple ideas" that are infallibly 
known in isolation from any inferential undertaking a point 
in which many of the new realisms are still Lockeian. 

If one looks at the course of science, we find a very differ- 
ent story told. Important conclusions of science are those which 
distinctly refuse to be identified" with anything previously 
known. Instead of having to be proved by being assimilated to 
the latter, they rather occasion revision of what men thought 

184 



THE SEAT OF INTELLECTUAL AUTHORITY 

they previously knew. The recent crisis in physical science is 
a case in point. The experimental discovery that the velocity of 
light remains the same when measured either with or against 
the direction of the earth's movement was totally unaccount- 
able on the basis of previous knowing. But scientific men 
accepted the consequences of their experimental operations as 
constituting the known object, rather than feeling under obli- 
gation to "prove" them by identification with what was said 
to be antecedently known. Inferential inquiry in scientific pro- 
cedure is an adventure in which conclusions confound expecta- 
tion and upset what has been accepted as facts. It takes time 
for these new facts to be assimilated: to become familiar. As- 
similation of the new to the familiar is doubtless a precondi- 
tion for our finding ourselves at home in the new and being 
able to handle it freely. But the older theories virtually made 
this personal and psychological phase of assimilation of new 
and old into a test of knowledge itself. 

The third point, that cognition is recognition, only presents 
the same difficulty in another way. It presents it in a light 
which brings out a distinctive point. The theory that knowledge 
due to reflection consists in identifying something with what 
is already known or possessed confuses the psychological trait 
of familiarity, the quality of finding ourselves at ease in a 
situation, with knowledge. The conception originated when 
experimental knowing occurred only occasionally and as if 
by accident j when discoveries were regarded as gifts of the 
gods or as special inspirations: when men were governed by 
custom and were uneasy in the presence of change and afraid 
of the unknown. It was rationalized into a theory when the 
Greeks succeeded in identifying natural phenomena with ra- 
tional ideas and were delighted with the identification because 
their esthetic interest made them at home in a world of such 
harmony and order as that identification involved. They called 

185 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

the result science, although in fact it fastened wrong beliefs 
about nature upon Europe for well nigh two thousand years. 

Newtonian science, as we have seen in another connection, 
in effect only substituted one set of identifying objects, the 
mathematical, for those previously employed. It set up per- 
manent substances, the particles or atoms having inherent 
mathematical properties, as ultimate realities, and alleged that 
reflective thought yields knowledge when it translates phe- 
nomena into these properties. Thus it retained unimpaired the 
theory that knowing signifies a process of identification. It 
required over two centuries for the experimental method to 
reach a point where men were forced to realize that progress 
in science depends upon choice of operations performed and 
not upon the properties of objects which were alleged to be so 
antecedently certain and fixed that all detailed phenomena 
might be reduced to them. This conception of knowledge still 
dominates thinking in social and moral matters. When it is 
realized that in these fields as in the physical, we know what we 
intentionally construct, that everything depends upon deter- 
mination of methods of operation and upon observation of the 
consequences which test them, the progress of knowledge in 
these affairs may also become secure and constant. 

What has been said does not imply that previous knowl- 
edge is not of immense importance in obtaining new knowl- 
edge. What is denied is that this previous knowledge need be 
immediate or intuitive, and that it provides the measure and 
standard of conclusions obtained by inferential operations. In- 
ferential inquiry is continuous j one phase passes into the next 
which uses, tests and expands conclusions already obtained. 
More particularly, the conclusions of prior knowledge are the 
instruments of new inquiries, not the norm which determines 
their validity. Objects of previous knowledge supply working 
hypotheses for new situations j they are the source of sugges- 

186 



THE SEAT OF INTELLECTUAL AUTHORITY 

tion of new operations; they direct inquiry. But they do not 
enter into reflective knowing by way of providing its prem- 
ises in a logical sense. The tradition of classic logic persists 
in leading philosophers to call premises what in effect are 
regulative and instrumental points of view for conducting new 
observations. 

We are constantly referring to what is already known to 
get our bearings in any new situation. Unless there is some 
reason to doubt whether presumptive knowledge is really 
knowledge, we take it as a net product. It would be a waste 
of time and energy to repeat the operations in virtue of which 
the object is a known object unless there were ground for sus- 
pecting its validity. Every adult, irrespective of whether he is 
a man of science or not, carries in his head a large store of 
things known in virtue of earlier operations. When a new 
problem comes up, one habitually refers to what is already 
known to get a start in dealing with it. Such objects, until we 
have occasion to doubt them, are settled, assured; the given 
situation is dubious, but they are secure. Hence we take them 
for granted, we take them as a matter of course. Then if we 
question them, we tend to fall back upon something else 
already known. What is too easily overlooked (especially in 
quest for certainty by attachment to the fixed) is that the 
objects we thus fall back upon are themselves known in virtue 
of previous operations of inferential inquiry and test, and 
that their "immediacy" as objects of reference marks an as- 
sured product of reflection. It is also overlooked that they 
are referred to as instruments, rather than as fixed in and of 
themselves. The case is similar to the use of tools previously 
manufactured when we are dealing with the conditions of a 
new situation; only when they prove defective does invention 
of new tools demand recurrence to the operations by which 
they were originally constructed. 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

This act of taking and using objects already known is 
practically justified} it is like eating a fruit without asking 
how it was grown. But many theories of knowledge take this 
retrospective use of things known in virtue of earlier opera- 
tions as typical of the nature of knowledge itself. Being re- 
minded of something we already know is taken as the pattern 
of all knowing. When the thing of which we are now retro- 
spectively aware was in process of being known, it was prospec- 
tive and eventual to inquiry, not something already "given." 
And it has cognitive force in a new inquiry whose objective and 
ultimate object is now prospective. Taking what is already 
known or pointing to it is no more a case of knowledge than 
taking a chisel out of a tool-box is the making of the tool. 
Because some theories of knowledge have taken the operations 
that yield the known object to be merely mental or psychical 
instead of overt redispositions of antecedent subject-matter 
(and thus have terminated in some form of "idealism") is no 
reason for denying the mediated character of all known 
objects. 

Thus we are led by another road to the conclusion that the 
basic error of traditional theories of knowledge resides in the 
isolation and fixation of some phase of the whole process of 
inquiry in resolving problematic situations. Sometimes sense- 
data are so taken j sometimes, conceptions} sometimes, objects 
previously known. An episode in a series of operational acts 
is fastened upon, and then in its isolation and consequent frag- 
mentary character is made the foundation of the theory of 
knowing in its entirety. 

Reflective knowing certainly involves identification. But 
identity itself has to be defined operationally. There are as 
many meanings of identity and identification as there are types 
of operation by which they are determined. There is identifi- 
cation of an object as a member of a class, of a plant as belong- 

188 



THE SEAT OF INTELLECTUAL AUTHORITY 

ing to a certain species: taxonomic identity. The classic theory 
of definition took this to be the sole valid type of logical 
definition. There are identifications that are historic, that are 
concerned with individuals as such. They define the identity 
of an individual throughout a series of successive temporal 
changes, while the other type is purely static. This kind of 
identity is secured by operations that introduce temporal con- 
tinuity into what is otherwise discrete: it yields genetic and 
generative definitions. For the identity of an individual is 
constituted by continued absorption and incorporation of ma- 
terials previously external as in the growth of a person, a 
nation or a social movement. It demands operations that re- 
dispose and organize what antecedently exists. Identifications 
effected by inferential operations are of this type. They are 
not reductions of the new object or situation to terms of some- 
thing already known. Traditional theories treat them as if 
they were of the static and subsumptive type. 

Hence these theories have no way of accounting for the 
discrimination and differentiation, the novel elements, involved 
in the conclusions of inferential knowing. They must be viewed 
as mere surds, cognitively speaking. Identifications through 
processes of temporal growth are, on the contrary, differen- 
tiations} new and previously external material is incorporated j 
otherwise there is no growth, no development. All reflective 
inquiry starts from a problematic situation, and no such situa- 
tion can be settled in its own terms. It evolves into a resolved 
situation only by means of introduction of material not found 
in the situation itself. Imaginative survey, comparison with 
things already known, is the first step. This does not eventuate 
in complete knowledge, however, until some overt experi- 
mental act takes place by means of which an existential in- 
corporation and organization is brought about. Merely "men- 
tal" revisions remain in the status of thought as distinct from 

180 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

knowledge. Identification through operations that rearrange 
what is antecedently given is a process of additive discrimina- 
tion} it alone is synthetic in the true sense of that word, in- 
volving likeness-and-difference. 

Objective idealisms have insisted upon the conjoint pres- 
ence of identity and difference in objects of knowledge, as 
in the doctrine of the "concrete universal." But they have 
ignored the phase of temporal reconstruction with its necessity 
for overt existential interaction. 

A further implication of the experimental determination 
of the known object concerns its office in the verification of 
hypotheses. It is often supposed that the value of experiment 
lies merely in the fact that it confirms, refutes or modifies a 
hypothesis. From the standpoint of the personal interest of 
the inquirer such an interpretation often holds good. He is 
interested in a theory, and views the eventually disclosed state 
of facts solely in its bearing upon the theory he is entertain- 
ing. To him, at the time, the cognitive value of the results of 
experimental operation lies in the test they afford of the claims 
of his hypothesis. Even so, however, verification, or the oppo- 
site, is attained only because experimentation effects a transi- 
tion of a problematical situation into a resolved one. In this 
development new individual objects with new features are 
brought to light. As far as the objective course of knowledge 
is concerned, as distinct from the personal interest of the 
investigator, this result is the important one; in comparison 
with it the verification of a hypothesis is secondary and inci- 
dental. The institution of a new object of experience is the 
essential fact. It would not occur to any one surveying the 
body of scientific knowledge as a whole to think that its value 
lay in the corroboration it provides for a number of hypoth- 
eses. Taken in the large, the significance of the body of sub- 
ject-matter as a whole clearly resides in the fact that it marks 

190 



THE SEAT OF INTELLECTUAL AUTHORITY 

an added depth, range and fullness of meaning conferred upon 
objects of ordinary experience. 

This consequence is the only intelligible end that can be 
assigned to processes of reflective inquiry. It marks a gain 
that during their course hypotheses have gained increased 
solidity. But the eventual object of activity with tools is not 
to perfect tools, but is found in what tools accomplish, the 
products they turn out! When a person working on the basis 
of a certain idea succeeds in making an invention, his idea is 
verified. But verification was not the purpose of making the 
invention, nor does it constitute its value when made. The 
same may be said of physicians working upon a certain hy- 
pothesis in cure of a disease. Only an ultra-specialist would 
regard a successful outcome simply as verification of a theory. 
Since a hypothesis is itself instrumental to inquiry, its verifi- 
cation cannot constitute the whole significance of inquiry. 

Hypotheses which have later been rejected have often 
proved serviceable in discovery of new facts, and thus ad- 
vanced knowledge. A poor tool is often better than none at 
all. It has even been doubted whether any hypothesis ever 
entertained has not turned out later to have been erroneous 
in important respects. It is still questioned whether many of 
the objects of the most valuable and indispensable hypotheses 
in present use have actual existence j the existential status of 
the electron is still, for example, a matter of controversy. In 
many cases, as in the older theory of the nature of atoms, it 
is now clear that their worth was independent of the existen- 
tial status imputed to their subject-matter j that indeed this 
imputation was irrelevant and as far as it went injurious. As 
we have seen, progress beyond the Newtonian scheme was 
made possible when the ascription of antecedently existing 
inherent properties was dropped out, and concepts were re- 
garded as designations of operations to be performed. 

191 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

These considerations have a practical importance with re- 
spect to the attitude of disdain often affected usually in be- 
half of preservation of some dogma toward the course of 
science. It is pointed out that scientific men are constantly en- 
gaged in furbishing and refurbishing their theories, rejecting 
those to which they have been devoted, and putting new ones 
in their place only in time to reject these also. Then it is de- 
manded why we should put our trust in science self-confessed 
to be unstable rather than in some old dogma which men 
have continued to believe without change. It is overlooked 
that the instability affects the intellectual apparatus which is 
employed, conceptions which are frankly hypothetical. What 
remains and is not discarded but is added to is the body of 
concrete knowledge and of definite controls constructed by 
conceptions no longer tenable. No one would dream of re- 
flecting adversely upon the evolution of mechanical inven- 
tions because the sickle had been discarded for the mowing 
machine, and the mechanized tractor substituted for the horse- 
drawn mower. We are obviously confronted with betterment of 
the instrumentalities that are employed to secure consequences. 

The adverse criticism of science just mentioned attaches 
only to some of the philosophic interpretations which have 
been advanced. If scientific conceptions were valid in the degree 
in which they are revelations of antecedent properties of real 
Being and existence (as the Newtonian scheme took them to 
be), there would be something disturbing in their continual 
revamping. The claim of any one of them to be valid would 
suffer discredit. Not so, if they are instrumentalities which 
direct operations of experimental observations, and if the 
knowledge-property resides in conclusions. Fruits remain and 
these fruits are the abiding advance of knowledge. Thus the 
breaking down of the traditional barrier between theory, sup- 
posed to be concerned with prior reality and practice con- 

192 



THE SEAT OF INTELLECTUAL AUTHORITY 

cerned with production of consequences, protects the actual 
results of theory from cavil. 

At the same time, it does away once for all with the 
grounds upon which wholesale skeptical and agnostic philoso- 
phies have rested. As long as theories of knowledge are framed 
in terms of organs assigned to mind or consciousness, whether 
sense or reason or any combination of the two, organs occupied, 
it is alleged, in reproducing or grasping antecedent reality, 
there will continue to exist such generalized skeptical philoso- 
phies. Phenomenalism, which holds that impressions and ideas 
come between the knower and things to be known, will have 
plenty of support as long as sensations and ideas are supposed 
to be valid only when they report to mind something prior 
to them. Phenomenalism may be objected to on the ground 
that data, ideas, essences, are means of knowing, not its ob- 
jects. But as long as they are regarded as merely mental 
means rather than as means which through overt acts effect 
actual redisposition of antecedent things, the retort will have 
the character of an arbitrary tour de force; it will be a pious 
doctrine rather than a conclusion empirically verified. 

It is always in place to be doubtful or skeptical about par- 
ticular items of supposed knowledge when evidence to the 
contrary presents itself. There is no knowledge self-guaranteed 
to be infallible, since all knowledge is the product of special 
acts of inquiry. Agnosticism as confession of ignorance about 
special matters, in the absence of adequate evidence, is not 
only in place under such circumstances but is an act of intel- 
lectual honesty. But such skepticism and agnosticism are par- 
ticular and depend upon special conditions} they are not whole- 
sale} they do not issue from a generalized impeachment of 
the adequacy of the organs of knowing to perform their office. 
Theories which assume that the knowing subject, that mind 
or consciousness, have an inherent capacity to disclose reality, 

193 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

a capacity operating apart from any overt interactions of the 
organism with surrounding conditions, are invitations to gen- 
eral philosophical doubt. 

The case stands radically otherwise when it is seen that 
"mental" states and acts are organs of knowing things not 
directly but through the overt actions which they evoke and 
direct. For the consequences of these acts constitute the object 
said to be known j and these consequences are public and open. 
Doubt and skepticism attach only to the adequacy of the opera- 
tions used in achieving the issue which transforms a prob- 
lematic situation into a settled or resolved one. Instead of being 
impotent and paralyzing, they are opportunities for bettering 
concrete methods of inquiry. 

Once more, we recur to the problem raised concerning the 
possibility of carrying over the essential elements of the pat- 
tern of experimental knowing into the experience of man in its 
everyday traits. A statement that judgments about regulative 
ends and values, the creeds that are to govern conduct in its 
important interests, are upon the whole matters of tradition, 
dogma and imposition from alleged authorities, hardly re- 
quires argument in its support. It is equally patent that skep- 
ticism is rife as to the value of purposes and policies of life 
thus supplied} the skepticism often extends to complete agnos- 
ticism as to the possibility of any regulative ends and stand- 
ards whatever. The course of human experience in such matters 
is supposed to be inherently chaotic. Even more precious than 
the special conclusions of scientific inquiry is its proof that intel- 
ligent experimental inquiry is possible which, when it is used, 
will develop expansion of ideas and regulation of securely tested 
consequences. It is, once more, a hypothesis rather than a settled 
fact that extension and transfer of experimental method is gen- 
erally possible. But like other hypotheses it is to be tried in 
action, and the future history of mankind is at stake in the trial. 

194 



CHAPTER VIII 

THE NATURALIZATION OF 
INTELLIGENCE 

EVERY STUDENT OF philosophy is aware of the number of 
seeming impasses into which the theory of knowledge has been 
led. There are four general types of subject-matter whose 
rival claims to be the objects of true knowledge have to be 
either disposed of or in some way accommodated to one an- 
other. At one pole, are immediate sense-data which are said 
to be the immediate and accordingly most certain objects in 
knowledge of existence: the original material from which 
knowledge of nature must set out. At the other pole, are 
mathematical and logical objects. Somewhere between them 
lie the objects of physical science, the products of an elaborate 
technique of reflective inquiry. Then there are the objects of 
everyday experience, the concrete things of the world in 
which we live and which, from the standpoint of our practi- 
cal affairs, our enjoyments and sufferings, form the world we 
live in. To common sense these are the most important if not 
the most real of all objects of knowing. Recent philosophy 
has been increasingly occupied with the problems which grow 
out of the titles of these various kinds of objects to jurisdic- 
tion over the field of knowledge. From some point of view, the 
pretensions of each seem to be supreme. 

The problem, however, is far from being a purely techni- 
cal one. There has been repeated occasion to note that the 
claim of physical objects, the objects in which the physical 
sciences terminate, to constitute the real nature of the world, 

195 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

places the objects of value with whkh our affections and 
choices are concerned at an invidious disadvantage. The mathe- 
matician often doubts the claims of physics to be a science in 
the full sense of the word} the psychologist may quarrel with 
both} and the devotees of physical inquiry are suspicious of 
the claims of those who deal with human affairs, historians 
and students of social life. The biological subjects which 
stand between and form a connecting link are often refused 
the title of science if they adopt principles and categories dif- 
ferent from those of strict physics. The net practical effect 
is the creation of the belief that science exists only in the 
things which are most remote from any significant human con- 
cern, so that as we approach social and moral questions and 
interests we must either surrender hope of the guidance of 
genuine knowledge or else purchase a scientific title and 
authority at the expense of all that is distinctly human. 

Those who have followed the previous discussions will not 
be surprised to hear that, from the standpoint of experimental 
knowing, all of the rivalries and connected problems grow 
from a single root. They spring from the assumption that the 
true and valid object of knowledge is that which has being 
prior to and independent of the operations of knowing. They 
spring from the doctrine that knowledge is a grasp or be- 
holding of reality without anything being done to modify its 
antecedent state the doctrine which is the source of the sepa- 
ration of knowledge from practical activity. If we see that 
knowing is not the act of an outside spectator but of a partici- 
pator inside the natural and social scene, then the true object 
of knowledge resides in the consequences of directed action. 
When we take this point of view, if only by way of a hy- 
pothesis, the perplexities and difficulties of which we have 
been speaking vanish. For on this basis there will be as many 
kinds of known objects as there are kinds of effectively con- 

196 



THE NATURALIZATION OF INTELLIGENCE 

ducted operations of inquiry which result in the consequences 
intended. 

The result of one operation will be as good and true an 
object of knowledge as is any other, provided it is good at all: 
provided, that is, it satisfies the conditions which induced 
the inquiry. For if consequences are the object of know- 
ing, then an archetypal antecedent reality is not a model to 
which the conclusions of inquiry must conform. One might 
even go as far as to say that there are as many kinds of 
valid knowledge as there are conclusions wherein distinctive 
operations have been employed to solve the problems set by 
antecedently experienced situations. For operations dealing 
with different problems never exactly repeat one another and 
do not determine exactly the same consequences. However, as 
far as logical theory is concerned, operations fall into certain 
kinds or types. It is the bearing of our principle upon the valid- 
ity of these kinds that we are directly concerned with. 

It is only repeating what has been said to assert that no 
problem can be solved without a determination of the data 
which define and locate it and which furnish clews or evi- 
dence. In so far, when we secure dependable sense-data, we 
know truly. Again, the systematic progress of inquiry in deal- 
ing with physical problems requires that we determine those 
metric properties by means of which correlations of changes 
are instituted so as to make predictions possible. These form 
the objects of physical science, and if our operations are ade- 
quate they are truly known. We develop operations, through 
symbols, which connect possible operations with one another} 
their outcome gives the formal objects of mathematics and 
logic. As consequences of suitable operations these too are truly 
known. Finally, when these operations, or some combination 
of them, are used to solve the problems which arise in con- 
nection with the things of ordinary perceived and enjoyed 

197 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

objects, the latter, as far as they are consequences of these 
operations, are themselves truly known. We know whenever 
we do knowj that is, whenever our inquiry leads to conclusions 
which settle the problem out of which it grew. This truism 
is the end of the whole matter upon the condition that we 
frame our theory of knowledge in accord with the pattern set 
by experimental methods. 

The conclusions, however, are not truisticj they certainly 
are not trivial. The more complex the conditions with which 
operations are concerned, the fuller and richer are their con- 
sequences. Consequently, the more significant, although not the 
truer, is the resulting knowledge. The advantage of physical 
knowledge depends upon the fact that it deals with fewer 
conditions, those of a narrower and more isolated range, by 
means of operations that are more precise and more technical. 
There is no difference in principle between knowledge of them 
and knowledge of the most complex human affairs, but there 
is a decided practical difference. To be an object of specifically 
physical knowledge is the same thing as being an object of 
operations that discriminate definitely fundamental relations 
of the experienced world from others, and that deal with them 
in their discriminated character. The gain is great. But the 
objects thus known lay no claim to be final. When used 
as factors for inquiring into phenomena of life and society 
they become instrumental j they cease to be inclusive, and 
become part of a method for understanding more complex 
phenomena. 

From this point of view, the objects of our common sense 
world (by which is signified that in which we live, with our 
loves and hates, our defeats and achievements, our choices, 
strivings and enjoyments) have a double status. When they 
precede operations of competent directed inquiry, they are not 
matters of knowledge j they are expeHenced just as they 

198 



[THE NATURALIZATION OF INTELLIGENCE 

happen to occur. They thus set problems for inquiry, problems 
of varied scope. But they are of such a nature that things of 
the most limited range, the purely physical, are the first to be 
successfully dealt with. But in the degree in which fuller and 
more complex social and moral affairs which of course in- 
clude physical and biological conditions and relations within 
themselves are transformed by becoming consequences of 
operations made possible by the limited forms of knowing, 
they also are objects of knowledge. While they are not more 
real, they are richer and more significant objects than are those 
of any other type of knowledge. 

The special results of science are always finding their way 
back into the natural and social environment of daily life and 
modifying it. This fact does not of itself cause the latter to 
be known objects. A typical example is the effect of physical 
science upon a worker in a factory} he may merely become an 
attachment to a machine for a number of hours a day. Physi- 
cal science has had its effect in changing social conditions. 
But there has been no correspondingly significant increase of 
intelligent understanding. The application of physical knowl- 
edge has taken place in a technical way for the sake of limited 
consequences. But when the operations in which physical science 
is used are such as to transform distinctively human values in 
behalf of a human interest, those who participate in these 
consequences have a knowledge of the things of ordinary per- 
ception, use and enjoyment as genuine and fuller and deeper 
than that of the scientist in his laboratory. Were we to define 
science not in the usual technical way, but as a knowledge 
that accrues when methods are employed which deal com- 
petently with problems that present themselves, the 
physician, engineer, artist, craftsman, lay claim to scientific 
knowing. 

These statements go contrary to the philosophic tradition. 

199 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

They do so for just one reason. They rest upon the idea that 
known objects exist as the consequences of directed operations, 
not because of conformity of thought or observation with 
something antecedent. We may, for reasons which I hope will 
appear later, give the name intelligence to these directed 
operations. Using this term, we may say that the worth of 
any object that lays claim to being an object of knowledge is 
dependent upon the intelligence employed in reaching it. In 
saying this, we must bear in mind that intelligence means 
operations actually performed in the modification of condi- 
tions, including all the guidance that is given by means of 
ideas, both direct and symbolic. 

The statement may sound strange. But it is only a way 
of saying that the value of any cognitive conclusion depends 
upon the method by which it is reached, so that the perfecting 
of method, the perfecting of intelligence, is the thing of su- 
preme value. If we judge the work of a scientific inquirer by 
what he does and not by his speech when he talks about his 
work (when he is likely to talk in terms of traditional notions 
that have become habitual) we shall have little difficulty, I 
think, in accepting the idea that he determines the cognitive 
claims of anything presented to him on the basis of the method 
by which it is reached. The import of this doctrine is simple. 
It becomes complicated, however, the moment we contrast 
it with the doctrines which have dominated thought. For 
these all rest on the notion that a reality in Being indepen- 
dently of the operations of inquiry is the standard and meas- 
ure of anything said to be known. Viewed in this connection, 
the conception just advanced involves hardly less than a revo- 
lutionary transformation of many of our most cherished con- 
victions. The essential difference is that between a mind which 
beholds or grasps objects from outside the world of things, 
physical and social, and one which is a participant, interacting 

2OO 



THE NATURALIZATION OF INTELLIGENCE 

with other things and knowing them provided the interaction 
is regulated in a definable way. 

In discussion up to this point we have depended upon the 
general pattern of experimental knowing. It is asserted that 
when we frame our theory of knowledge and the known object 
after this pattern, the conclusion is inevitable. But the point 
is of such importance that we may gratefully acknowledge the 
support given the conclusion by one of the definite conclusions 
reached in recent physical science. For this one result is of a 
crucially decisive nature. It is known technically as Heisen- 
berg's principle of indeterminancy. The basic philosophy of 
the Newtonian system of the universe is closely connected with 
what is termed the principle of canonic conjugates. The fun- 
damental principle of the mechanical philosophy of nature is 
that it is possible to determine exactly (in principle if not 
in actual practice) both the position and the velocity of any 
body. Knowing this for each particle which enters into any 
change, as a motion, it is possible to calculate mathematically, 
that is exactly, just what will happen. The laws or physical 
equations that express the relations of the particles and bodies 
under different conditions are then assumed to be a "govern- 
ing" framework of nature to which all particular phenomena 
conform. Knowing volumes and momenta in a particular case 
we can by the aid of fixed laws predict the subsequent course 
of events. 

The philosophy in question assumed that these positions 
and velocities are there in nature independent of our knowing, 
of our experiments and observations, and that we have scien- 
tific knowledge in the degree in which we ascertain them 
exactly. The future and the past belong to the same com- 
pletely determinate and fixed scheme. Observations, when cor- 
rectly conducted, merely register this fixed state of changes 
according to laws of objects whose essential properties are 

2O I 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

fixed. The implications of the positions are expressed in La- 
place's well-known saying that were there a knowledge (in 
mechanical terms) of the state of the universe at any one time 
its whole future could be predicted or deduced. It is this 
philosophy which Heisenberg's principle has upset, a feet 
implied in calling it a principle of indeterminancy. 

It is true that critics had attacked the Newtonian scheme 
on the basis of a logical flaw in it. It first postulates that the 
position and velocity of any particle can be determined in 
isolation from all others. Then it postulates that there is a 
complete and continuous interaction of all these particles with 
one another. Logically, the two postulates nullify each other. 
But as long as the principles involved gave satisfactory results 
this objection was brushed aside or ignored. Heisenberg's prin- 
ciple compels a recognition of the fact that interaction prevents 
an accurate measurement of velocity and position for any body, 
the demonstration centering about the role of the interaction 
of the observer in determining what actually happens. 

The scientific data and the mathematical reasonings which 
led him to his conclusion are technical. But fortunately they 
do not concern us. The logic of the matter is not complicated. 
He showed that if we fix, metrically, velocity, then there is a 
range of indeterminateness in the assignment of position, and 
vice-versa. When one is fixed, the other is defined only within 
a specified limit of probability. The element of indeterminate- 
ness is not connected with defect in the method of observa- 
tion but is intrinsic. The particle observed does not have fixed 
position or velocity, for it is changing all the time because 
of interaction: specifically, in this case, interaction with the 
act of observing, or more strictly, with the conditions under 
which an observation is possible; for it is not the "mental" 
phase of observation which makes the difference. Since either 
position or velocity may be fixed at choice, leaving the element 

202 



THE NATURALIZATION OF INTELLIGENCE 

of indeterminancy on the other side, both of them are shown 
to be conceptual in nature. That is, they belong to our intellec- 
tual apparatus for dealing with antecedent existence, not to 
fixed properties of that existence. An isolation of a particle 
for measurement is essentially a device for regulation of sub- 
sequent perceptual experience. 

Technically, the principle of Heisenberg is connected with 
recent determinations regarding observation of phenomena of 
light. The principle as far as the role of the conditions of 
observation is concerned is simple. We should all, I suppose, 
recognize that when we perceive an object by means of touch, 
the contact introduces a slight modification in the thing 
touched. Although in dealing with large bodies this change 
would be insignificant, it would be considerable if we touched 
a minute body and one moving at high speed. It might be 
thought that we could calculate the displacement thus ef- 
fected, and by making allowances for it determine exactly the 
position and momentum of the thing touched. But this result 
would be theoretical, and would have to be confirmed by an- 
other observation. The effect of the last observation cannot 
be eliminated. Failure to generalize this conclusion was due 
presumably to two facts. Until recently physics dealt mainly 
with bodies of relatively large volume and relatively low 
velocity. Experiences with these bodies were carried over to 
minute particles of any velocity j these were treated as mathe- 
matical points located at fixed, unchanging, instants of time. 
The second cause is that vision does not involve interaction 
with the thing seen as obviously as does touch. 

But the situation changed when it came to dealing with 
minute bodies moving at high speed. Also, it became clear 
that a continuous field or even flow of light cannot be ob- 
served and measured. Light can be observed only as an indi- 
vidual object, a drop, pellet or bullet. The presence of at 

203 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

least one such bullet is required to make, say, an electron 
visible, and its action displaces to some extent the object ob- 
served j the displacement or jog, being involved in the obser- 
vation, cannot be measured by it. As Bridgman says: "A cat 
may look at a king but at least one bullet of light must pass 
if any light at all passes, and the King cannot be observed with- 
out the exertion of that minimum amount of mechanical re- 
pulsion which corresponds to the single bullet." * 

To a layman the full import of the discovery may not 
seem at first sight very great. In the subject-matter of scientific 
thought it calls for only slight changes of formulation, in- 
significant for all macroscopic bodies. The change for the un- 
derlying philosophy and logic of science is, however, very 
great. In relation to the metaphysics of the Newtonian system 
it is hardly less than revolutionary. What is known is seen to 
be a product in which the act of observation plays a neces- 
sary role. Knowing is seen to be a participant in what is finally 
known. Moreover, the metaphysics of existence as something 
fixed and therefore capable of literally exact mathematical 
description and prediction is undermined. Knowing is, for 
philosophical theory, a case of specially directed activity in- 
stead of something isolated from practice. The quest for cer- 
tainty by means of exact possession in mind of immutable 
reality is exchanged for search for security by means of active 
control of the changing course of events. Intelligence in op- 
eration, another name for method, becomes the thing most 
worth winning. 

The principle of indeterminancy thus presents itself as 
the final step in the dislodgment of the old spectator theory 
of knowledge. It marks the acknowledgment, within scientific 
procedure itself, of the fact that knowing is one kind of inter- 

*In the March, 1929, number of Harper's Magazine, in an article entitled 
The New Vision of Science. 

204 



THE NATURALIZATION OF INTELLIGENCE 

action which goes on within the world. Knowing marks the 
conversion of undirected changes into changes directed toward 
an intended conclusion. There are left for philosophy but two 
alternatives. Either knowledge defeats its own purpose; or the 
objective of knowing is the consequences of operations pur- 
posely undertaken, provided they fulfill the conditions for the 
sake of which they are carried on. If we persist in the tradi- 
tional conception, according to which the thing to be known is 
something which exists prior to and wholly apart from the act 
of knowing, then discovery of the fact that the act of observa- 
tion, necessary in existential knowing, modifies that pre- 
existent something, is proof that the act of knowing gets in its 
own way, frustrating its own intent. If knowing is a form of 
doing and is to be judged like other modes by its eventual 
issue, this tragic conclusion is not forced upon us. Fundamen- 
tally, the issue is raised whether philosophy is willing to sur- 
render a theory of mind and its organs of knowing which 
originated when the practice of knowing was in its infancy. 

One important result of acknowledgment of the philo- 
sophic modification involved in the principle of indetermi- 
nancy is a definite change in our conception of natural laws. 
The individually observed case becomes the measure of knowl- 
edge. Laws are intellectual instrumentalities by which that 
individual object is instituted and its meaning determined. 
This change involves a reversal of the theory which has domi- 
nated thought since the Newtonian system obtained full sway. 
According to the latter, the aim of science is to ascertain laws; 
individual cases are known only as they are reduced to instances 
of laws. For, as we saw earlier, the Newtonian philosophy 
allowed itself to become entangled in the Greek metaphysics 
according to which the immutable is the truly real and our 
thought is adequate in the degree in which it approximates a 
grasp of what is antecedently fixed in existence. 

205 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

In content, or subject-matter, Newton's philosophy ef- 
fected a revolutionary change. The unchanging reality had 
been thought to consist of forms and species. According to 
Newtonian science, it consists of fixed relations, temporal and 
spatial, designated by exact enumeration of changes between 
fixed ultimate substances, the masses of atoms. The discovery 
that mass varies with velocity was the beginning of the end. 
It deprived physical knowledge of its supposedly ultimate 
permanent coefficient, one having nothing to do with config- 
uration or motion, and one in terms of which all interactions 
were to be exactly described. All "laws" were statements of 
these ultimate and rigid uniformities of being. While perhaps 
there was felt to be something metaphorical in speaking 
of laws as if they "governed" changes and of the latter as 
if they "obeyed" laws, there was nothing figurative in the 
notion that laws stated the ultimate unchanging properties of 
natural existence, and that all individual cases, those observed, 
were only specimen instances of the antecedent properties of 
the real world formulated in laws. The principle of indeter- 
minancy brings to fruition the scientific transformation initi- 
ated in the discovery that the supposition of a permanent 
coefficient of mass is illusory a survival, when judged in his- 
torical terms, of the old notion that something immutable is 
the true object of knowledge. 

In technical statement, laws on the new basis are formulae 
for the 'prediction of the 'probability of an observable occur- 
rence. They are designations of relations sufficiently stable to 
allow of the occurrence of forecasts of individualized situa- 
tions for every observed phenomenon is individual within 
limits of specified probability, not a probability of error, but of 
probability of actual occurrence. Laws are inherently concep- 
tual in character, as is shown in the fact that either position or 
velocity may be fixed at will. To call them conceptual is not to 

206 



THE NATURALIZATION OF INTELLIGENCE 

say that they are merely "mental" and arbitrary. It is to say 
that they are relations which are thought not observed. The 
subject-matter of the conceptions which constitute laws is not 
arbitrary, for it is determined by the interactions of what 
exists. But determination of them is very different from that 
denoted by conformity to fixed properties of unchanging 
substances. Any instrument which is to operate effectively in 
existence must take account of what exists, from a fountain pen 
to a self-binding reaper, a locomotive or an airplane. But 
"taking account of," paying heed to, is something quite differ- 
ent from literal conformity to what is already in being. It is 
an adaptation of what previously existed to accomplishment of 
a purpose. 

The eventual purpose in knowledge is observation of a new 
phenomenon, an object actually experienced by way of per- 
ception. Thus the supposed immutable law supposed to govern 
phenomena becomes a way of transacting business effectively 
with concrete existences, a mode of regulation of our relations 
with them. There is no difference in principle between their use 
in "pure" science and in an art. We may recur to the case of 
a physician to which reference was made. The physician in 
diagnosing a case of disease deals with something individ- 
ualized. He draws upon a store of general principles of 
physiology, etc., already at command. Without this store of 
conceptual material he is helpless. But he does not attempt to 
reduce the case to an exact specimen of certain laws of physiol- 
ogy and pathology, or do away with its unique individuality. 
Rather he uses general statements as aids to direct his obser- 
vation of the particular case, so as to discover what it is like. 
They function as intellectual tools or instrumentalities. 

The recognition that laws are means of calculating the 
probability of observation of an event signifies that in basic 
logic there is no difference in the two kinds of cases. The full 

207 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

and eventual reality of knowledge is carried in the individ- 
ual case, not in general laws isolated from use in giving an 
individual case its meaning. Thus the empirical or observa- 
tional theory of knowledge comes to its own, although in quite 
a different way from that imagined by traditional empiricism. 

It is an old remark that human progress is a zigzag affair. 
The idea of a universal reign of law, based on properties im- 
mutably inhering in things and of such a nature as to be capable 
of exact mathematical statement was a sublime idea. It dis- 
placed once for all the notion of a world in which the unac- 
countable and the mysterious have the first and last word, a 
world in which they constantly insert themselves. It estab- 
lished the ideal of regularity and uniformity in place of the 
casual and sporadic. It gave men inspiration and guidance in 
seeking for uniformities and constancies where only irregular 
diversity was experienced. The ideal extended itself from the 
inanimate world to the animate and then to social affairs. It 
became, it may fairly be said, the great article of faith in 
the creed of scientific men. From this point of view, the 
principle of indeterminancy seems like an intellectual catas- 
trophe. In compelling surrender of the doctrine of exact and 
immutable laws describing the fixed antecedent properties of 
things, it seems to involve abandonment of the idea that the 
world is fundamentally intelligible. A universe in which fixed 
laws do not make possible exact predictions seems from the 
older standpoint to be a world in which disorder reigns. 

The feeling is psychologically natural. But it arises from 
the hold which intellectual habits have over us. The traditional 
conception displaced in fact lingers in imagination as a picture 
of what the world ought to bej we are uneasy because the fact 
turns out not to be in accord with the picture in our minds, 
As a matter of fact, the change, viewed in a perspective of dis- 
tance, is nothing like so upsetting. All the facts that were ever 

208 



THE NATURALIZATION OF INTELLIGENCE 

known are still known, and known with greater accuracy than 
before. The older doctrine was in effect an offshoot not of 
science but of a metaphysical doctrine which taught that the 
immutable is the truly real, and of a theory of knowledge 
which held that rational conceptions rather than observations 
are the vehicle of knowledge. Newton foisted a fundamental 
"rationalism" upon the scientific world all the more effectually 
because he did it in the name of empirical observation. 

Moreover, like all generalizations which go beyond the 
range of possible as well as of actual experience, a price was 
paid for the sublime and inspiring ideal of a reign of uni- 
versal and exact law: the sacrifice of the individual to the 
general, of the concrete to the relational. Spinoza's magnifi- 
cently sweeping dictum that "the order and connection of ideas 
is the order and connection of things" was in effect, although 
not avowedly as it was with Spinoza, the current measure of 
the intelligibility of nature. And a universe whose essential 
characteristic is fixed order and connection has no place for 
unique and individual existences, no place for novelty and 
genuine change and growth. It is, in the words of William 
James, a block universe. The fact that in detailed content it 
is a thoroughly mechanistic world is, one may say, a mere 
incident attending the fact that it is a fixed and closed world. 

Probably everyone has heard of the child who expressed 
surprise at the fact that rivers or bodies of water are always 
located conveniently near great cities. Suppose every one had 
had engrained in his mind the notion that cities, like rivers, 
are works of nature. Suppose it was then suddenly ascertained 
that cities were man made and were located near bodies of 
water in order that the activities of men in industry and com- 
merce might be better carried on and human purposes and 
needs be better served. We can imagine that the discovery 
would bring with it a shock. It would be upsetting because 

209 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

it would seem unnatural} for the ordinary measure of the 
natural is psychological j it is what we have become accustomed 
to. But in time the new idea in becoming familiar would also 
become "natural." If men had always previously conceived of 
the connection between cities and rivers as one which was in- 
trinsic and fixed by nature, instead of being a product of human 
art, it is moreover probable that in time a liberation would be 
experienced by discovery that the contrary was the case. Men 
would be led to take fuller advantage of the facilities afforded 
by natural conditions. These would be used in new and more 
diversified ways when it was realized that cities were near 
them because of and for the sake of the uses they provide. 

The analogy suggested seems to me close. From the stand- 
point of traditional notions, it appears that nature, intrin- 
sically, is Irrational. But the quality of irrationality is imputed 
only because of conflict with a prior definition of ration- 
ality. Abandon completely the notion that nature ought to 
conform to a certain definition, and nature intrinsically is 
neither rational nor irrational. Apart from the use made of 
it in knowing, it exists in a dimension irrelevant to either 
attribution, just as rivers inherently are neither located near 
cities nor are opposed to such location. Nature is intelligible 
and understand^/*?. There are operations by means of which 
it becomes an object of knowledge, and is turned to human 
purposes, just as rivers provide conditions which may be 
utilized to promote human activities and to satisfy human 
need. 

Moreover, just as commerce, carried on by natural bodies 
of water, signifies interactions within nature, by which changes 
are affected in natural conditions the building of docks and 
harbors, erection of warehouses and factories, construction of 
steamships and also in invention of new modes of interaction 
so with knowing and knowledge. The organs, instrumentali- 

2IO 



THE NATURALIZATION OF INTELLIGENCE 

ties and operations of knowing are inside nature, not outside. 
Hence they are changes of what previously existed: the object 
of knowledge is a constructed, existentially produced, object. 
The shock to the traditional notion that knowledge is perfect 
in the degree in which it grasps or beholds without change 
some thing previously complete in itself is tremendous. But 
in effect it only makes us aware of what we have always done, 
as far as ever we have actually succeeded in knowing: it clears 
away superfluous and irrelevant accompaniments and it con- 
centrates attention upon the agencies which are actually effec- 
tive in obtaining knowledge, eliminating waste and making 
actual knowing more controllable. It installs man, thinking 
man, within nature. 

The doctrine that nature is inherently rational was a costly 
one. It entailed the idea that reason in man is an outside spec- 
tator of a rationality already complete in itself. It deprived 
reason in man of an active and creative office; its business was 
simply to copy, to re-present symbolically, to view a given 
rational structure. Ability to make a transcript of this structure 
in mathematical formulas gives great delight to those who 
have the required ability. But it does nothing; it makes no 
difference in nature. In effect, it limits thought in man to 
retraversing in cognition a pattern fixed and complete in itself. 
The doctrine was both an effect of the traditional separation 
between knowledge and action and a factor in perpetuating it. 
It relegated practical making and doing to a secondary and 
relatively irrational realm. 

Its paralyzing effect on human action is seen in the part 
it played in the eighteenth and nineteenth century in the 
theory of "natural laws" in human affairs, in social matters. 
These natural laws were supposed to be inherently fixed; a 
science of social phenomena and relations was equivalent to 
discovery of them. Once discovered, nothing remained for 

211 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

man but to conform to themj they were to rule his conduct as 
physical laws govern physical phenomena. They were the sole 
standard of conduct in economic affairs} the laws of economics 
are the "natural" laws of all political action j other so-called 
laws are artificial, man-made contrivances in contrast with the 
normative regulations of nature itself. 

Laissez-faire was the logical conclusion. For organized 
society to attempt to regulate the course of economic affairs, 
to bring them into service of humanly conceived ends, was a 
harmful interference. 

This doctrine is demonstratively the offspring of that con- 
ception of universal laws that phenomena must observe which 
was a heritage of the Newtonian philosophy. But if man in 
knowing is a participator in the natural scene, a factor in gen- 
erating things known, the fact that man participates as a factor 
in social affairs is no barrier to knowledge of them. On the 
contrary, a certain method of directed participation is a pre- 
condition of his having any genuine understanding. Human 
intervention for the sake of effecting ends is no interference, 
and it is a means of knowledge. 

There is thus involved more than a verbal shift if we say 
that the new scientific development effects an exchange of 
reason for intelligence. In saying this, "reason" has the tech- 
nical meaning given to it in classic philosophic tradition, the 
nous of the Greeks, the mtellectus of the scholastics. In this 
meaning, it designates both an inherent immutable order of 
nature, superempirical in character, and the organ of mind by 
which this universal order is grasped. In both respects, reason 
is with respect to changing things the ultimate fixed standard 
the law physical phenomena obey, the norm human action 
should obey. For the marks of "reason" in its traditional sense 
are necessity, universality, superiority to change, domination 
of the occurrence and the understanding of change. 

212 



THE NATURALIZATION OF INTELLIGENCE 

Intelligence on the other hand is associated with judgment; 
jhat is, with selection and arrangement of means to effect con- 
sequences and with choice of what we take as our ends. A man 
is intelligent not in virtue of having reason which grasps first 
and indemonstrable truths about fixed principles, in order to 
reason deductively from them to the particulars which they 
govern, but in virtue of his capacity to estimate the possibili- 
ties of a situation and to act in accordance with his estimate. 
In the large sense of the term, intelligence is as practical as 
reason is theoretical. Wherever intelligence operates, things 
are judged in their capacity of signs of other things. If scien- 
tific knowledge enables us to estimate more accurately the 
worth of things as signs, we can afford to exchange a loss of 
theoretical certitude for a gain in practical judgment. For if 
we can judge events as indications of other events, we can 
prepare in all cases for the coming of what is anticipated. In 
some cases, we can forestall a happening j desiring one event 
to happen rather than another, we can intentionally set about 
institution of those changes which our best knowledge tells us 
to be connected with that which we are after. 

What has been lost in the theoretical possibility of exact 
knowledge and exact prediction is more than compensated for 
by the fact that the knowing which occurs within nature in- 
volves possibility of direction of change. This conclusion gives 
intelligence a foothold and a function within nature which 
"reason" never possessed. That which acts outside of nature 
and is a mere spectator of it is, by definition, not a participator 
in its changes. Therefore it is debarred from taking part in 
directing them. Action may follow but it is only an external 
attachment to knowing, not an inherent factor in it. As a me- 
chanical addendum, it is inferior to knowledge. Moreover, it 
must either issue automatically from knowledge or else there 
must be some intervening act of "will" to produce it. In any 

213 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

case, because of its externality it adds nothing to intelligence or 
knowledge. It can only increase personal shrewdness in pru- 
dential manipulation of conditions. 

We may, indeed, engage during knowing in experimenta- 
tion. But according to the classic logic the effect was not to 
reorganize prior conditions, but merely to bring about a change 
in our own subjective or mental attitude. The act no more 
entered into the constitution of the known object than travel- 
ing to Athens to see the Parthenon had any effect on archi- 
tecture. It makes a change in our own personal attitude 
and posture so that we can see better what was there all the 
time. It is a practical concession to the weakness of our powers 
of apprehension. The whole scheme hangs together with the 
traditional depreciation of practical activity on the part of the 
intellectual class. In reality, it also condemns intelligence to a 
position of impotency. Its exercise is an enjoyable use of 
leisure. The doctrine of its supreme value is largely a com- 
pensation for the impotency that attached to it in contrast with 
the force of executive acts. 

The realization that the observation necessary to knowl- 
edge enters into the natural object known cancels this separa- 
tion of knowing and doing. It makes possible and it demands 
a theory in which knowing and doing are intimately connected 
with each other. Hence, as we have said, it domesticates the 
exercise of intelligence within nature. This is part and parcel 
of nature's own continuing interactions. Interactions go on 
anyway and produce changes. Apart from intelligence, these 
changes are not directed. They are effects but not consequences, 
for consequences imply means deliberately employed. When 
an interaction intervenes which directs the course of change, 
the scene of natural interaction has a new quality and dimen- 
sion. This added type of interaction is intelligence. The intelli- 
gent activity of man is not something brought to bear upon 

214 



THE NATURALIZATION OF INTELLIGENCE 

nature from without j it is nature realizing its own potentiali- 
ties in behalf of a fuller and richer issue of events. Intelli- 
gence within nature means liberation and expansion, as reason 
outside of nature means fixation and restriction. 

The change does not mean that nature has lost intelligi- 
bility. It rather signifies that we are in position to realize that 
the term intelligible is to be understood literally. It expresses 
a potentiality rather than an actuality. Nature is capable of 
being understood. But the possibility is realized not by a mind 
thinking about it from without but by operations conducted 
from within, operations which give it new relations summed 
up in production of a new individual object. Nature has intel- 
ligible order as its possession in the degree in which we by 
our own overt operations realize potentialities contained in it. 
The change from intrinsic rationality in the traditional sense 
to an intelligibility to be realized by human action places 
responsibility upon human beings. The devotion we show to 
the ideal of intelligence determines the extent in which the 
actual order of nature is congenial to mind. 

These conclusions connect directly with the question raised 
at the outset of this chapter. When knowledge is defined from 
the standpoint of a reality to which the conclusions of thought 
must accommodate themselves, as a photograph must be faith- 
ful to its original, there will always be disputes as to whether 
this or that subject can possibly be treated scientifically. But 
if the measure of knowledge is the quality of intelligence 
manifested in dealing with problems presented by any expe- 
rienced subject-matter, the issue takes on a different aspect. 
The question always at issue is the possibility of developing 
a method adequate to cope with problems. The conclusions of 
physical knowledge do indeed set a standard for knowing. But 
it is because of their elaboration of competent method that 
this statement is true, not because of any superior claim to 

215 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

reality on the part of physical subject-matter. All materials 
of experience are equally real} that is, all are existential; each 
has a right to be dealt with in terms of its own especial char- 
acteristics and its own problems. To use philosophical termi- 
nology, each type of subject-matter is entitled to its own 
characteristic categories, according to the questions it raises and 
the operations necessary to answer them. 

The difference between various types of knowledge thus 
turns out to be a difference in fullness and range of conditions 
involved in subject-matter dealt with. When one considers the 
success of astronomy in attaining understanding of phenomena 
occurring at enormous distances one may well be lost in admi- 
ration. But we should also reflect upon how much is omitted 
from inquiry and conclusion. Our knowledge of human affairs 
on this earth is inexact and unorganized as compared with 
some things which we know about bodies distant many, many, 
light years. But there are vast multitudes of things about these 
bodies that astronomy makes no pretense of inquiring into. 
The relative perfection of its conclusions is connected with the 
strict limitation of the problems it deals with. The case of 
astronomy is typical of physical science in general as compared 
with knowledge of human affairs. The essence of the latter is 
that we cannot indulge in the selective abstractions that are 
the secret of the success of physical knowing. When we intro- 
duce a like simplification into social and moral subjects we 
eliminate the distinctively human factors: reduction to the 
physical ensues. 

The principle is exemplified in the difference which is 
found between results obtained in the laboratory and in manu- 
facturing processes carried on for commercial purposes. The 
same materials and relations may be involved. But under lab- 
oratory conditions elements are isolated and treated under a 
control not possible in the factory, where the same rigid isola- 

216 



THE NATURALIZATION OF INTELLIGENCE 

tion would defeat the aim of cheap production on a large 
scale. Nevertheless, in the end, the researches of scientific in- 
quiries transform industrial production. Possibilities of new 
operations are suggested, and the laboratory results indicate 
ways of eliminating wasteful operations and make manifest 
conditions which have to be attended to. Artificial simplifica- 
tion or abstraction is a necessary 'precondition of securing ability 
to deal with affairs which are complex, in which there are many 
more variables and where strict isolation destroys the special 
characteristics of the subject-matter. This statement conveys 
the important distinction which exists between physical and 
social and moral objects. The distinction is one of methods 
of operation not of kinds of reality. 

In other words, what is meant by "physical" in distinction 
from other adjectives that are prefixed to subject-matter is 
precisely an abstraction of a limited range of conditions and 
relations out of a total complex. The same principle applies to 
mathematical objects. The use of symbols designating possible 
operations makes possible a greater degree of exactness and 
intellectual organization. There is no disparagement of ab- 
straction involved. Abstraction is simply an instance of the 
economy and efficiency involved in all intelligent practice: 
Deal first with matters that can be effectively handled, and 
then use the results to go on to cope with more complex affairs. 
Objection comes in, and comes in with warranted force, when 
the results of an abstractive operation are given a standing 
which belongs only to the total situation from which they 
have been selected. All specialization breeds a familiarity 
which tends to create an illusion. Material dealt with by 
specialized abstractive processes comes to have a psychological 
independence and completion which is converted hyposta- 
tized into objective independence and self-sufficiency. 

In addition there is a definite social reason for abstractive 

217 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

simplification. Intercourse of human individuals with one 
another makes it necessary to find common ground. Just 
because individuals are individuals, there is much in the expe- 
rience of each which is unique j being incommunicable in and 
of itself, it is in so far a bar to entering into relations with 
others. For the purposes of communication, dissection is 
necessary. Otherwise the personal element is a bar to agree- 
ment and understanding. If one follows out this line of 
thought, it will be evident that the more widely extended is 
the notion of mutual comprehensibility, the more completely 
all individual traits tend to get excluded from the object of 
thought. In arriving at statements which hold for all possible 
experiencers and observers under all possible varying indi- 
vidual circumstances we arrive at that which is most remote 
from any one concrete experience. In this sense, the abstrac- 
tions of mathematics and physics represent the common de- 
nominators in all things experienceable. Taken by themselves 
they seem to present a ca$ut mortuum. Erected into complete 
statements of reality as such, they become hallucinatory obses- 
sions. But in practice, there is always an accompanying reverse 
movement. These generalized findings are employed to enrich 
the meanings of individualized experiences, and to afford, 
within limits of probability, an increased control of them. 

It is in this sense that all reflective knowledge as such is 
instrumental. The beginning and the end is the things of gross 
everyday experience. But apart from knowledge the things of 
our ordinary experience are fragmentary, casual, unregulated 
by purpose, full of frustrations and barriers. In the language 
previously used, they are problematic, obstructive, and chal- 
lenges to thought. By ignoring for a time their concrete and 
qualitative fullness, by making abstractions and generalizations, 
we ascertain certain basic relations upon which occurrence of 
the things experienced depend. We treat them as mere events, 

218 



THE NATURALIZATION OF INTELLIGENCE 

that is, as changes brought about in a system of relationships, 
ignoring their individualizing qualities. But the qualities are 
still there, are still experienced, although as such they are not 
the objects of knowledge. But we return from abstractive 
thought to experience of them with added meaning and with 
increased power to regulate our relations to them. 

Reflective knowledge is the only means of regulation. Its 
value as instrumental is unique. Consequently philosophers, 
themselves occupied in a fascinating branch of reflective knowl- 
edge, have isolated knowledge and its results. They have 
ignored its context of origin and function and made it coexten- 
sive with all valid experience. The doctrine was thus formed 
that all experience of worth is inherently cognitive} that other 
modes of experienced objects are to be tested, not here and 
there as occasion demands but universally by reduction to the 
terms of known objects. This assumption of the proper ubiq- 
uity of knowledge is the great intellectualistic fallacy. It is the 
source of all disparagement of everyday qualitative experience, 
practical, esthetic, moral. It is the ultimate source of the doc- 
trine that calls subjective and phenomenal all objects of ex- 
perience that cannot be reduced to properties of objects of 
knowledge. 

From this derogation of the things we experience by way 
of love, desire, hope, fear, purpose and the traits character- 
istic of human individuality, we are saved by the realization 
of the purposefully instrumental and abstract character of 
objects of reflective knowledge. One mode of experience is as 
real as any other. But apart from the exercise of intelligence 
which yields knowledge, the realities of our emotional and 
practical life have fragmentary and inconsistent meanings and 
are at the mercy of forces beyond our control. We have no 
choice save to accept them or to flee from them. Experience of 
that phase of objects which is constituted by their relations, 

219 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

their interactions, with one another, m?kes possible a new way 
of dealing with them, and thus eventually creates a new kind 
of experienced objects, not more real than those which 
preceded but more significant, and less overwhelming and 
oppressive. 

Thus the recognition that intelligence is a method oper- 
ating within the world places physical knowledge in respect 
to other kinds of knowing. It deals with those relations which 
are of the broadest scope. It affords a sure foundation for 
other more specialized forms of knowing: not in the sense 
that these must be reduced to the objects in which physical 
knowledge terminates, but in the sense that the latter supply 
intellectual points of departure, and suggest operations to be 
employed. There is no kind of inquiry which has a monopoly 
of the honorable title of knowledge. The engineer, the artist, 
the historian, the man of affairs attain knowledge in the degree 
they employ methods that enable them to solve the problems 
which develop in the subject-matter they are concerned with. 
As philosophy framed upon the pattern of experimental in- 
quiry does away with all wholesale skepticism, so it eliminates 
all invidious monopolies of the idea of science. By their fruits 
we shall know them. 

The marking off of certain conclusions as alone truly 
science, whether mathematical or physical, is an historical 
incident. It sprang originally from man's desire for a certainty 
and peace which he could not attain practically in the absence 
of the arts of management and direction of natural conditions. 
When modern physical inquiry began, it had a hard time to 
get a hearing, or even to be permitted to carry on. The temp- 
tation was practically irresistible to treat it as an exclusive and 
esoteric undertaking. Moreover, as it progressed, it required 
more and more specialized technical preparation. The motive 
of defense from social attack and the motive of glorification 

220 



THE NATURALIZATION OF INTELLIGENCE 

of a specialized calling conspired together. All the eulogistic 
connotations that gather about "truth" were called into play. 

Thus "science," meaning physical knowledge, became a 
kind of sanctuary. A religious atmosphere, not to say an idola- 
trous one, was created. "Science" was set apart j its findings 
were supposed to have a privileged relation to the real. In 
fact, the painter may know colors as well as the physicist} the 
poet may know stars, rain and clouds as well as the meteorolo- 
gist j the statesman, educator and dramatist may know human 
nature as truly as the professional psychologist} the farmer 
may know soils and plants as truly as the botanist and min- 
erologist. For the criterion of knowledge lies in the method 
used to secure consequences and not in metaphysical concep- 
tions of the nature of the real. Nevertheless in the end think- 
ers in all lines are dependent upon the mathematician and the 
physical inquirer for perfecting of the tools employed in their 
respective callings. 

That "knowledge" has many meanings follows from the 
operational definition of conceptions. There are as many con- 
ceptions of knowledge as there are distinctive operations by 
which problematic situations are resolved. When it is asserted 
that reflective knowledge as such is instrumental, it is not 
meant that there is an a priori form of non-reflective knowl- 
edge, one which is immediately given. What is signified is that 
there is a direct possession and enjoyment of meanings to be had 
in that experience of objects which issues from reflective 
knowledge. It is futile to argue whether the conclusions of 
reflective method as such or the eventual objects enriched in 
meaning which are capable of direct perception and use more 
truly deserve the title of knowledge. It is congenial to our 
idiom to call the reflective conclusions of competent methods 
by the name of science. But science thus conceived is not a final 
thing. The final thing is appreciation and use of things of 

221 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

direct experience. These are known in as far as their constitu- 
ents and their form are the result of science. But they are also 
more than science. They are natural objects experienced in 
relations and continuities that are summed up in rich and 
definite individual forms 



222 



CHAPTER IX 
THE SUPREMACY OF METHOD 

UNCERTAINTY is PRIMARILY a practical matter. It signifies 
uncertainty of the issue of present experiences; these are 
fraught with future peril as well as inherently objectionable. 
Action to get rid of the objectionable has no warrant of success 
and is itself perilous. The intrinsic troublesome and uncertain 
quality of situations lies in the fact that they hold outcomes in 
suspense; they move to evil or to good fortune. The natural 
tendency of man is to do something at oncej there is impatience 
with suspense, and lust for immediate action. When action 
lacks means for control of external conditions, it takes the form 
of acts which are the prototypes of rite and cult. Intelligence 
signifies that direct action has become indirect. It continues to 
be overt, but it is directed into channels of examination of con- 
ditions, and doings that are tentative and preparatory. Instead 
of rushing to "do something about it," action centers upon find- 
ing out something about obstacles and resources and upon pro- 
jecting inchoate later modes of definite response. Thinking 
has been well called deferred action. But not all action is de- 
ferred; only that which is final and in so far productive of 
irretrievable consequences. Deferred action is present explora- 
tory action. 

The first and most obvious effect of this change in the quality 
of action is that the dubious or problematic situation becomes 
a problem. The risky character that pervades a situation as a 
whole is translated into an object of inquiry that locates what 
the trouble is, and hence facilitates projection of methods and 

223 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

means of dealing with it. Only after expertness has been gained 
in special fields of inquiry does the mind set out at once from 
problems: even then in novel cases, there is a preliminary 
period of groping through a situation which is characterized 
throughout by confusion, instead of presenting a clear-cut 
problem for investigation. 

Many definitions of mind and thinking have been given. 
I know of but one that goes to the heart of the matter: 
response to the doubtful as such. No inanimate thing reacts 
to things as problematic. Its behavior to other things is capable 
of description in terms of what is determinately there. Under 
given conditions, it just reacts or does not react. Its reactions 
merely enstate a new set of conditions, in which reactions con- 
tinue without regard to the nature of their outcome. It makes 
no difference, so to say, to a stone what are the results of its 
interactions with other things. It enjoys the advantage that it 
makes no difference how it reacts, even if the effect is its own 
pulverization. It requires no argument to show that the case 
is different with a living organism. To live signifies that a 
connected continuity of acts is effected in which preceding ones 
prepare the conditions under which later ones occur. There is 
a chain of cause and effects, of course, in what happens with 
inanimate things. But for living creatures, the chain has a 
particular cumulative continuity, or else death ensues. 

As organisms become more complex in structure and thus 
related to a more complex environment, the importance of 
a particular act in establishing conditions favorable to subse- 
quent acts that sustain the continuity of the life process, be- 
comes at once more difficult and more imperative. A juncture 
may be so critical that the right or wrong present move signifies 
life or death. Conditions of the environment become more 
ambivalent: it is more uncertain what sort of action they call 
for in the interests of living. Behavior is thus compelled to 

224 



THE SUPREMACY OF METHOD 

become more hesitant and wary, more expectant and prepara- 
tory. In the degree that responses take place to the doubtful 
as the doubtful, they acquire mental quality. If they are such 
as to have a directed tendency to change the precarious and 
problematic into the secure and resolved, they are intellectual 
as well as mental. Acts are then relatively more instrumental 
and less consummatory or final j even the latter are haunted 
by a sense of what may issue from them. 

This conception of the mental brings to unity various modes 
of response j emotional, volitional and intellectual. It is usual 
to say that there is no fundamental difference among these 
activities that they are all different phases or aspects of a 
common action of mind. But I know of but one way of making 
this assertion good: that in which they are seen to be distinctive 
modes of response to the uncertain. The emotional aspect of 
responsive behavior is its immediate quality. When we are con- 
fronted with the precarious, an ebb and flow of emotion marks 
a disturbance of the even tenor of existence. Emotions are 
conditioned by the indeterminateness of present situations 
with respect to their issue. Fear and hope, joy and sorrow, 
aversion and desire, as perturbations, are qualities of a divided 
response. They involve concern, solicitude, for what the present 
situation may become. "Care" signifies two quite different 
things: fret, worry and anxiety, and cherishing attention to that 
in whose potentialities we are interested. These two meanings 
represent different poles of reactive behavior to a present hav- 
ing a future which is ambiguous. Elation and depression, more- 
over, manifest themselves only under conditions wherein not 
everything from start to finish is completely determined and 
certain. They may occur at a final moment of triumph or 
defeat, but this moment is one of victory or frustration in 
connection with a previous course of affairs whose issue was in 
suspense. Love for a Being so perfect and complete that our 

225 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

regard for it can make no difference to it is not so much affec- 
tion as (a fact which the scholastics saw) it is concern for the 
destiny of our own souls. Hate that is sheer antagonism 
without any element of uncertainty is not an emotion, but is 
an energy devoted to ruthless destruction. Aversion is a state 
of affectivity only in connection with an obstruction offered 
by the disliked object or person to an end made uncertain 
by it. 

The volitional phase of mental life is notoriously connected 
with the emotional. The only difference is that the latter, is 
the immediate, the cross-sectional, aspect of response to the 
uncertain and precarious, while the volitional phase is the 
tendency of the reaction to modify indeterminate, ambiguous 
conditions in the direction of a preferred and favored outcome j 
to actualize one of its possibilities rather than another. Emotion 
is a hindrance or an aid to resolute will according as it is over- 
whelming in its immediacy or as it marks a gathering together 
of energy to deal with the situation whose issue is in doubt. 
Desire, purpose, planning, choice, have no meaning save in 
conditions where something is at stake, and where action in 
one direction rather than another may eventuate in bringing 
into existence a new situation which fulfills a need. 

The intellectual phase of mental action is identical with 
an indirect mode of response, one whose purpose is to locate 
the nature of the trouble and form an idea of how it may be 
dealt with so that operations may be directed in view of an 
intended solution. Take any incident of experience you choose, 
seeing a color, reading a book, listening to conversation, ma- 
nipulating apparatus, studying a lesson, and it has or has not 
intellectual, cognitive, quality according as there is deliberate 
endeavor to deal with the indeterminate so as to dispose of it, 
to settle it. Anything that may be called knowledge, or a known 
object, marks a question answered, a difficulty disposed of, a 

22$ 



THE SUPREMACY OF METHOD 

confusion cleared up, an inconsistency reduced to coherence, 
a perplexity mastered. Without reference to this mediating 
element, what is called knowledge is but direct and unswerving 
action or else a possessive enjoyment. Similarly, thinking is 
the actual transition from the problematic to the secure, as 
far as that is intentionally guided. There is no separate "mind" 
gifted in and of itself with a faculty of thought j such a con- 
ception of thought ends in postulating the mystery of a power 
outside of nature and yet able to intervene within it. Thinking 
is objectively discoverable as that mode of serial responsive 
behavior to a problematic situation in which transition to the 
relatively settled and clear is effected. 

The concrete pathologies of belief, its failures and perver- 
sions, whether of defect or excess, spring from failure to ob- 
serve and adhere to the principle that knowledge is the com- 
pleted resolution of the inherently indeterminate or doubtful. 
The commonest fallacy is to suppose that since the state of 
doubt is accompanied by a feeling of uncertainty, knowledge 
arises when this feeling gives way to one of assurance. Think- 
ing then ceases to be an effort to effect change in the objective 
situation and is replaced by various devices which generate a 
change in feeling or "consciousness." Tendency to premature 
judgment, jumping at conclusions, excessive love of simplicity, 
making over of evidence to suit desire, taking the familiar for 
the clear, etc., all spring from confusing the feeling of certi- 
tude with a certified situation. Thought hastens toward the 
settled and is only too likely to force the pace. The natural 
man dislikes the dis-ease which accompanies the doubtful and 
is ready to take almost any means to end it. Uncertainty is 
got rid of by fair means or foul. Long exposure to danger 
breeds an overpowering love of security. Love for security, 
translated into a desire not to be disturbed and unsettled, leads 
to dogmatism, to acceptance of beliefs upon authority, to in- 

227 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

tolerance and fanaticism on one side and to irresponsible de- 
pendence and sloth on the other. 

Here is where ordinary thinking and thinking that is scrupu- 
lous diverge from each other. The natural man is impatient 
with doubt and suspense: he impatiently hurries to be shut 
of it. A disciplined mind takes delight in the problematic, and 
cherishes it until a way out is found that approves itself upon 
examination. The questionable becomes an active questioning, 
a search j desire for the emotion of certitude gives place to 
quest for the objects by which the obscure and unsettled may 
be developed into the stable and clear. The scientific attitude 
may almost be defined as that which is capable of enjoying 
the doubtful j scientific method is, in one aspect, a technique 
for making a productive use of doubt by converting it into 
operations of definite inquiry. No one gets far intellectually 
who does not "love to think," and no one loves to think who 
does not have an interest in problems as such. Being on the 
alert for problems signifies that mere organic curiosity, the 
restless disposition to meddle and reach out, has become a truly 
intellectual curiosity, one that protects a person from hurrying 
to a conclusion and that induces him to undertake active search 
for new facts and ideas. Skepticism that is not such a search 
is as much a personal emotional indulgence as is dogmatism. 
Attainment of the relatively secure and settled takes place, 
however, only with respect to specified problematic situations} 
quest for certainty that is universal, applying to everything, is 
a compensatory perversion. One question is disposed of j an- 
other offers itself and thought is kept alive. 

When we compare the theory of mind and its organs which 
develops from analysis of what takes place when precarious 
situations are translated into statement and resolution of prob- 
lems, with other theories, the outstanding difference is that 
the first type of theory introduces no elements save such as are 

228 



THE SUPREMACY OF METHOD 

public, observable, and verifiable. In general, when there is 
discourse about the mental organs and processes of knowing 
we are told about sensations, mental images, consciousness and 
its various states, as if these were capable of identification in 
and of themselves. These mental organs having had meaning 
assigned to them in isolation from the operations of resolving 
a problematic situation, are then used to give an account of 
the actual operations of knowing. The more evident and ob- 
servable is thus "explained" in terms of the obscure, the ob- 
scurity being hidden from view because of habits that have the 
weight of tradition behind them. 

We do not need to repeat the results of the previous dis- 
cussion. They are all connected with the theory that inquiry 
is a set of operations in which problematic situations are 
disposed of or settled. Theories which have been criticized 
all rest upon a different supposition} namely, that the proper- 
ties of the states and acts of mind involved in knowing are 
capable of isolated determination of description apart from 
overt acts that resolve indeterminate and ambiguous situations. 
The fundamental advantage of framing our account of the 
organs and processes of knowing on the pattern of what occurs 
in experimental inquiry is that nothing is introduced save what 
is objective and is accessible to examination and report. If it is 
objected that such an examination itself involves mind and its 
organs, the rejoinder is that the theory we have advanced is 
self-applying. Its only "assumption" is that something is done, 
done in the ordinary external sense of that word, and that 
this doing has consequences. We define mind and its organs 
in terms of this doing and its results, just as we define or frame 
ideas of stars, acids, and digestive tissues in terms of their 
behavior. If it be urged that we do not know whether the re- 
sults of the directed operations are really knowledge or not, 
the answer is the objection assumes that we have some kind 

229 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

of advance intimation of what sort of a thing knowledge must 
be, and hence can use this conception as a standard for judging 
particular conclusions. The theory in question makes no such 
assumption. It asserts that by some operations conclusions 
emerge in which objects once uncertain and confused are ren- 
dered clear and stable. Alter names as much as you please j re- 
fuse to call one set of consequences knowledge and another 
error, or reverse the appellations, and these consequences re- 
main just what they are. They present the difference between 
resolved and clarified situations and disordered and obscure 
ones. A rose by another name would smell as sweet j the gist of 
the theory advanced is to point to operations performed and to 
the consequences which issue from them. 

Another point of difference is that traditional theories of 
mind and its organs of knowledge isolate them from continuity 
with the natural world. They are, in the literal sense of the 
word, super-natural or extra-natural. The problem of mind 
and body, of how it happens that bodily structures are involved 
in observing and thinking, is then unavoidable. When little 
was known about organic structures, one reason for looking 
down upon perception was that its connection with bodily or- 
gans, the eye and ear and hand, could not escape notice, while 
thought could be regarded as a purely spiritual act. But now 
we are aware that the exercise of thought bears the same rela- 
tion to the brain that perception bears to sense organs, and 
that there is no separation, structural or functional, between 
the eye and ear and the central organs. Consequently it is 
impossible to think of sense as quasi-physical and thought as 
purely mental, as if the mental meant just the non-material. 
Yet we retain theories about the mental formed before we had 
this knowledge. Consequently, since those theories isolate 
knowing from doing, the dependence of knowing upon bodily 
organs becomes a mystery a "problem." 

230 



THE SUPREMACY OF METHOD 

But if knowing is one mode of doing, then it, as well 
as other modes of doing, properly involves bodily instru- 
ments. The metaphysical problem of the relation of mind 
and body is converted into a question, to be solved by observa- 
tion of facts, of a differentiation of actions into those on a 
strictly physiological level, and those which, because of di- 
rected quality and distinctive consequences, are mental. 

While traditional theories regard mind as an intruder from 
without into the natural development, or evolution, of organic 
structures, or else in the interest of natural continuity feel 
compelled to deny that mental behavior has any differential 
features, the theory that organic responses have mental quality 
in the degree in which they deal with the uncertain recognizes 
both continuity and difference. It can, in principle if not as yet 
in detail, give a genetic account of the development of mental 
and intellectual processes. There is neither a sudden jump from 
the merely organic to the intellectual, nor is there complete 
assimilation of the latter to primitive modes of the former. 

On the objective side, the great difference between the 
conception proposed and that of traditional theory consists in 
recognition of the objective character of indeterminateness: 
it is a real property of some natural existences. Greek thought 
at least acknowledged the presence of contingency in natural 
existence, although it used this property of uncertainty to 
assign to natural existence a lower status than that which be- 
longs to necessary Being. Modern thought, largely under the 
influence of a Newtonian philosophy of nature, tended to 
treat all existence as wholly determinate. The inherently in- 
complete was eliminated from nature along with qualities and 
ends. In consequence, the mental was sharply marked off from 
the physically natural j for the mental was obviously charac- 
terized by doubt and uncertainty. Mind was placed outside of 
nature} its relation to nature in knowing the latter became a 

231 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

dark mystery; the uncertain and indeterminate were said to 
be merely subjective. The contrast between the doubtful and 
the determinate became one of the chief marks by which ob- 
jective and subjective were demarcated from each other and 
placed in opposition. 

According to this doctrine, we are doubtful, puzzled, con- 
fused, undecided j objects are complete, assured, fixed. It is 
not easy to reconcile this notion with the fact that in order 
to relieve our doubt, to "make up" our minds, we have to 
modify in some way, in imaginative or overt experimentation, 
the situation in which uncertainty is experienced. Moreover, 
the procedure of science is conclusive. If doubt and inde- 
terminateness were wholly within the mind whatever that 
may signify purely mental processes ought to get rid of them. 
But experimental procedure signifies that actual alteration of 
an external situation is necessary to effect the conversion. A 
situation undergoes, through operations directed by thought, 
transition from problematic to settled, from internal discon- 
tinuity to coherency and organization. 

If we define "mental" through exclusion of overt acts that 
terminate in a changed environment, nothing merely mental 
can actually resolve doubt or clarify confusion. At most it can 
produce only a feeling of certainty something best obtained 
by withdrawing from the real world and cultivating fantasies. 
The idea that doubt and assurance are merely subjective is con- 
tradicted by the coincidence of the progress of physical inquiry 
with invention and use of physical instruments. In principle, 
the correspondence of what we do when a situation is practically 
unsatisfactory with what happens in the case of intellectual 
doubt is complete. If a man finds himself in a situation which 
is practically annoying and troublesome, he has just two courses 
open to him. He can make a change in himself either by run- 
ning away from trouble or by steeling himself to Stoic endur- 

232 



THE SUPREMACY OF METHOD 

ance; or he can set to work to do something so as to change the 
conditions of which unsatisfactoriness is a quality. When the 
latter course is impossible, nothing remains but the former. 

Some change of personal attitude is the part of wisdom in 
any case, for there are few if any cases of trouble into which 
a personal factor of desire or aversion does not enter as a 
productive cause. But the idea that this causal factor can be 
changed by purely direct means, by an exercise of "will" or 
"thought" is illusory. A change of desire and purpose can it- 
self be effected only indirectly, by a change in one's actual 
relation to environment. This change implies definite acts. The 
technological appliances and agencies that man has constructed 
to make these acts effective correspond to the development 
of instruments of scientific inquiry by which outer conditions 
are intentionally varied. 

The relegation of the problematic to the "subjective" is 
a product of the habit of isolating man and experience from 
nature. Curiously enough, modern science has joined with 
traditional theology in perpetuating this isolation. If the physi- 
cal terms by which natural science deals with the world are 
supposed to constitute that world, it follows as a matter of 
course that qualities we experience and which are the distinctive 
things in human life, fall outside of nature. Since some of these 
qualities are the traits that give life purpose and value, it is not 
surprising that many thinkers are dissatisfied with thinking of 
them as merely subjective} nor that they have found in tra- 
ditional religious beliefs and in some elements of the classic 
philosophic tradition means by which these traits can be used 
to substantiate the being of a reality higher than nature, one 
qualified by the purpose and value that are extruded from 
natural existence. Modern idealism cannot be understood apart 
from the conditions that have generated it. Fundamentally, 
these conditions are the fusion of the positive results of the 

233 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

older metaphysics with the negative conclusions of modern 
science: negative, that is to say, when, because of the per- 
sistence of earlier notions about mind and the office of knowl- 
edge, science is taken to disclose an antecedent natural world. 

The organism is a part of the natural world} its interactions 
with it are genuine additive phenomena. When, with the de- 
velopment of symbols, also a natural occurrence, these inter- 
actions are directed towards anticipated consequences, they gain 
the quality of intelligence, and knowledge accrues. Problematic 
situations when they are resolved then gain the meaning of all 
the relations which the operations of thought have defined. 
Things that were casually effective in producing experienced 
results became means to consequences} these consequences in- 
corporate in themselves all the meanings found in the causes 
which intentionally produce them. The supposed grounds for 
opposing human experience to the reality of nature disappear. 
Situations have problematic and resolved characters in and 
through the actual interactions of the organism and the en- 
vironment. To refuse to treat these qualities as characteristic 
of nature itself is due to an arbitrary refusal to ascribe to some 
modes of interaction the existential character which is assigned 
as a matter of course to others. 

We have seen that situations are precarious and perilous be- 
cause the persistence of life-activity depends upon the influence 
which present acts have upon future acts. The continuity of a 
life-process is secured only as acts performed render the en- 
vironment favorable to subsequent organic acts. The formal 
generalized statement of this fact is as follows: The occurrence 
of problematic and unsettled situations is due to the charac- 
teristic union of the discrete or individual and the continuous 
or relational. All perceived objects are individualized. They 
are, as such, wholes complete in themselves. Everything di- 
rectly experienced is qualitatively unique} it has its own focus 

234 



1 



THE SUPREMACY OF METHOD 

about which subject-matter is arranged, and this focus never 
exactly recurs. While every such situation shades off in- 
definitely, or is not sharply marked off from others, yet the 
pattern of arrangement of content is never exactly twice 
alike. 

If the interactions involved in having such an individualized 
situation in experience were wholly final or consummatory, 
there would be no such thing as a situation which is problem- 
atic. In being individual and complete in itself, just what it 
is and nothing else, it would be discrete in the sense in which 
discreteness signifies complete isolation. Obscurity, for example, 
would be a final quality, like any other quality and as good 
as any other just as the dusk of twilight is enjoyed instead 
of being troublesome until we need to see something the dusk 
interferes with seeing. Every situation has vagueness attending 
it, as it shades off from a sharper focus into what is indefinite j 
for vagueness is added quality and not something objectionable 
except as it obstructs gaining an eventual object. 

There are situations in which self-enclosed, discrete, indi- 
vidualized characters dominate. They constitute the subject- 
matter of esthetic experience} and every experience is esthetic 
in as far as it is final or arouses no search for some other ex- 
perience. When this complete quality is conspicuous the experi- 
ence is denominated esthetic. The fine arts have as their purpose 
the construction of objects of just such experiences; and under 
some conditions the completeness of the object enjoyed gives 
the experience a quality so intense that it is justly termed re- 
ligious. Peace and harmony suffuse the entire universe gathered 
up into the situation having a particular focus and pattern. 
These qualities mark any experience in as far as its final charac- 
ter dominates} in so far a mystic experience is simply an ac- 
centuated intensification of a quality of experience repeatedly 
had in the rhythm of experiences. 

235 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

Interactions, however, are not isolated. No experienced 
situation can retain indefinitely its character of finality, for the 
interrelations that constitute it are, because they are interactions, 
themselves changing. They produce a change in what is ex- 
perienced. The effort to maintain directly a consummatory ex- 
perienced or to repeat it exactly is the source of unreal senti- 
mentality and of insincerity. In the continuous ongoing of life, 
objects part with something of their final character and become 
conditions of subsequent experiences. There is regulation of the 
change in the degree in which a causal character is rendered 
preparatory and instrumental. 

In other words, all experienced objects have a double status. 
They are individualized, consummatory, whether in the way 
of enjoyment or of suffering. They are also involved in a 
continuity of interactions and changes, and hence are causes 
and potential means of later experiences. Because of this dual 
capacity, they become problematic. Immediately and directly 
they are just what they are} but as transitions to and possi- 
bilities of later experiences they are uncertain. There is a 
divided response} part of the organic activity is directed to 
them for what they immediately are, and part to them as 
transitive means of other experienced objects. We react to them 
both as finalities and in preparatory ways, and the two reactions 
do not harmonize. 

This two-fold character of experienced objects is the source 
of their problematic character. Each of us can recall many 
occasions when he has been perplexed by disagreement be- 
tween things directly present and their potential value as 
signs and means } when he has been torn between absorption 
in what is now enjoyed and the need of altering it so as to 
prepare for something likely to come. If we state the point 
in a formal way, it is signified that there is an incompatibility 
between the traits of an object in its direct individual and 

236 



THE SUPREMACY OF METHOD 

unique nature and those traits that belong to it in its relations 
or continuities. This incompatibility can be removed only by 
actions which temporally reconstruct what is given and con- 
stitute a new object having both individuality and the internal 
coherence of continuity in a series. 

Previous discussion has been a statement of the chief factors 
that operate in bringing about this reconstruction of resolving 
a problematic situation: Acts of analytic reduction of the gross 
total situation to determine data qualities that locate the na- 
ture of the problem; formation of ideas or hypotheses to direct 
further operations that reveal new material; deductions and 
calculations that organize the new and old subject-matter to- 
gether; operations that finally determine the existence of a new 
integrated situation with added meaning, and in so doing test 
or prove the ideas that have been employed. 

Without retraversing that discussion, I wish to add a few 
words on one point involved in it. Nothing is more familiar 
than the standardized objects of reference designated by com- 
mon nouns. Their distinction from proper names shows that 
they are not singular or individual, not existing things. Yet 
"the table" is both more familiar and seemingly more sub- 
stantial than this table, the individual. "This" undergoes 
change all the time. It is interacting with other things and with 
me, who are not exactly the same person as when I last wrote 
upon it. "This" is an indefinitely multiple and varied series of 
"thises." 

But save in extreme cases, these changes are indifferent, 
negligible, from the standpoint of means for consequences. The 
table is precisely the constancy among the serial "thises" of 
whatever serves as an instrument for a single end. Knowledge 
is concerned wholly with this constant, this standardized and 
averaged set of properties and relations: just as esthetic per- 
ception is occupied with "this" in its individuality, irrespective 

237 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

of value in use. In the degree in which reactions are inchoate 
and unformed, "this" tends to be the buzzing, blooming con- 
fusion of which James wrote. As habits form, action is stereo- 
typed into a fairly constant series of acts having a common end 
in view; the table serves a single use, in spite of individual 
variations. A group of properties is set aside, corresponding 
to the abiding end and single mode of use which form the 
object, in distinction from "this" of unique experiences. The 
object is an abstraction, but unless it is hypostatized it is not a 
vicious abstraction. It designates selected relations of things 
which, with respect to their mode of operation, are constant 
within the limits practically important. Moreover, the ab- 
stracted object has a consequence In the individualized ex- 
periences, one that is immediate and not merely instrumental 
to them. It marks an ordering and organizing of responses 
in a single focused way in virtue of which the original blur is 
definitized and rendered significant. Without habits dealing 
with recurrent and constant uses of things for abiding purposes, 
immediate esthetic perception would have neither rich nor clear 
meanings immanent within it. 

The scientific or physical object marks an extension of the 
same sort of operation. The table, as not a table but as a swarm 
of molecules in motions of specified velocities and accelera- 
tions, corresponds to a liberated generalization of the pur- 
poses which the object may serve. "Table" signifies a definite 
but restricted set of uses; stated in the physical terms of science 
it is thought of in a wider environment and free from any 
specified set of uses; out of relation to any particular individ- 
ualized experience. The abstraction is as legitimate as is that 
which gives rise to the idea of the table, for it consists of 
standardized relations or interactions. It is even more useful or 
more widely instrumental. For it has connection with an in- 
definite variety of unspecified but possible consummatory in- 

238 



THE SUPREMACY OF METHOD 

dividual observations and enjoyments. It waits like a servant, 
idle for a time, but ready to be called upon as special occasion 
arises. When this standardized constant, the result of series 
of operations and expressing an indefinite multitude of pos- 
sible relations among concrete things, is treated as the reality of 
nature, an instrument made for a purpose is hypostatized into 
a substance complete and self-sufficient in isolation. Then the 
fullness of qualities present in individual situations have to be 
treated as subjective impressions mysteriously produced in 
mind by the real object or else as products of a mysterious cre- 
ative faculty of consciousness. 

The bearing of the conclusion upon the qualitative values 
of experienced objects is evident. Interactions of things with 
the organism eventuate in objects perceived to be colored and 
sonorous. They also result in qualities that make the object 
hateful or delightful. All these qualities, taken as directly 
perceived or enjoyed, are terminal effects of natural interac- 
tions. They are individualized culminations that give static 
quality to a network of changes. Thus " tertiary " qualities (as 
they have been happily termed by Mr. Santayana), those which, 
in psychological analysis, we call affectional and emotional, are 
as much products of the doings of nature as are color, sound, 
pressure, perceived size and distance. But their very consum- 
matory quality stands in the way of using the things they 
qualify as signs of other things. Intellectually they are even 
more in the way than are "secondary" qualities. With respect 
to preparatory acts they are useless j when they are treated 
as signs and means they work injury to thought and discov- 
ery. When not experienced, they are projected in thought as 
ends to be reached and in that dependence upon thought they 
are felt to be peculiarly mental. But only if the object, the 
physical object, instrumental in character, is supposed to de- 
fine "the real" in an exhaustive way, do they cease to be for 

239 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

the philosopher what they are for the common man: real 
qualities of natural objects. This view forms the only com- 
plete and unadulterated realism. 

The problem which is supposed to exist between two 
tables, one that of direct perception and use and the other 
that of physics (to take the favorite illustration of recent dis- 
cussion) is thus illusory. The perceived and used table is the 
only table, for it alone has both individuality of form with- 
out which nothing can exist or be perceived, and also includes 
within itself a continuum of relations or interactions brought 
to a focus. We may perhaps employ more instructively an il- 
lustration derived from the supposed contrast between an 
object experienced in perception as it is rendered by a poet 
and the same object described by a physicist. There is the 
instance of a body of water where the movement of the wind 
over its surface is reflected in sunlight. As an object of science, 
it is reported as follows: "Etherial vibrations of various wave 
lengths, reflected at different angles from the disturbed inter- 
face between air and water, reached our eyes and by photo- 
electric action caused appropriate stimuli to travel along optic 
nerves to a brain center." Such a statement, however, includes 
ordinary objects of individual perceptions j water, air, brain 
and nerves. Consequently, it must be reduced still further j 
when so reduced it consists of mathematical functions between 
certain physical constants having no counterpart in ordinary 
perception.* 

It is worth while at this point to recur to the metric char- 
acter of the physical object. Defining metric traits are reached 

*The illustration is borrowed from Eddington, The Nature of the Physical 
World; see pp. 316-319. It is indicative of the hold which the older tradition of 
knowledge as the exclusive revelation of reality has obtained, that Eddington 
finds no way to combine this account with the poetic account, save to suppose 
that while the scientific statement describes reality as it is "in itself," the 
creative activity of mind adds to this skeleton the qualities characterizing an 
object in direct experience. 

24O 



THE SUPREMACY OF METHOD 

by a series of operations of which they express the statistically 
constant outcome j they are not the result of a single act. Hence 
the physical object cannot be taken to be a single or individual 
thing in existence. Metric definitions are also, in large measure, 
reached by indirect measurements, by calculation. In other 
words, the conception of the physical object is, in considerable 
degree, the outcome of complex operations of comparison and 
translation. In consequence, while the physical object is not any 
one of the things compared, it enables things qualitatively un- 
like and individual to be treated as if they were members of a 
comprehensive, homogeneous, or non-qualitative system. The 
possibility of control of the occurrence of individualized ob- 
jects is thereby increased. At the same time, the latter gain 
added meaning, for the import of the scheme of continuity of 
relationships with other things is incorporated within them. 
The procedure of physics itself, not any metaphysical or epis- 
temological theory, discloses that physical objects cannot be 
individual existential objects. In consequence, it is absurd to put 
them in opposition to the qualitatively individual objects of 
concrete experience. 

The vogue of the philosophy that identifies the object of 
knowledge as such with the reality of the subject-matter of 
experience makes it advisable to carry the discussion further. 
Physical science submits the things of ordinary experience to 
specifiable operations. The result are objects of thought stated 
in numbers, where the numbers in question permit inclusion 
within complex systems of equations and other mathematical 
functions. In the physical object everything is ignored but the 
relations expressed by these numbers. It is safe to assert that 
no physicist while at work ever thought of denying the full 
reality of the things of ordinary, coarse experience. He pays 
no attention to their qualities except as they are signs of opera- 
tions to be performed and of inference to relations to be 

241 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

drawn. But in these capacities he has to admit their full reality 
on pain of having, logically, to deny reality to the conclusions 
of his operative inferences. He takes the instruments he em- 
ploys, including his own sensory-motor organs and measuring 
instruments, to be real in the ordinary sense of the word. If 
he denied the reality of these things as they are had in ordinary 
non-cognitive perceptual experience, the conclusions reached by 
them would be equally discredited. Moreover, the numbers 
which define his metric object are themselves results of noting 
interactions or connections among perceived things. It would 
be the height of absurdity to assert the reality of these rela- 
tions while denying the reality of the things between which 
they hold. If the latter are "subjective" what becomes of the 
former? Finally, observation is resorted to for verification. It 
is a strange world in which the conception of the real has to 
be corroborated by reference to that the reality of which is 
made dubious by the conception. To common sense these com- 
ments may seem wholly superfluous. But since common sense 
may also hold the doctrine from which flow the conclusions to 
which the critical comments are apposite, common sense should 
first ask whether it holds that knowledge is a disclosure of the 
antecedently real? If it entertains this belief, then the dis- 
missal by science of the experienced object to a limbo of un- 
reality, or subjectivity or the phenomenal whatever terms be 
used results logically from his own position. 

Our discussion involves a summary as well as some repeti- 
tion of points previously made. Its significance lies in the lib- 
eration which comes when knowing, in all its phases, condi- 
tions and organs, is understood after the pattern provided by 
experimental inquiry, instead of upon the groundwork of ideas 
framed before such knowing had a systematic career opened 
to it. For according to the pattern set by the practice of know- 
ing, knowledge is the fruit of the undertakings that transform 

242 



THE SUPREMACY OF METHOD 

a problematic situation into a resolved one. Its procedure is 
public, a part and partner of the Nature in all which inter- 
actions exist. But experienced situations come about in two 
ways and are of two distinct types. Some take place with only 
a minimum of regulation, with little foresight, preparation and 
intent. Others occur because, in part, of the prior occurrence 
of intelligent action. Both kinds are had; they are undergone, 
enjoyed or suffered. The first are not known } they are not 
understood} they are dispensations of fortune or providence. 
The second have, as they are experienced, meanings that pre- 
sent the funded outcome of operations that substitute definite 
continuity for experienced discontinuity and for the fragmen- 
tary quality due to isolation. Dream, insanity and fantasy are 
natural products, as "real" as anything else in the world. The 
acts of intentional regulation which constitute thinking are also 
natural developments, and so are the experienced things in 
which they eventuate. But the latter are resolutions of the 
problems set by objects experienced without intent and pur- 
pose} hence they have a security and fullness of meaning 
the first lack. Nothing happens, as Aristotle and the scholastics 
said, without an end without a terminal effectuation. Every 
experienced object is, in some sense, such a closing and con- 
summatory closing episode: alike the doubtful and secure, the 
trivial and significant, the true and mistaken, the confused and 
ordered. Only when the ends are closing termini of intelligent 
operations of thinking are they ends in the honorific sense. We 
always experience individual objects, but only the individual 
things which are fruits of intelligent action have in them in- 
trinsic order and fullness of qualities. 

The conditions and processes of nature generate uncer- 
tainty and its risks as truly as nature affords security and 
means of insurance against perils. Nature is characterized by 
a constant mixture of the precarious and the stable. This mix- 

243 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

ture gives poignancy to existence. If existence were either com- 
pletely necessary or completely contingent, there would be 
neither comedy nor tragedy in life, nor need of the will to 
live. The significance of morals and politics, of the arts both 
technical and fine, of religion and of science itself as inquiry 
and discovery, all have their source and meaning in the union 
in Nature of the settled and the unsettled, the stable and the 
hazardous. Apart from this union, there are no such things as 
"ends," either as consummations or as those ends-in-view we 
call purposes. There is only a block universe, either something 
ended and admitting of no change, or else a predestined march 
of events. There is no such thing as fulfillment where there is 
no risk of failure, and no defeat where there is no promise of 
possible achievement. 

Any philosophy that in its quest for certainty ignores the 
reality of the uncertain in the ongoing processes of nature 
denies the conditions out of which it arises. The attempt to 
include all that is doubtful within the fixed grasp of that 
which is theoretically certain is committed to insincerity and 
evasion, and in consequence will have the stigmata of internal 
contradiction. Every such philosophy is marked at some point 
by a division of its subject-matter into the truly real and the 
merely apparent, a subject and an object, a physical and a 
mental, an ideal and an actual, that have nothing to do with 
one another, save in some mode which is so mysterious as to 
create an insoluble problem. 

Action is the means by which a problematic situation is re- 
solved. Such is the net outcome of the method of science. 
There is nothing extraordinary about this conclusion. Interac- 
tion is a universal trait of natural existence. "Action" is the 
name given to one mode of this interaction, namely, that 
named from the standpoint of an organism. When interaction 
has for its consequence the settling of future conditions under 

244 



THE SUPREMACY OF METHOD 

which a life-process goes on, it is an "act." If it be admitted 
that knowing is something which occurs within nature, then it 
follows as a truism that knowing is an existential overt act. 
Only if the one who engages in knowing be outside of nature 
and behold it from some external locus can it be denied that 
knowing is an act which* modifies what previously existed, and 
that its worth consists in the consequences of the modifica- 
tion. The spectator theory of knowing may, humanly speaking, 
have been inevitable when thought was viewed as an exercise 
of a "reason" independent of the body, which by means of 
purely logical operations attained truth. It is an anachronism 
now that we have the model of experimental procedure before 
us and are aware of the role of organic acts in all mental 
processes. 

Our discussion has for the most part turned upon an anal- 
ysis of knowledge. The theme, however, is the relation of 
knowledge and action} the final import of the conclusions as 
to knowledge resides in the changed idea it enforces as to 
action. The distinction once made between theory and practice 
has meaning as a distinction between two kinds of action: blind 
and intelligent. Intelligence is a quality of some acts, those 
which are directed} and directed action is an achievement not 
an original endowment. The history of human progress is the 
story of the transformation of acts which, like the interactions 
of inanimate things, take place unknowingly to actions qualified 
by understanding of what they are about} from actions con- 
trolled by external conditions to actions having guidance 
through their intent: their insight into their own conse- 
quences. Instruction, information, knowledge, is the only way 
in which this property of intelligence comes to qualify acts 
originally blind. 

This conclusion is decisive for the significance of purpose 
and mechanism in nature. The doctrine that knowledge is 

245 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

ideally or in its office a disclosure of antecedent reality re- 
sulted, under the impact of the results of natural science, in 
relegating purpose to the purely subjective, to states of con- 
sciousness. An unsolved problem then developed out of the 
question as to how purposes could be efficacious in the world. 
Now intelligent action is purposive action; if it is a natural oc- 
currence, coming into being under complex but specifiable con- 
ditions of organic and social interaction, then purpose like in- 
telligence is within nature j it is a "category" having objective 
standing and validity. It has this status in a direct way through 
the place and operation of human art within the natural scene j 
for distinctively human conduct can be interpreted and under- 
stood only in terms of purpose. Purpose is the dominant cate- 
gory of anything truly denominated history, whether in its 
enacting or in the writing of it, since action which is distinctively 
human is marked by intent. 

Indirectly, purpose is a legitimate and necessary idea in 
describing Nature itself in the large. For man is continuous 
with nature. As far as natural events culminate in the intelli- 
gent arts of mankind, nature itself has a history, a movement 
toward consequences. When for convenience of study, nature 
is broken up into disconnected bits the parts of which are taken 
to have a relation to one another in isolation from other parts, 
the concept of purpose has no application. It is excluded by the 
very method of intellectual approach. Science is full of ab- 
stractions of this sort. For example, water is a combination 
of hydrogen and oxygen in definite proportions. This is a state- 
ment about "water" in general, not about the occurrence of 
any particular portion which takes place under conditions in 
which more than hydrogen and oxygen exist. Any individ- 
ualized water is a phase of an indefinitely varied and extensive 
course of things. Generically, however, "water" is treated in 
relation to its defining constituents as if it were a complete uni- 

246 



THE SUPREMACY OF METHOD 

verse in itself. As a statement of a relation that is stable amid 
a multitude of varying changes, each having its own individ- 
ualized history, it is an instrument of control. When it is 
treated as if it provided a model for framing a general theory 
of nature, the result converts an instrument of control into 
a view of the world in which there is neither history nor pur- 
pose. 

Generalized facts, when they are taken to be individual 
events complete in themselves, lead to a picture of the uni- 
verse in which occurrences are exactly like one another. There 
is repetition but no development} mechanical production but 
no cumulative movement toward an integrated consequence. 
We take out of our logical package what we have put into it, 
and then convert what we draw out to be a literal descrip- 
tion of the actual world. Things lose their individuality and 
are "instances" of a general law. When, however, events are 
viewed in their connections, as it is surely the province of 
philosophy to view them, nature is seen to be marked by his- 
tories, some of which terminate in the existence of human 
beings and finally in their intelligent activities. This issue, as 
the consequence of a cumulative integration of complex inter- 
actions, is such as to give anterior processes a purposive mean- 
ing. Everything depends whether we take short-sections of the 
course of nature in isolation, or whether we take the course of 
events over a span of time sufficiently long to disclose the 
integration of a multitude of processes toward a single out- 
come.* 

A machine is a striking instance of mechanism. It is an 
equally striking instance of something to be understood in 
terms of purpose, use or function. Nature has mechanism. This 
mechanism forms the content of the objects of physical science 

* Purposive Universe, New York, 1926, by Edmund Noble, contains by far 
the best statement known to me of considerations of which a brief summary 
is given in this paragraph. 

247 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

for it fulfills the instrumental office to be performed by 
knowledge. If the interactions and connections involved in 
natural occurrences were not sufficiently like one another, suf- 
ficiently constant and uniform, so that inference and predic- 
tion from one to another were possible, control and purpose 
would be non-existent. Since constant relations among changes 
are the subject-matter of scientific thought, that subject-mat- 
ter is the mechanism of events. The net effect of modern in- 
quiry makes it clear that these constancies, whether the larger 
ones termed laws or the lesser ones termed facts, are statistical 
in nature. They are the products of averaging large numbers 
of observed frequencies by means of a series of operations. 
They are not descriptions of the exact structure and behavior 
of any individual thing, any more than the actuarial "law" 
of the frequency of deaths of persons having a certain age 
is an account of the life of one of the persons included in 
the calculation. Nature has a mechanism sufficiently constant 
to permit of calculation, inference and foresight. But only a 
philosophy which hypostatizes isolated results and results ob- 
tained for a purpose, only a substantiation of the function 
of being a tool, concludes that nature is a mechanism and only 
a mechanism. 

It has long been recognized that some physical laws are 
statistical, instead of being reports of behavior of individuals 
as such. Heisenberg's principle, together with the discovery 
that mass varies with velocity, mark the generalized conclu- 
sion that all physical laws are of this character. They are, as 
we have noted, predictions of the probability of an observable 
event. They mark the culmination of a qualified prediction of 
Maxwell's so remarkable as to be worth quoting in full. "The 
theory of atoms and void leads us to attach more importance 
to the doctrines of integral numbers and definite proportions} 
but, in applying dynamic principles to the motion of immense 

248 



THE SUPREMACY OF METHOD 

numbers of atoms, the limitation of our faculties forces us to 
abandon the attempt to express the exact history of each atom 
and to be content with estimating the average condition of a 
group of atoms large enough to be visible. This method of 
dealing with groups of atoms, which I might call the statistical 
method, and which in the present state of our knowledge, is 
the only available method of studying the properties of real 
bodies, involves an abandonment of strict dynamical principles, 
and an adoption of the mathematical methods belonging to the 
theory of probability. It is probable that important results 
will be obtained by the application of this method, which is, 
as yet, little known and is not familiar to our minds. If the 
actual history of science had been different, and if the scientific 
doctrines most familiar to us had been those which must be 
expressed in this way, it is probable that we might have con- 
sidered the existence of a certain kind of contingency as a self- 
evident truth and treated the doctrine of philosophical neces- 
sity as a mere sophism," * That which Maxwell felt that he 
must look upon as a trait due to the "limitation of our facul- 
ties" turns out to be a trait of natural events themselves. No 
mechanically exact science of an individual is possible. An 
individual is a history unique in character. But constituents 
of an individual are known when they are regarded not as 
qualitative, but as statistical constants derived from a series of 
operations. 

This fact has an obvious bearing on freedom in action. 
Contingency is a necessary although not, in mathematical 
phrase, a sufficient condition of freedom. In a world which was 
completely tight and exact in all its constituents, there would 
be no room for freedom. Contingency while it gives room for 
freedom does not fill that room. Freedom is an actuality when 

J. C. Maxwell, Scientific Papers, Vol. II, p. 253. I am indebted to Dr. 
Charles Hartshorne for this reference. 

249 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

the recognition of relations, the stable element, is combined 
with the uncertain element, in the knowledge which makes 
foresight possible and secures intentional preparation for prob- 
able consequences. We are free in the degree* in which we act 
knowing what we are about. The identification of freedom with 
"freedom of will" locates contingency in the wrong place. 
Contingency of will would mean that uncertainty was uncer- 
tainly dealt with j it would be a resort to chance for a decision. 
The business of "will" is to be resolute; that is, to resolve, 
under the guidance of thought, the indeterminateness of un- 
certain situations. Choice wavers and is brought to a head 
arbitrarily only when circumstances compel action and yet we 
have no intelligent clew as to how to act. 

The doctrine of "free-will" is a desperate attempt to es- 
cape from the consequences of the doctrine of fixed and im- 
mutable objective Being. With dissipation of that dogma, the 
need for such a measure of desperation vanishes. Preferential 
activities characterize every individual as individual or unique. 
In themselves these are differential in a de facto sense. They 
become true choices under the direction of insight. Knowledge, 
instead of revealing a world in which preference is an illu- 
sion and does not count or make a difference, puts in our 
possession the instrumentality by means of which preference 
may be an intelligent or intentional factor in constructing a 
future by wary and prepared action. Knowledge of special con- 
ditions and relations is instrumental to the action which is in 
turn an instrument of production of situations having qualities 
of added significance and order. To be capable of such action 
is to be free. 

Physical inquiry has been taken as typical of the nature of 
knowing. The selection is justified because the operations of 
physical knowledge are so perfected and its scheme of symbols 
so well devised. But it would be misinterpreted if it were taken 

250 



THE SUPREMACY OF METHOD 

to mean that science is the only valid kind of knowledge} it is 
just an intensified form of knowing in which are written large 
the essential characters of any knowing. It is in addition the 
most powerful tool we possess for developing other modes 
of knowledge. But we know with respect to any subject-mat- 
ter whatsoever in the degree in which we are able deliber- 
ately to transform doubtful situations into resolved ones. 
Physical knowledge has the advantage of its specialized char- 
acter, its whole-hearted devotion to a single purpose. The atti- 
tude involved in it, its method, has not as yet gone far beyond 
its own precincts. Beliefs current in morals, politics and reli- 
gion, are marked by dread of change and by the feeling that 
order and regulative authority can be had only through refer- 
ence to fixed standards accepted as finalities, because referring 
to fixed antecedent realities. Outside of physical inquiry, we 
shy from problems j we dislike uncovering serious difficulties 
in their full depth and reach} we prefer to accept what is 
and muddle along. Hence our social and moral "sciences" con- 
sist largely in putting facts as they are into conceptual systems 
framed at large. Our logic in social and humane subjects is 
still largely that of definition and classification as until the 
seventeenth century it was in natural science. For the most 
part the lesson of experimental inquiry has still to be learned 
in the things of chief concern. 

We are, socially, in a condition of division and confusion 
because our best authenticated knowledge is obtained by di- 
rected practice, while this method is still limited to things aloof 
from man or concerning him only in the technologies of in- 
dustries. The rest of our practice in matters that come home 
to us most closely and deeply is regulated not by intelligent 
operations, but by tradition, self-interest and accidental cir- 
cumstance. The most significant phase of physical science, 
that which concerns its method, is unapplied in social practice, 

251 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

while its technical results are utilized by those in positions of 
privileged advantage to serve their own private or class ends. 
Of the many consequences that result, the state of education 
is perhaps the most significant. As the means of the general 
institution of intelligent action, it holds the key to orderly 
social reconstruction. But inculcation of fixed conclusions rather 
than development of intelligence as a method of action still 
dominates its processes. Devotion to training in technical and 
mechanical skills on one hand and to laying in a store of ab- 
stract information on the other is to one who has the power 
to read the scene an almost perfect illustration of the signifi- 
cance of the historic separation of knowledge and action, theory 
and practice. As long as the isolation of knowledge and practice 
holds sway, this division of aims and dissipation of energy, of 
which the state of education is typical, will persist. The effec- 
tive condition of the integration of all divided purposes and 
conflicts of belief is the realization that intelligent action is 
the sole ultimate resource of mankind in every field whatso- 
ever. 

It is not claimed, therefore, that there is no philosophical 
problem of the relation of physical science to the things of 
ordinary experience. It is asserted that the problem in the -form 
in which it has chiefly occupied modern philosophy is an artifi- 
cial one, due to the continued assumption of premises formed 
in an earlier period of history and now having no relevancy to 
the state of physical inquiry. Clearing the ground of this unreal 
problem, however, only imposes upon philosophy the consid- 
eration of a problem which is urgently practical, growing out of 
the conditions of contemporary life. What revisions and sur- 
renders of current beliefs about authoritative ends and values 
are demanded by the method and conclusions of natural science? 
What possibilities of controlled transformation of the content 
of present belief and practice in human institutions and associa- 

252 



THE SUPREMACY OF METHOD 

tions are indicated by the control of natural energies which 
natural science has effected? These questions are as genuine 
and imperative as the traditional problem is artificial and 
futile. 



253 



CHAPTER X 
THE CONSTRUCTION OF GOOD 

WE SAW AT the outset of our discussion that insecurity gener- 
ates the quest for certainty. Consequences issue from every ex- 
perience, and they are the source of our interest in what is 
present. Absence of arts of regulation diverted the search for 
security into irrelevant modes of practice, into rite and cult; 
thought was devoted to discovery of omens rather than of 
signs of what is to occur. Gradually there was differentiation 
of two realms, one higher, consisting of the powers which de- 
termine human destiny in all important affairs. With this 
religion was concerned. The other consisted of the prosaic mat- 
ters in which man relied upon his own skill and his matter- 
of-fact insight. Philosophy inherited the idea of this divi- 
sion. Meanwhile in Greece many of the arts had attained a 
state of development which raised them above a merely routine 
state; there were intimations of measure, order and regularity 
in materials dealt with which give intimations of underlying 
rationality. Because of the growth of mathematics, there arose 
also the ideal of a purely rational knowledge, intrinsically 
solid and worthy and the means by which the intimations of 
rationality within changing phenomena could be comprehended 
within science. For the intellectual class the stay and consola- 
tion, the warrant of certainty, provided by religion was hence- 
forth found in intellectual demonstration of the reality of the 
objects of an ideal realm. 

With the expansion of Christianity, ethico-religious traits 
came to dominate the purely rational ones. The ultimate au- 

254 



THE CONSTRUCTION OF GOOD 

thoritative standards for regulation of the dispositions and 
purposes of the human will were fused with those which satis- 
fied the demands for necessary and universal truth. The au- 
thority of ultimate Being was, moreover, represented on earth 
by the Church j that which in its nature transcended intellect 
was made known by a revelation of which the Church was the 
interpreter and guardian. The system endured for centuries. 
While it endured, it provided an integration of belief and 
conduct for the western world. Unity of thought and practice 
extended down to every detail of the management of lifej 
efficacy of its operation did not depend upon thought. It was 
guaranteed by the most powerful and authoritative of all so- 
cial institutions. 

Its seemingly solid foundation was, however, undermined 
by the conclusions of modern science. They effected, both in 
themselves and even more in the new interests and activities 
they generated, a breach between what man is concerned with 
here and now and the faith concerning ultimate reality which, 
in determining his ultimate and eternal destiny, had previously 
given regulation to his present life. The problem of restoring 
integration and cooperation between man's beliefs about the 
world in which he lives and his beliefs about the values and 
purposes that should direct his conduct is the deepest problem 
of modern life. It is the problem of any philosophy that is not 
isolated from that life. 

The attention which has been given to the fact that in its 
experimental procedure science has surrendered the separa- 
tion between knowing and doing has its source in the fact that 
there is now provided within a limited, specialized and techni- 
cal field the possibility and earnest, as far as theory is con- 
cerned, of effecting the needed integration in the wider field 
of collective human experience. Philosophy is called upon to 
be the theory of the practice, through ideas sufficiently definite 

255 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

to be operative in experimental endeavor, by which the inte- 
gration may be made secure in actual experience. Its central 
problem is the relation that exists between the beliefs about 
the nature of things due to natural science to beliefs about 
values using that word to designate whatever is taken to 
have rightful authority in the direction of conduct. A philos- 
ophy which should take up this problem is struck first of all 
by the fact that beliefs about values are pretty much in the 
position in which beliefs about nature were before the scientific 
revolution. There is either a basic distrust of the capacity of 
experience to develop its own regulative standards, and an 
appeal to what philosophers call eternal values, in order to 
ensure regulation of belief and action j or there is acceptance 
of enjoyments actually experienced irrespective of the method 
or operation by which they are brought into existence. Com- 
plete bifurcation between rationalistic method and an empirical 
method has its final and most deeply human significance in 
the ways in which good and bad are thought of and acted for 
and upon. 

As far as technical philosophy reflects this situation, there 
is division of theories of values into two kinds. On the one 
hand, goods and evils, in every region of life, as they are con- 
cretely experienced, are regarded as characteristic of an inferior 
order of Being intrinsically inferior. Just because they are 
things of human experience, their worth must be estimated by 
reference to standards and ideals derived from ultimate real- 
ity. Their defects and perversion are attributed to the same 
factj they are to be corrected and controlled through adoption 
of methods of conduct derived from loyalty to the require- 
ments of Supreme Being. This philosophic formulation gets 
actuality and force from the fact that it is a rendering of the 
beliefs of men in general as far as they have come under the 
influence of institutional religion. Just as rational conceptions 

256 



THE CONSTRUCTION OF GOOD 

were once superimposed upon observed and temporal phe- 
nomena, so eternal values are superimposed upon experienced 
goods. In one case as in the other, the alternative is supposed 
to be confusion and lawlessness. Philosophers suppose these 
eternal values are known by reason j the mass of persons that 
they are divinely revealed. 

Nevertheless, with the expansion of secular interests, tem- 
poral values have enormously multiplied j they absorb more 
and more attention and energy. The sense of transcendent 
values has become enfeebled} instead of permeating all things 
in life, it is more and more restricted to special times and acts. 
The authority of the church to declare and impose divine will 
and purpose has narrowed. Whatever men say and profess, 
their tendency in the presence of actual evils is to resort to 
natural and empirical means to remedy them. But in formal 
belief, the old doctrine of the inherently disturbed and un- 
worthy character of the goods and standards of ordinary ex- 
perience persists. This divergence between what men do and 
what they nominally profess is closely connected with the con- 
fusions and conflicts of modern thought. 

It is not meant to assert that no attempts have been made 
to replace the older theory regarding the authority of immu- 
table and transcendent values by conceptions more congruous 
with the practices of daily life. The contrary is the case. The 
utilitarian theory, to take one instance, has had great power. 
The idealistic school is the only one in contemporary philoso- 
phies, with the exception of one form of neo-realism, that 
makes much of the notion of a reality which is all one with 
ultimate moral and religious values. But this school is also 
the one most concerned with the conservation of "spiritual" 
life. Equally significant is the fact that empirical theories re- 
tain the notion that thought and judgment are concerned with 
values that are experienced independently of them. For these 

257 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

theories, emotional satisfactions occupy the same place that 
sensations hold in traditional empiricism. Values are consti- 
tuted by liking and enjoyment; to be enjoyed and to be a value 
are two names for one and the same fact. Since science has 
extruded values from its objects, these empirical theories do 
everything possible to emphasize their purely subjective char- 
acter of value. A psychological theory of desire and liking is 
supposed to cover the whole ground of the theory of values; 
in it, immediate feeling is the counterpart of immediate 
sensation. 

I shall not object to this empirical theory as far as it con- 
nects the theory of values with concrete experiences of desire 
and satisfaction. The idea that there is such a connection is the 
only way known to me by which the pallid remoteness of the 
rationalistic theory, and the only too glaring presence of the 
institutional theory of transcendental values can be escaped. 
The objection is that the theory in question holds down value 
to objects antecedently enjoyed, apart from reference to the 
method by which they come into existence; it takes enjoyments 
which are causal because unregulated by intelligent opera- 
tions to be values in and of themselves. Operational thinking 
needs to be applied to the judgment of values just as it has 
now finally been applied in conceptions of physical objects. 
Experimental empiricism in the field of ideas of good and bad 
is demanded to meet the conditions of the present situation. 

The scientific revolution came about when material of 
direct and uncontrolled experience was taken as problematic; 
as supplying material to be transformed by reflective operations 
into known objects. The contrast between experienced and 
known objects was found to be a temporal one; namely, one 
between empirical subject-matters which were had or "given" 
prior to the acts of experimental variation and redisposition 
and those which succeeded these acts and issued from them. 

258 



THE CONSTRUCTION OF GOOD 

The notion of an act whether of sense or thought which sup- 
plied a valid measure of thought in immediate knowledge was 
discredited. Consequences of operations became the important 
thing. The suggestion almost imperatively follows that es- 
cape from the defects of transcendental absolutism is not to 
be had by setting up as values enjoyments that happen any- 
how, but in defining value by enjoyments which are the con- 
sequences of intelligent action. Without the intervention of 
thought, enjoyments are not values but problematic goods, be- 
coming values when they re-issue in a changed form from in- 
telligent behavior. The fundamental trouble with the current 
empirical theory of values is that it merely formulates and 
justifies the socially prevailing habit of regarding enjoyments 
as they are actually experienced as values in and of themselves. 
It completely side-steps the question of regulation of these 
enjoyments. This issue involves nothing less than the problem 
of the directed reconstruction of economic, political and reli- 
gious institutions. 

There was seemingly a paradox involved in the notion that 
if we turned our backs upon the immediately perceived quali- 
ties of things, we should be enabled to form valid conceptions 
of objects, and that these conceptions could be used to bring 
about a more secure and more significant experience of them. 
But the method terminated in disclosing the connections or 
interactions upon which perceived objects, viewed as events, 
depend. Formal analogy suggests that we regard our direct and 
original experience of things liked and enjoyed as only 'possi- 
bilities of values to be achieved j that enjoyment becomes a 
value when we discover the relations upon which its presence 
depends. Such a causal and operational definition gives only a 
conception of a value, not a value itself. But the utilization 
of the conception in action results in an object having secure 
and significant value. 

259 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

The formal statement may be given concrete content by 
pointing to the difference between the enjoyed and the en- 
joyable, the desired and the desirable, the satisfying and the 
satisfactory. To say that something is enjoyed is to make a 
statement about a fact, something already in existence; it is 
not to judge the value of that fact. There is no difference 
between such a proposition and one which says that something 
is sweet or sour, red or black. It is just correct or incorrect 
and that is the end of the matter. But to call an object a value 
is to assert that it satisfies or fulfills certain conditions. Func- 
tion and status in meeting conditions is a different matter from 
bare existence. The fact that something is desired only raises 
the question of its desirability; it does not settle it. Only a 
child in the degree of his immaturity thinks to settle the ques- 
tion of desirability by reiterated proclamation: "I want it, I 
want it, I want it." What is objected to in the current empirical 
theory of values is not connection of them with desire and 
enjoyment but failure to distinguish between enjoyments of 
radically different sorts. There are many common expressions 
in which the difference of the two kinds is clearly recog- 
nized. Take for example the difference between the ideas of 
"satisfying" and "satisfactory." To say that something satisfies 
is to report something as an isolated finality. To assert that 
it is satisfactory is to define it in its connections and interac- 
tions. The fact that it pleases or is immediately congenial poses 
a problem to judgment. How shall the satisfaction be rated? 
Is it a value or is it not? Is it something to be prized and 
cherished, to be enjoyed? Not stern moralists alone but every- 
day experience informs us that finding satisfaction in a thing 
may be a warning, a summons to be on the lookout for conse- 
quences. To declare something satisfactory is to assert that it 
meets specifiable conditions. It is, in effect, a judgment that the 
thing "will do." It involves 'a prediction; it contemplates a 

260 



THE CONSTRUCTION OF GOOD 

future in which the thing will continue to serve} it will do. It 
asserts a consequence the thing will actively institute; it will 
do. That it is satisfying is the content of a proposition of fact; 
that it is satisfactory is a judgment, an estimate, an appraisal. 
It denotes an attitude to be taken, that of striving to perpetuate 
and to make secure. 

It is worth notice that besides the instances given, there 
are many other recognitions in ordinary speech of the distinc- 
tion. The endings "able," "worthy" and "ful" are cases in 
point. Noted and notable, noteworthy; remarked and remark- 
able; advised and advisable; wondered at and wonderful; 
pleasing and beautiful; loved and lovable; blamed and blame- 
able, blameworthy; objected to and objectionable; esteemed 
and estimable; admired and admirable; shamed and shameful; 
honored and honorable; approved and approvable, worthy of 
approbation, etc. The multiplication of words adds nothing 
to the force of the distinction. But it aids in conveying a sense 
of the fundamental character of the distinction; of the differ- 
ence between mere report of an already existent fact and judg- 
ment as to the importance and need of bringing a fact into 
existence; or, if it is already there, of sustaining it in existence. 
The latter is a genuine practical judgment, and marks the only 
type of judgment that has to do with the direction of action. 
Whether or no we reserve the term "value" for the latter, 
(as seems to me proper) is a minor matter; that the distinc- 
tion be acknowledged as the key to understanding the rela- 
tion of values to the direction of conduct is the important 
thing. 

This element of direction by an idea of value applies to 
science as well as anywhere else. For in every scientific un- 
dertaking, there is passed a constant succession of estimates; 
such as "it is worth treating these facts as data or evidence; 
it is advisable to try this experiment; to make that observation; 

261 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

to entertain such and such a hypothesis} to perform this calcu- 
lation," etc. 

The word "taste" has perhaps got too completely associ- 
ated with arbitrary liking to express the nature of judgments 
of value. But if the word be used in the sense of an appre- 
ciation at once cultivated and active, one may say that the for- 
mation of taste is the chief matter wherever values enter in, 
whether intellectual, esthetic or moral. Relatively immediate 
judgments, which we call tact or to which we give the name 
of intuition, do not precede reflective inquiry, but are the 
funded products of much thoughtful experience. Expertness 
of taste is at once the result and the reward of constant exer- 
cise of thinking. Instead of there being no disputing about 
tastes, they are the one thing worth disputing about, if by 
"dispute" is signified discussion involving reflective inquiry. 
Taste, if we use the word in its best sense, is the outcome of 
experience brought cumulatively to bear on the intelligent ap- 
preciation of the real worth of likings and enjoyments. There 
is nothing in which a person so completely reveals himself as 
in the things which he judges enjoyable and desirable. Such 
judgments are the sole alternative to the domination of belief 
by impulse, chance, blind habit and self-interest. The forma- 
tion of a cultivated and effectively operative good judgment 
or taste with respect to what is esthetically admirable, intel- 
lectually acceptable and morally approvable is the supreme 
task set to human beings by the incidents of experience. 

Propositions about what is or has been liked are of instru- 
mental value in reaching judgments of value, in as far as the 
conditions and consequences of the thing liked are thought 
about. In themselves they make no claims j they put forth no 
demand upon subsequent attitudes and acts 5 they profess no 
authority to direct. If one likes a thing he likes it} that is a 
point about which there can be no dispute: although it is 

262 



THE CONSTRUCTION OF GOOD 

not so easy to state just what is liked as is frequently assumed. 
A judgment about what is to be desired and enjoyed is, on the 
other hand, a claim on future action j it possesses de jure and 
not merely de facto quality. It is a matter of frequent experi- 
ence that likings and enjoyments are of all kinds, and that 
many are such as reflective judgments condemn. By way of 
self -justification and "rationalization/' an enjoyment creates a 
tendency to assert that the thing enjoyed is a value. This as- 
sertion of validity adds authority to the fact. It is a decision 
that the object has a right to exist and hence a claim upon 
action to further its existence. 

The analogy between the status of the theory of values 
and the theory of ideas about natural objects before the rise 
of experimental inquiry may be carried further. The sensa- 
tionalistic theory of the origin and test of thought evoked, by 
way of reaction, the transcendental theory of a priori ideas. 
For it failed utterly to account for objective connection, order 
and regularity in objects observed. Similarly, any doctrine 
that identifies the mere fact of being liked with the value of 
the object liked so fails to give direction to conduct when 
direction is needed that it automatically calls forth the asser- 
tion that there are values eternally in Being that are the 
standards of all judgments and the obligatory ends of all ac- 
tion. Without the introduction of operational thinking, we 
oscillate between a theory that, in order to saye the objec- 
tivity of judgments of values, isolates them from experience 
and nature, and a theory that, in order to save their concrete 
and human significance, reduces them to mere statements 
about our own feelings. 

Not even the most devoted adherents of the notion that 
enjoyment and value are equivalent facts would venture to 
assert that because we have once liked a thing we should go on 
liking itj they are compelled* to introduce the idea that some 

263 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

tastes are to be cultivated. Logically, there is no ground for 
introducing the idea of cultivation j liking is liking, and one 
is as good as another. If enjoyments are values, the judg- 
ment of value cannot regulate the form which liking takes j 
it cannot regulate its own conditions. Desire and purpose, and 
hence action, are left without guidance, although the question 
of regulation of their formation is the supreme problem of 
practical life. Values (to sum up) may be connected inher- 
ently with liking, and yet not with every liking but only with 
those that judgment has approved, after examination of the 
relation upon which the object liked depends. A casual liking 
is one that happens without knowledge of how it occurs nor to 
what effect. The difference between it and one which is sought 
because of a judgment that it is worth having and is to be 
striven for, makes just the difference between enjoyments 
which are accidental and enjoyments that have value and hence 
a claim upon our attitude and conduct. 

In any case, the alternative rationalistic theory does not 
afford the guidance for the sake of which eternal and immu- 
table norms are appealed to. The scientist finds no help in 
determining the probable truth of some proposed theory .by 
comparing it with a standard of absolute truth and immutable 
being. He has to rely upon definite operations undertaken 
under definite conditions upon method. We can hardly imag- 
ine an architect getting aid in the construction of a building 
from an ideal at large, though we can understand his framing 
an ideal on the basis of knowledge of actual conditions and 
needs. Nor does the ideal of perfect beauty in antecedent 
Being give direction to a painter in producing a particular work 
of art. In morals, absolute perfection does not seem to be 
more than a generalized hypostatization of the recognition that 
there is a good to be sought, an obligation to be met both 
being concrete matters. Nor is the defect in this respect merely 

264 



THE CONSTRUCTION OF GOOD 

negative. An examination of history would reveal, I am con- 
fident, that these general and remote schemes of value actually 
obtain a content definite enough and near enough to concrete 
situations as to afford guidance in action only by consecrating 
some institution or dogma already having social currency. 
Concreteness is gained, but it is by protecting from inquiry 
some accepted standard which perhaps is outworn and in need 
of criticism. 

When theories of values do not afford intellectual assist- 
ance in framing ideas and beliefs about values that are adequate 
to direct action, the gap must be filled by other means. If intel- 
ligent method is lacking, prejudice, the pressure of immediate 
circumstance, self-interest and class-interest, traditional cus- 
toms, institutions of accidental historic origin, are not lacking, 
and' they tend to take the place of intelligence. Thus we are led 
to our main proposition: Judgments about values are judg- 
ments about the conditions and the results of experienced ob- 
jects; judgments about that which should regulate the forma- 
tion of our desires^ affections and enjoyments. For whatever 
decides their formation will determine the main course of our 
conduct, personal and social. 

If it sounds strange to. hear that we should frame our 
judgments as to what has value by considering the connections 
in existence of what we like and enjoy, the reply is not far 
to seek. As long as we do not engage in this inquiry enjoyments 
(values if we choose to apply that term) are casual j they are 
given by "nature," not constructed by art. Like natural ob- 
jects in their qualitative existence, they at most only supply 
material for elaboration in rational discourse. A feeling of 
good or excellence is as far removed from goodness in fact 
as a feeling that objects are intellectually thus and so is re- 
moved from their being actually so. To recognize that the 
truth of natural objects can be reached only by the greatest 

265 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

care in selecting and arranging directed operations, and then 
to suppose that values can be truly determined by the mere 
fact of liking seems to leave us in an incredible position. All 
the serious perplexities of life come back to the genuine diffi- 
culty of forming a judgment as to the values of the situa- 
tion} they come back to a conflict of goods. Only dogmatism 
can suppose that serious moral conflict is between something 
clearly bad and something known to be good, and that un- 
certainty lies wholly in the will of the one choosing. Most 
conflicts of importance are conflicts between things which are 
or have been satisfying, not between good and evil. And to 
suppose that we can make a hierarchical table of values at 
large once for all, a kind of catalogue in which they are ar- 
ranged in an order of ascending or descending: worth, is to 
indulge in a gloss on our inability to frame intelligent judg- 
ments in the concrete. Or else it is to dignify customary choice 
and prejudice by a title of honor. 

The alternative to definition, classification and systematiza- 
tion of satisfactions just as they happen to occur is judgment 
of them by means of the relations under which they occur. 
If we know the conditions under which the act of liking, of 
desire and enjoyment, takes place, we are in a position to 
know what are the consequences of that act. The difference 
between the desired and the desirable, admired and the ad- 
mirable, becomes effective at just this point. Consider the 
difference between the proposition "That thing has been 
eaten," and the judgment "That thing is edible." The for- 
mer statement involves no knowledge of any relation except 
the one stated j while we are able to judge of the edibility of 
anything only when we have a knowledge of its interactions 
with other things sufficient to enable us to foresee its prob- 
able effects when it is taken into the organism and produces 
effects there. 

266 



THE CONSTRUCTION OF GOOD 

To assume that anything can be known in isolation from 
its connections with other things is to identify knowing with 
merely having some object before perception or in feeling, 
and is thus to lose the key to the traits that distinguish an 
object as known. It is futile, even silly, to suppose that some 
quality that is directly present constitutes the whole of the 
thing presenting the quality. It does not do so when the qual- 
ity is that of being hot or fluid or heavy, and it does not when 
the quality is that of giving pleasure, or being enjoyed. Such 
qualities are, once more, effects, ends in the sense of closing 
termini of processes involving causal connections. They are 
something to be investigated, challenges to inquiry and judg- 
ment. The more connections and interactions we ascertain, 
the more we know the object in question. Thinking is search 
for these connections. Heat experienced as a consequence of 
directed operations has a meaning quite different from the heat 
that is casually experienced without knowledge of how it came 
about. The same is true of enjoyments. Enjoyments that issue 
from conduct directed by insight into relations have a mean- 
ing and a validity due to the way in which they are experi- 
enced. Such enjoyments are not repented of; they generate 
no after-taste of bitterness. Even in the midst of direct en- 
joyment, there is a sense of validity, of authorization, which 
intensifies the enjoyment. There is solicitude for perpetua- 
tion of the object having value which is radically different 
from mere anxiety to perpetuate the feeling of enjoyment. 

Such statements as we have been making are, therefore, 
far from implying that there are values apart from things 
actually enjoyed as good. To find a thing enjoy#/<? is, so to 
say, a plus enjoyment. We saw that it was foolish to treat 
the scientific object as a rival to or substitute for the perceived 
object, since the former is intermediate between uncertain 
and settled situations and those experienced under conditions 

267 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

of greater control. In the same way, judgment of the value 
of an object to be experienced is instrumental to appreciation 
of it when it is realized. But the notion that every object that 
happens to satisfy has an equal claim with every other to be 
a value is like supposing that every object of perception has 
the same cognitive force as every other. There is no knowledge 
without perception} but objects perceived are known only 
when they are determined as consequences of connective op- 
erations. There is no value except where there is satisfaction, 
but there have to be certain conditions fulfilled to transform a 
satisfaction into a value. 

The time will come when it will be found passing strange 
that we of this age should take such pains to control by every 
means at command the formation of ideas of physical things, 
even those most remote from human concern, and yet are 
content with haphazard beliefs about the qualities of objects 
that regulate our deepest interests} that we are scrupulous as 
to methods of forming ideas of natural objects, and either 
dogmatic or else driven by immediate conditions in framing 
those about values. There is, by implication, if not explicitly, 
a prevalent notion that values are already well known and that 
all which is lacking is the will to cultivate them in the order of 
their worth. In fact the most profound lack is not the will to 
act upon goods already known but the will to know what they 
are. 

It is not a dream that it is possible to exercise some degree 
of regulation of the occurrence of enjoyments which are of 
value. Realization of the possibility is exemplified, for ex- 
ample, in the technologies and arts of industrial life that 
is, up to a definite limit. Men desired heat, light, and speed 
of transit and of communication beyond what nature provides 
of itself. These things have been attained not by lauding the 
enjoyment of these things and preaching their desirability, but 

268 



THE CONSTRUCTION OF GOOD 

by study of the conditions of their manifestation. Knowledge 
of relations having been obtained, ability to produce followed, 
and enjoyment ensued as a matter of course. It is, however, an 
old story that enjoyment of these things a3 goods is no war- 
rant of their bringing only good in their train. As Plato was 
given to pointing out, the physician may know to heal and 
the orator to persuade, but the ulterior knowledge of whether 
it is better for a man to be healed or to be persuaded to the 
orator's opinion remains unsettled. Here there appears the 
split between what are traditionally and conventionally called 
the values of the baser arts and the higher values of the truly 
personal and humane arts. 

With respect to the former, there is no assumption that 
they can be had and enjoyed without definite operative knowl- 
edge. With respect to them it is also clear that the degree in 
which we value them is measurable by the pains taken to con- 
trol the conditions of their occurrence. With respect to the 
latter, it is assumed that no one who is honest can be in doubt 
what they arej that by revelation, or conscience, or the in- 
struction of others, or immediate feeling, they are clear be- 
yond question. And instead of action in their behalf being 
taken to be a measure of the extent in which things are values 
to us, it is assumed that the difficulty is to persuade men to 
act upon what they already know to be good. Knowledge of 
conditions and consequences is regarded as wholly indifferent 
to judging what is of serious value, though it is useful in ^ 
prudential way in trying to actualize it. In consequence, the 
existence of values that are by common consent of a secondary 
and technical sort are under a fair degree of control, while 
those denominated supreme and imperative are subject to all 
the winds of impulse, custom and arbitrary authority. 

This distinction between higher and lower types of value 
is itself something to be looked into. Why should there be 

269 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

a sliarp division made between some goods as physical and 
material and others as ideal and "spiritual"? The question 
touches the whole dualism of the material and the ideal at its 
root. To denominate anything "matter" or "material" is not in 
truth to disparage it. It is, if the designation is correctly ap- 
plied, a way of indicating that the thing in question is a con- 
dition or means of the existence of something else. And 
disparagement of effective means is practically synonymous 
with disregard of the things that aer termed, in eulogistic 
fashion, ideal and spiritual. For the latter terms if they have 
any concrete application at all signify something which is a de- 
sirable consummation of conditions, a cherished fulfillment of 
means. The sharp separation between material and ideal good 
thus deprives the latter of the underpinning of effective support 
while it opens the way for treating things which should be em- 
ployed as means as ends in themselves. For since men cannot 
after all live without some measure of possession of such mat- 
ters as health and wealth, the latter things will be viewed as 
values and ends in isolation unless they are treated as integral 
constituents of the goods that are deemed supreme and final. 
The relations that determine the occurrence of what hu- 
man beings experience, especially when social connections are 
taken into account, are indefinitely wider and more complex 
than those that determine the events termed physical} the 
latter are the outcome of definite selective operations. This is 
the reason why we know something about remote objects like 
the stars better than we know significantly characteristic things 
about our own bodies and minds. We forget the infinite num- 
ber of things we do not know about the stars, or rather that 
what we call a star is itself the product of the elimination, 
enforced and deliberate, of most of the traits that belong to an 
actual existence. The amount of knowledge we possess about 
stars would not seem very great or very important if it were 

270 



THE CONSTRUCTION OF GOOD 

carried over to human beings and exhausted our knowledge 
of them. It is inevitable that genuine knowledge of man and 
society should lag far behind physical knowledge. 

But this difference is not a ground for making a sharp 
division between the two, nor does it account for the fact that 
we make so little use of the experimental method of forming 
our ideas and beliefs about the concerns of man in his char- 
acteristic social relations. For this separation religions and 
philosophies must admit some responsibility. They have erected 
a distinction between a narrower scope of relations and a wider 
and fuller one into a difference of kind, naming one kind mate- 
rial, and the other mental and moral. They have charged 
themselves gratuitously with the office of diffusing belief in 
the necessity of the division, and with instilling contempt for 
the material as something inferior in kind in its intrinsic na- 
ture and worth. Formal philosophies undergo evaporation of 
their technical solid contents j in a thinner and more viable 
form they find their way into the minds of those who know 
nothing of their original forms. When these diffuse and, so 
to say, airy emanations re-crystallize in the popular mind they 
form a hard deposit of opinion that alters slowly and with 
great difficulty. 

What difference would it actually make in the arts of con- 
duct, personal and social, if the experimental theory were 
adopted not as a mere theory, but as a part of the working 
equipment of habitual attitudes on the part of everyone? It 
would be impossible, even were time given, to answer the ques- 
tion in adequate detail, just as men could not foretell in ad- 
vance the consequences for knowledge of adopting the ex- 
perimental method. It is the nature of the method that it has 
to be tried. But there are generic lines of difference which, 
within the limits of time at disposal, may be sketched. 

Change from forming ideas and judgments of value on 

271 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

the basis of conformity to antecedent objects, to constructing 
enjoyable objects directed by knowledge of consequences, is 
a change from looking to the past to looking to the future. 
I do not for a moment suppose that the experiences of the 
past, personal and social, are of no importance. For with- 
out them we should not be able to frame any ideas whatever 
of the conditions under which objects are enjoyed nor any 
estimate of the consequences of esteeming and liking them. 
But past experiences are significant in giving us intellectual in- 
strumentalities of judging just these points. They are tools, 
not finalities. Reflection upon what we have liked and have 
enjoyed is a necessity. But it tells us nothing about the value of 
these things until enjoyments are themselves reflectively con- 
trolled, or, until, as they now recalled, we form the best 
judgment possible about what led us to like this sort of thing 
and what has issued from the fact that we liked it. 

We are not, then, to get away from enjoyments experi- 
enced in the past and from recall of them, but from the no- 
tion that they are the arbiters of things to be further enjoyed. 
At present, the arbiter is found in the past, although there 
are many ways of interpreting what in the past is authorita- 
tive. Nominally, the most influential conception doubtless is 
that of a revelation once had or a perfect life once lived. Re- 
liance upon precedent, upon institutions created in the past, es- 
pecially in law, upon rules of morals that have come to us 
through unexamined customs, upon uncriticized tradition, are 
other forms of dependence. It is not for a moment suggested 
that we can get away from customs and established institu- 
tions. A mere break would doubtless result simply in chaos. 
But there is no danger of such a break. Mankind is too inertly 
conservative both by constitution and by education to give the 
idea of this danger actuality. What there is genuine danger of is 
that the force of new conditions will produce disruption ex- 

272 



THE CONSTRUCTION OF GOOD 

ternally and mechanically: this is an ever present danger. The 
prospect is increased, not mitigated, by that conservatism which 
insists upon the adequacy of old standards to meet new con- 
ditions. What is needed is intelligent examination of the con- 
sequences that are actually effected by inherited institutions 
and customs, in order that there may be intelligent considera- 
tion of the ways in which they are to be intentionally modified 
in behalf of generation of different consequences. 

This is the significant meaning of transfer of experimental 
method from the technical field of physical experience to the 
wider field of human life. We trust the method in forming 
our beliefs about things not directly connected with human 
life. In effect, we distrust it in moral, political and economic 
affairs. In the fine arts, there are many signs of a change. In 
the past, such a change has often been an omen and precursor 
of changes in other human attitudes. But, generally speak- 
ing, the idea of actively adopting experimental method in 
social affairs, in the matters deemed of most enduring and ulti- 
mate worth, strikes most persons as a surrender of all stand- 
ards and regulative authority. But in principle, experimental 
method does not signify random and aimless action ; it implies 
direction by ideas and knowledge. The question at issue is a 
practical one. Are there in existence the ideas and the knowl- 
edge that permit experimental method to be effectively used in 
social interests and affairs? 

Where will regulation come from if we surrender familiar 
and traditionally prized values as our directive standards? 
Very largely from the findings of the natural sciences. For 
one of the effects of the separation drawn between knowledge 
and action is to deprive scientific knowledge of its proper serv- 
ice as a guide of conduct except once more in those techno- 
logical fields which have been degraded to an inferior rank. 
Of course, the complexity of the conditions upon which ob- 

273 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

jects of human and liberal value depend is a great obstacle, 
and it would be too optimistic to say that we have as yet 
enough knowledge of the scientific type to enable us to regu- 
late our judgments of value very extensively. But we have 
more knowledge than we try to put to use, and until we try 
more systematically we shall not know what are the important 
gaps in our sciences judged from the point of view of their 
moral and humane use. 

For moralists usually draw a sharp line between the field 
of the natural sciences and the conduct that is regarded as 
moral. But a moral that frames its judgments of value on the 
basis of consequences must depend in a most intimate manner 
upon the conclusions of science. For the knowledge of the 
relations between changes which enable us to connect things 
as antecedents and consequences is science. The narrow scope 
which moralists often give to morals, their isolation of some 
conduct as virtuous and vicious from other large ranges of 
conduct, those having to do with health and vigor, business, 
education, with all the affairs in which desires and affection 
are implicated, is perpetuated by this habit of exclusion of the 
subject-matter of natural science from a role in formation of 
moral standards and ideals. The same attitude operates in the 
other direction to keep natural science a technical specialty, 
and it works unconsciously to encourage its use exclusively in 
regions where it can be turned to personal and class advantage, 
as in war and trade. 

Another great difference to be made by carrying the ex- 
perimental habit into all matter of practice is that it cuts the 
roots of what is often called subjectivism, but which is bet- 
ter termed egoism. The subjective attitude is much more wide- 
spread than would be inferred from the philosophies which 
have that label attached. It is as rampant in realistic philoso- 
phies as in any others, sometimes even more so, although dis- 

274 



THE CONSTRUCTION OF GOOD 

guised from those who hold these philosophies under the cover 
of reverence of and enjoyment of ultimate values. For the 
implication of placing the standard of thought and knowledge 
in antecedent existence is that our thought makes no differ- 
ence in what is significantly real. It then affects only our own 
attitude toward it. 

This constant throwing of emphasis back upon a change 
made in ourselves instead of one made in the world in which 
we live seems to me the essence of what is objectionable in 
"subjectivism." Its taint hangs about even Platonic realism 
with its insistent evangelical dwelling upon the change made 
within the mind by contemplation of the realm of essence, 
and its depreciation of action as transient and all but sordid 
a concession to the necessities of organic existence. All the 
theories which put conversion a of the eye of the soul" in the 
place of a conversion of natural and social objects that modifies 
goods actually experienced, is a retreat and escape from ex- 
istence and this retraction into self is, once more, the heart 
of subjective egoisms. The typical example is perhaps the 
other-worldliness found in religions whose chief concern is 
with the salvation of the personal soul. But other-worldliness 
is found as well in estheticism and in all seclusion within ivory 
towers. 

It is not in the least implied that change in personal atti- 
tudes, in the disposition of the "subject," is not of great im- 
portance. Such change, on the contrary, is involved in any at- 
tempt to modify the conditions of the environment. But there 
is a radical difference between a change in the self that is 
cultivated and valued as an end, and one that is a means to 
alteration, through action, of objective conditions. The Aris- 
totelian-medieval conviction that highest bliss is found in con- 
templative possession of ultimate Being presents an ideal at- 
tractive to some types of mindj it sets forth a refined sort of 

275 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

enjoyment. It is a doctrine congenial to minds that despair of 
the effort involved in creation of a better world of daily ex- 
perience. It is, apart from theological attachments, a doctrine 
sure to recur when social conditions are so troubled as to 
make actual endeavor seem hopeless. But the subjectivism so 
externally marked in modern thought as compared with an- 
cient is either a development of the old doctrine under new 
conditions or is of merely technical import. The medieval 
version of the doctrine at least had the active support of a 
great social institution by means of which man could be 
brought into the state of mind that prepared him for ultimate 
enjoyment of eternal Being. It had a certain solidity and depth 
which is lacking in modern theories that would attain the re- 
sult by merely emotional or speculative procedures, or by any 
means not demanding a change in objective existence so as to 
render objects of value more empirically secure. 

The nature in detail of the revolution that would be 
wrought by carrying into the region of values the principle 
now embodied in scientific practice cannot be told; to attempt 
it would violate the fundamental idea that we know only after 
we have acted and in consequences of the outcome of action. 
But it would surely effect a transfer of attention and energy 
from the subjective to the objective. Men would think of 
themselves as agents not as endsj ends would be found in 
experienced enjoyment of the fruits of a transforming ac- 
tivity. In as far as the subjectivity of modern thought repre- 
sents a discovery of the part played by personal responses, 
organic and acquired, in the causal production of the qualities 
and values of objects, it marks the possibility of a decisive 
gain. It puts us in possession of some of the conditions that 
control the occurrence of experienced objects, and thereby it 
supplies us with an instrument of regulation. There is some- 
thing querulous in the sweeping denial that things as experi- 

276 



THE CONSTRUCTION OF GOOD 

enced, as perceived and enjoyed, in any way depend upon in- 
teraction with human selves. The error of doctrines that have 
exploited the part played by personal and subjective reactions 
in determining what is perceived and enjoyed lies either in 
exaggerating this factor of constitution into the sole condition 
as happens in subjective idealism or else in treating it as a 
finality instead of, as with all knowledge, an instrument in 
direction of further action. 

A third significant change that would issue from carrying 
over experimental method from physics to man concerns the 
import of standards, principles, rules. With the transfer, these, 
and all tenets and creeds about good and goods, would be 
recognized to be hypotheses. Instead of being rigidly fixed, 
they would be treated as intellectual instruments to be tested 
and confirmed and altered through consequences effected 
by acting upon them. They would lose all pretence of finality 
the ulterior source of dogmatism. It is both astonishing and 
depressing that so much of the energy of mankind has gone 
into fighting for (with weapons of the flesh as well as of the 
spirit) the truth of creeds, religious, moral and political, as 
distinct from what has gone into effort to try creeds by put- 
ting them to the test of acting upon them. The change would 
do away with the intolerance and fanaticism that attend the 
notion that beliefs and judgments are capable of inherent truth 
and authority} inherent in the sense of being independent of 
what they lead to when used as directive principles. The trans- 
formation does not imply merely that men are responsible 
for acting upon what they profess to believe } that is an old 
doctrine. It goes much further. Any belief as such is tentative, 
hypothetical} it is not just to be acted upon, but is to be framed 
with reference to its office as a guide to action. Consequently, 
it should be the last thing in the world to be picked up casually 
and then clung to rigidly. When it is apprehended as a tool 

277 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

and only a tool, an instrumentality of direction, the same 
scrupulous attention will go to its formation as now goes into 
the making of instruments of precision in technical fields. 
Men, instead of being proud of accepting and asserting beliefs 
and "principles" on the ground of loyalty, will be as ashamed 
of that procedure as they would now be to confess their as- 
sent to a scientific theory out of reverence for Newton or 
Helmholz or whomever, without regard to evidence. 

If one stops to consider the matter, is there not something 
strange in the fact that men should consider loyalty to "laws," 
principles, standards, ideals to be an inherent virtue, accounted 
unto them for righteousness? It is as if they were making up 
for some secret sense of weakness by rigidity and intensity of 
insistent attachment. A moral law, like a law in physics, is 
not something to swear by and stick to at all hazards; it is a 
formula of the way to respond when specified conditions pre- 
sent themselves. Its soundness and pertinence are tested by 
what happens when it is acted upon. Its claim or authority 
rests finally upon the imperativeness of the situation that has to 
be dealt with, not upon its own intrinsic nature as any tool 
achieves dignity in the measure of needs served by it. The 
idea that adherence to standards external to experienced objects 
is the only alternative to confusion and lawlessness was once 
held in science. But knowledge became steadily progressive 
when it was abandoned, and clews and tests found within con- 
crete acts and objects were employed. The test of consequences 
is more exacting than that afforded by fixed general rules. In 
addition, it secures constant development, for when new acts 
are tried new results are experienced, while the lauded immu- 
tability of eternal ideals and norms is in itself a denial of the 
possibility of development and improvement. 

The various modifications that would result from adop- 
tion in social and humane subjects of the experimental way 

278 



THE CONSTRUCTION OF GOOD 

of thinking are perhaps summed up in saying that it would 
place method, and means upon the level of importance that 
has, in the past, been imputed exclusively to ends. Means 
have been regarded as menial, and the useful as the servile. 
Means have been treated as poor relations to be endured, but 
not inherently welcome. The very meaning of the word 
"ideals" is significant of the divorce which has obtained be- 
tween means and ends. "Ideals" are thought to be remote and 
inaccessible of attainment} they are too high and fine to be 
sullied by realization. They serve vaguely to arouse "aspira- 
tion," but they do not evoke and direct strivings for embodi- 
ment in actual existence. They hover in an indefinite way 
over the actual scene ; they are expiring ghosts of a once signifi- 
cant kingdom of divine reality whose rule penetrated to every 
detail of life. 

It is impossible to form a just estimate of the paralysis 
of effort that has been produced by indifference to means. 
Logically, it is truistic that lack of consideration for means 
signifies that so-called ends are not taken seriously. It is as if 
one professed devotion to painting pictures conjoined with con- 
tempt for canvas, brush and paints; or love of music on con- 
dition that no instruments, whether the voice or something 
external, be used to make sounds. The good workman in the 
arts is known by his respect for his tools and by his interest 
in perfecting his technique. The glorification in the arts of ends 
at the expense of means would be taken to be a sign of 
complete insincerity or even insanity. Ends separated from 
means are either sentimental indulgences or if they happen to 
exist are merely accidental. The ineffectiveness in action of 
"ideals" is due precisely to the supposition that means and ends 
are not on exactly the same level with respect to the atten- 
tion and care they demand. 

It is, however, much easier to point out the formal con- 

279 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

tradiction implied in ideals that are professed without equal 
regard for the instruments and techniques of their realization, 
than it is to appreciate the concrete ways in which belief in 
their separation has found its way into life and borne corrupt 
and poisonous fruits. The separation marks the form in which 
the traditional divorce of theory and practice has expressed 
itself in actual life. It accounts for the relative impotency of 
arts concerned with enduring human welfare. Sentimental at- 
tachment and subjective eulogy take the place of action. For 
there is no art without tools and instrumental agencies. But 
it also explains the fact that in actual behavior, energies de- 
voted to matters nominally thought to be inferior, material and 
sordid, engross attention and interest. After a polite and pious 
deference has been paid to "ideals," men feel free to devote 
themselves to matters which are more immediate and pressing. 
It is usual to condemn the amount of attention paid by 
people in general to material ease, comfort, wealth, and suc- 
cess gained by competition, on the ground that they give to 
mere means the attention that ought to -be given to ends, or that 
they have taken for ends things which in reality are only 
means. Criticisms of the place which economic interest and 
action occupy in present life are full of complaints that men 
allow lower aims to usurp the place that belongs to higher and 
ideal values. The final source of the trouble is, however, that 
moral and spiritual "leaders" have propagated the notion 
that ideal ends may be cultivated in isolation from "mate- 
rial" means, as if means and material were not synonymous. 
While they condemn men for giving to means the thought 
and energy that ought to go to ends, the condemnation should 
go to them. For they have not taught their followers to think 
of material and economic activities as really means. They have 
been unwilling to frame their conception of the values that 
should be regulative of human conduct on the basis of the 

280 



THE CONSTRUCTION OF GOOD 

actual conditions and operations by which alone values can be 
actualized. 

Practical needs are imminent j with the mass of mankind 
they are imperative. Moreover, speaking generally, men are 
formed to act rather than to theorize. Since the ideal ends 
are so remotely and accidentally connected with immediate 
and urgent conditions that need attention, after lip service is 
given to them, men naturally devote themselves to the latter. 
If a bird in the hand is worth two in a neighboring bush, an 
actuality in hand is worth, for the direction of conduct, many 
ideals that are so remote as to be invisible and inaccessible. 
Men hoist the banner of the ideal, and then march in the direc- 
tion that concrete conditions suggest and reward. 

Deliberate insincerity and hypocrisy are rare. But the no- 
tion that action and sentiment are inherently unified in the con- 
stitution of human nature has nothing to justify it. Integration 
is something to be achieved. Division of attitudes and re- 
sponses, compartmentalizing of interests, is easily acquired. It 
goes deep just because the acquisition is unconscious, a mat- 
ter of habitual adaptation to conditions. Theory separated 
from concrete doing and making is empty and futile; practice 
then becomes an immediate seizure of opportunities and en- 
joyments which conditions afford without the direction which 
theory knowledge and ideas has power to supply. The 
problem of the relation of theory and practice is not a prob- 
lem of theory alone j it is that, but it is also the most practical 
problem of life. For it is the question of how intelligence 
may inform action, and how action may bear the fruit of in- 
creased insight into meaning: a clear view of the values that are 
worth while and of the means by which they are to be made 
secure in experienced objects. Construction of ideals in general 
and their sentimental glorification are easy; the responsibilities 
both of studious thought and of action are shirked. Persons 

281 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

having the advantage of positions of leisure and who find 
pleasure in abstract theorizing a most delightful indulgence 
to those to whom it appeals have a large measure of liability 
for a cultivated diffusion of ideals and aims that are sepa- 
rated from the conditions which are the means of actualization. 
Then other persons who find themselves in positions of social 
power and authority readily claim to be the bearers and de- 
fenders of ideal ends in church and state. They then use the 
prestige and authority their representative capacity as guardians 
of the highest ends confers on them to cover actions taken in 
behalf of the harshest and narrowest of material ends. 

The present state of industrial life seems to give a fair 
index of the existing separation of means and ends. Isolation 
of economics from ideal ends, whether of morals or of or- 
ganized social life, was proclaimed by Aristotle. Certain things, 
he said, are conditions of a worthy life, personal and social, 
but are not constituents of it. The economic life of man, con- 
cerned with satisfaction of wants, is of this nature. Men have 
wants and they must be satisfied. But they are only prerequi- 
sites of a good life, not intrinsic elements in it. Most philoso- 
phers have not been so frank nor perhaps so logical. But upon 
the whole, economics has been treated as on a lower level than 
either morals or politics. Yet the life which men, women and 
children actually lead, the opportunities open to them, the 
values they are capable of enjoying, their education, their 
share in all the things of art and science, are mainly deter- 
mined by economic conditions. Hence we can hardly expect 
a moral system which ignores economic conditions to be other 
than remote and empty. 

Industrial life is correspondingly brutalized by failure to 
equate it as the means by which social and cultural values are 
realized. That the economic life, thus exiled from the pale of 
higher values, takes revenge by declaring that it is the only 

282 



THE CONSTRUCTION OF GOOD 

reality, and by means of the doctrine of materialistic 
determination of institutions and conduct in all fields, denies 
to deliberate morals and politics any share of causal regulation, 
is not surprising. 

When economists were told that their subject-matter was 
merely material, they naturally thought they could be "scien- 
tific" only by excluding all reference to distinctively human 
values. Material wants, efforts to satisfy them, even the 
scientifically regulated technologies highly developed in indus- 
trial activity, are then taken to form a complete and closed 
field. If any reference to social ends and values is intro- 
duced it is by way of an external addition, mainly hortatory. 
That economic life largely determines the conditions under 
which mankind has access to concrete values may be recognized 
or it may not be. In either case, the notion that it is the means 
to be utilized in order to secure significant values as the com- 
mon and shared possession of mankind is alien and inopera- 
tive. To many persons, the idea that the ends professed by 
morals are impotent save as they are connected with the work- 
ing machinery of economic life seems like deflowering the 
purity of moral values and obligations. 

The social and moral effects of the separation of theory 
and practice have been merely hinted at. They are so mani- 
fold and so pervasive that an adequate consideration of them 
would involve nothing less than a survey of the whole field 
of morals, economics and politics. It cannot be justly stated 
that these effects are in fact direct consequences of the quest for 
certainty by thought and knowledge isolated from action. For, 
as we have seen, this quest was itself a reflex product of actual 
conditions. But it may be truly asserted that this quest, under- 
taken in religion and philosophy, has had results which have 
reinforced the conditions which originally brought it about. 
Moreover, search for safety and consolation amid the perils 

283 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

of life by means other than intelligent action, by feeling and 
thought alone, began when actual means of control were lack- 
ing, when arts were undeveloped. It had then a relative his- 
toric justification that is now lacking. The primary problem 
for thinking which lays claim to be philosophic in its breadth 
and depth is to assist in bringing about a reconstruction of all 
beliefs rooted in a basic separation of knowledge and action j 
to develop a system of operative ideas congruous with present 
knowledge and with present facilities of control over natural 
events and energies. 

We have noted more than once how modern philosophy 
has been absorbed in the problem of affecting an adjustment 
between the conclusions of natural science and the beliefs and 
values that have authority in the direction of life. The genuine 
and poignant issue does not reside where philosophers for the 
most part have placed it. It does not consist in accommodation 
to each other of two realms, one physical and the other ideal 
and spiritual, nor in the reconciliation of the "categories" of 
theoretical and practical reason. It is found in that isolation of 
executive means and ideal interests which has grown up under 
the influence of the separation of theory and practice. For this, 
by nature, involves the separation of the material and the 
spiritual. Its solution, therefore, can be found only in action 
wherein the phenomena of material and economic life are 
equated with the purposes that command the loyalties of 
affection and purpose, and in which ends and ideals are 
framed in terms of the possibilities of actually experienced 
situations. But while the solution cannot be found in "thought" 
alone, it can be furthered by thinking which is operative 
which frames and defines ideas in terms of what may be done, 
and which uses the conclusions of science as instrumentalities. 
William James was well within the bounds of moderation 
when he said that looking forward instead of backward, look- 

284 



THE CONSTRUCTION OF GOOD 

ing to what the world and life might become instead of to what 
they have been, is an alteration in the "seat of authority." 

It was incidentally remarked earlier in our discussion that 
the serious defect in the current empirical philosophy of values, 
the one which identifies them with things actually enjoyed 
irrespective of the conditions upon which they depend, is that 
it formulates and in so far consecrates the conditions of our 
present social experience. Throughout these chapters, primary 
attention has perforce been given to the methods and state- 
ments of philosophic theories. But these statements are tech- 
nical and specialized in formulation only. In origin, content 
and import they are reflections of some condition or some 
phase of concrete human experience. Just as the theory of the 
separation of theory and practice has a practical origin and a 
momentous practical consequence, so the empirical theory that 
values are identical with whatever men actually enjoy, no mat- 
ter how or what, formulates an aspect, and an undesirable one, 
of the present social situation. 

For while our discussion has given more attention to the 
other type of philosophical doctrine, that which holds that 
regulative and authoritative standards are found in transcend- 
ent eternal values, it has not passed in silence over the fact that 
actually the greater part of the activities of the greater number 
of human beings is spent in effort to seize upon and hold onto 
such enjoyments as the actual scene permits. Their energies and 
their enjoyments are controlled in fact, but they are controlled 
by external conditions rather than by intelligent judgment and 
endeavor. If philosophies have any influence over the thoughts 
and acts of men, it is a serious matter that the most widely held 
empirical theory should in effect justify this state of things 
by identifying values with the objects of any interest as such. 
As long as the only theories of value placed before us for in- 
tellectual assent alternate between sending us to a realm of 

285 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

eternal and fixed values and sending us to enjoyments such as 
actually obtain, the formulation, even as only a theory, of an 
experimental empiricism which finds values to be identical with 
goods that are the fruit of intelligently directed activity has 
its measure of practical significance. 



286 



CHAPTER XI 
THE COPERNICAN REVOLUTION 

KANT CLAIMED THAT he had effected a Copernican evolution 
in philosophy by treating the world and our knowledge of it 
from the standpoint of the knowing subject. To most critics, 
the endeavor to make the known world turn on the constitu- 
tion of the knowing mind, seems like a return to an ultra- 
Ptolemaic system. But Copernicus, as Kant understood him, 
effected a straightening out of astronomical phenomena by 
interpreting their perceived movements from their relation 
to the perceiving subject, instead of treating them as inherent 
in the things perceived. The revolution of the sun about the 
earth as it offers itself to sense-perception was regarded as 
due to the conditions of human observation and not to the 
movements of the sun itself. Disregarding the consequences 
of the changed point of view, Kant settled upon this one 
feature as characteristic of the method of Copernicus. He 
thought he could generalize this feature of Copernican 
method, and thus clear up a multitude of philosophical diffi- 
culties by attributing the facts in question to the constitution 
of the human subject in knowing. 

That the consequence was Ptolemaic rather than Coper- 
nican is not to be wondered at. In fact, the alleged revolution 
of Kant consisted in making explicit what was implicit in the 
classic tradition. In words, the latter had asserted that knowl- 
edge is determined by the objective constitution of the universe. 
But it did so only after it had first assumed that the universe 
is itself constituted after the pattern of reason. Philosophers 

287 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

first constructed a rational system of nature and then borrowed 
from it the features by which to characterize their knowledge 
of it. Kant, in effect, called attention to the borrowing j he 
insisted that credit for the borrowed material be assigned to 
human reason instead of to divine. His "revolution" was a 
shift from a theological to a human authorship j beyond that 
point, it was an explicit acknowledgment of what philosophers 
in the classic line of descent had been doing unconsciously 
before him. For the basic assumption of this tradition was the 
inherent correspondence subsisting between intellectus and the 
structure of Nature the principle so definitely stated by 
Spinoza. By the time of Kant difficulties in this rationalistic 
premise had become evident. He thought to maintain the 
underlying idea and remedy the perplexities it entailed by 
placing the locus of intellect in man as a knowing subject. 
The irritation which this performance arouses in some minds 
is due rather to this transfer than to any doubt about the valid 
function of reason in the constitution of nature. 

Kant refers incidentally to the experimental method of 
Galileo as an illustration of the way in which thought actually 
takes the lead, so that an object is known because of conformity 
to a prior conception: because of its conformity to the speci- 
fications of the latter. The reference makes clear by contrast 
the genuine reversal contained in the experimental way of 
knowing. It is true that experimentation proceeds on the basis 
of a directive idea. But the difference between the office of the 
idea in determining a known object and the office assigned 
to it in Kant's theory is as great as between the Copernican 
and the Ptolemaic systems. For an idea in experiment is tenta- 
tive, conditional, not fixed and rigorously determinative. It 
controls an action to be performed, but the consequences of 
the operation determine the worth of the directive idea} the 
latter does not fix the nature of the object. 

288 



THE COPERNICAN REVOLUTION 

Moreover, in experiment everything takes place above- 
board, in the open. Every step is overt and capable of being 
observed. There is a specified antecedent state of things; a 
specified operation using means, both physical and symbolic, 
which are externally exhibited and reported. The entire process 
by which the conclusion is reached that such and such a judg- 
ment of an object is valid is overt. It can be repeated step by 
step by any one. Thus every one can judge for himself whether 
or not the conclusion reached as to the object justifies assertion 
of knowledge, or whether there are gaps and deflections. More- 
over, the whole process goes on where other existential proc- 
esses go on, in time. There is a temporal sequence as definitely 
as in any art, as in, say, the making of cotton cloth from gin- 
ning of raw material, through carding and spinning to the op- 
eration of the loom. A public and manifest series of definite 
operations, all capable of public notice and report, distinguishes 
scientific knowing from the knowing carried on by inner "men- 
tal" processes accessible only to introspection, or inferred by 
dialectic from assumed premises. 

There is accordingly opposition rather than agreement 
between the Kantian determination of objects by thought and 
the determination by thought that takes place in experimenta- 
tion. There is nothing hypothetical or conditional about Kant's 
forms of perception and conception. They work uniformly 
and triumphantly; they need no differential testing by conse- 
quences. The reason Kant postulates them is to secure uni- 
versality and necessity instead of the hypothetical and the prob- 
able. Nor is there anything overt, observable and temporal or 
historical in the Kantian machinery. Its work is done behind 
the scenes. Only the result is observed, and only an elaborate 
process of dialectic inference enables Kant to assert the exist- 
ence of his apparatus of forms and categories. These are as 
inaccessible to observation as were the occult forms and essences 

289 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

whose rejection was a prerequisite of development of modern 
science. 

These remarks are not directed particularly against Kant. 
For, as has been already said, he edited a new version of old 
conceptions about mind and its activities in knowing, rather 
than evolved a brand new theory. But since he happens to be 
the author of the phrase "Copernican revolution," his phi- 
losophy forms a convenient point of departure for considera- 
tion of a genuine reversal of traditional ideas about the mind, 
reason, conceptions, and mental processes. Phases of this revo- 
lution have concerned us in the previous lectures. We have seen 
how the opposition between knowing and doing, theory and 
practice, has been abandoned in the actual enterprise of scien- 
tific inquiry, how knowing goes forward by means of doing. 
We have seen how the cognitive quest for absolute certainty 
by purely mental means has been surrendered in behalf of 
search for a security, having a high degree of probability, by 
means of preliminary active regulation of conditions. We have 
considered some of the definite steps by which security has 
come to attach to regulation of change rather than absolute 
certainty to the unchangeable. We have noted how in con- 
sequence of this transformation the standard of judgment 
has been transferred from antecedents to consequents, from 
inert dependence upon the past to intentional construction of 
a future. 

If such changes do not constitute, in the depth and scope 
of their significance, a reversal comparable to a Copernican 
revolution, I am at a loss to know where such a change can 
be found or what it would be like. The old center was mind 
knowing by means of an equipment of powers complete within 
itself, and merely exercised upon an antecedent external mate- 
rial equally complete in itself. The new center is indefinite 
interactions taking place within a course of nature which is 

290 



THE COPERNICAN REVOLUTION 

not fixed and complete, but which is capable of direction to 
new and different results through the mediation of inten- 
tional operations. Neither self nor world, neither soul nor 
nature (in the sense of something isolated and finished in its 
isolation) is the center, any more than either earth or sun is 
the absolute center of a single universal and necessary frame 
of reference. There is a moving whole of interacting parts j 
a center emerges wherever there is effort to change them in a 
particular direction. 

The reversal has many phases, and these are intercon- 
nected. It cannot be said that one is more important than 
another. But one change stands out with an extraordinary dis- 
tinctness. Mind is no longer a spectator beholding the world 
from without and finding its highest satisfaction in the joy 
of self-sufficing contemplation. The mind is within the world 
as a part of the latter's own on-going process. It is marked off 
as mind by the fact that wherever it is found, changes take 
place in a directed way, so that a movement in a definite one- 
way sense from the doubtful and confused to the clear, re- 
solved and settled takes place. From knowing as an outside 
beholding to knowing as an active participant in the drama of 
an on-moving world is the historical transition whose record we 
have been following. 

As far as philosophy is concerned, the first direct and im- 
mediate effect of this shift from knowing which makes a differ- 
ence to the knower but none in the world, to knowing which 
is a directed change within the world, is the complete abandon- 
ment of what we may term the intellectualist fallacy. By this 
is meant something which may also be termed the ubiquity of 
knowledge as a measure of reality. Of the older philosophies, 
framed before experimental knowing had made any significant 
progress, it may be said that they made a definite separation 
between the world in which man thinks and knows and the 

291 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

world in which he lives and acts. In his needs and in the acts 
that spring from them, man was a part of the world, a sharer 
in its fortunes, sometimes willingly, sometimes per force} he 
was exposed to its vicissitudes and at the mercy of its irregular 
and unforeseeable changes. By acting in and upon the world 
he made his earthly way, sometimes failing, sometimes achiev- 
ing. He was acted upon by it, sometimes carried forward to 
unexpected glories and sometimes overwhelmed by its disfavor. 

Being unable to cope with the world in which he lived, he 
sought some way to come to terms with the universe as a 
whole. Religion was, in its origin, an expression of this en- 
deavor. After a time, a few persons with leisure and endowed 
by fortune with immunity from the rougher impacts of the 
world, discovered the delights of thought and inquiry. They 
reached the conclusion that through rational thought they 
could rise about the natural world in which, with their body 
and those mental processes that were connected with the body, 
they lived. In striving with the inclemencies of nature, suffer- 
ing its buffetings, wresting sustenance from its resources, they 
were parts of Nature. But in knowledge, true knowledge which 
is rational, occupied with objects that are universal and im- 
mutable, they escaped from the world of vicissitude and uncer- 
tainty. They were elevated above the realm in which needs 
are felt and laborious effort imperative. In rising above this 
world of sense and time, they came into rational communion 
with the divine which was untroubled and perfect mind. They 
became true participants in the realm of ultimate reality. 
Through knowledge, they were without the world of chance 
and change, and within the world of perfect and unchanging 
Being. 

How far this glorification by philosophers and scientific 
investigators of a life of knowing, apart from and above a life 
of doing, might have impressed the popular mind without 

292 



THE COPERNICAN REVOLUTION 

adventitious aid there is no saying. But external aid came. 
Theologians of the Christian Church adopted this view in a 
form adapted to their religious purposes. The perfect and ulti- 
mate reality was Godj to know Him was eternal bliss. The 
world in which man lived and acted was a world of trials and 
troubles to test and prepare him for a higher destiny. Through 
thousands of ways, including histories and rites, with symbols 
that engaged the emotions and imagination, the essentials of 
the doctrine of classic philosophy filtered its way into the 
popular mind. 

It would be a one-sided view which held that this story 
gives the entire account of the elevation of knowing and its 
object above practical action and its objects. A contributing 
cause was found in the harshness, cruelties and tragic frustra- 
tions of the world of action. Were it not for its brutalities and 
failures, the motive for seeking refuge in a higher realm of 
knowledge would have been lacking. It was easy and, as we say, 
"natural" to associate these evils with the fact that the world 
in which we act is a realm of change. The generic fact of 
change was made absolute and the source of all the troubles 
and defects of the world in which we directly live. At the 
very best, good and excellence are insecure in a world of 
change; good can be securely at home only in a realm of fixed 
unchanging substance. When the source of evil was once as- 
serted to reside in the inherent deficiencies of a realm of 
change, responsibility was removed from human ignorance, 
incapacity and insusceptibility. It remained only to change our 
own attitude and disposition, to turn the soul from perish- 
able things toward perfect Being. In this idea religion stated 
in one language precisely what the great philosophic tradition 
stated in another. 

Nor is this the whole of the story. There was, strangely 
enough, a definitely practical ground for the elevation of 

293 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

knowledge above doing and making. Whenever knowledge 
is actually obtained, a measure of security through ability to 
control ensues. There is a natural inclination to treat value 
as a measure of reality. Since knowledge is the mode of expe- 
rience that puts in our hands the key to controlling our other 
dealings with experienced objects, it has a central position. 
There is no practical point gained in asserting that a thing is 
what it is experienced to be apart from knowledge. If a man 
has typhoid fever, he has itj he does not have to search for 
or pry into it. But to know it, he does have to search: to 
thought, to intellect, the fever is what it is known to be. For 
when it is known, the various phenomena of having it, the 
direct experiences, fall into order j we have at least that kind 
of control called understanding, and with this comes the pos- 
sibility of a more active control. The very fact that other 
experiences speak, so to say, for themselves makes it uneces- 
sary to ask what they are. When the nature of an existence 
is in doubt and we have to seek for it, the idea of reality is 
consciously present. Hence the thought of existence becomes 
exclusively associated with knowing. Other ways of experi- 
encing things exist so obviously that we do not think of 
existence in connection with them. 

At all events, whatever the explanation, the idea that cog- 
nition is the measure of the reality found in other modes of 
experience is the most widely distributed premise of philoso- 
phies. The equation of the real and the known comes to ex- 
plicit statement in idealistic theories. If we remind ourselves 
of the landscape with trees and grasses waving in the wind 
and waves dancing in sunlight, we recall how scientific thought 
of these things strips off the qualities significant in perception 
and direct enjoyment, leaving only certain physical constants 
stated in mathematical formulae. What is more natural, then, 
than to call upon mind to reclothe by some contributory act 

294 



THE COPERNICAN REVOLUTION 

of thought or consciousness the grim skeleton offered by sci- 
ence? Then if only it can be shown that mathematical rela- 
tions are themselves a logical construction of thought, the 
knowing mind is enstated as the constitutive author of the 
whole scheme. Realistic theories have protested against doc- 
trines that make the knowing mind the source of the thing 
known. But they have held to a doctrine of a partial equation 
of the real and the known j only they have read the equation 
from the side of the object instead of the subject. Knowledge 
must be the grasp or vision of the real as it "is in itself," while 
emotions and affections deal with it as it is affected with an 
alien element supplied by the feeling and desiring subject. The 
postulate of the unique and exclusive relation among experi- 
enced things of knowledge and the real is shared by epistemo- 
logical idealist and realist. 

The meaning of a Copernican reversal is that we do not 
have to go to knowledge to obtain an exclusive hold on reality. 
The world as we experience it is a real world. But it is not 
in its primary phases a world that is known, a world that is 
understood, and is intellectually coherent and secure. Knowing 
consists of operations that give experienced objects a form in 
which the relations, upon which the onward course of events 
depends, are securely experienced. It marks a transitional 
redirection and rearrangement of the real. It is intermediate 
and instrumental} it comes between a relatively casual and 
accidental experience of existence and one relatively settled 
and defined. The knower is within the world of existence j his 
knowing, as experimental, marks an interaction of one existence 
with other existences. There is, however, a most important 
difference between it and other existential interactions. The 
difference is not between something going on within nature as a 
part of itself and something else taking place outside it, but is 
that between a regulated course of changes and an uncontrolled 

295 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

one. In knowledge, causes become means and effects become 
consequences, and thereby things have meanings. The known 
object is an antecedent object as that is intentionally rearranged 
and redisposed, an eventual object whose value is tested by 
the reconstruction it effects. It emerges, as it were, from the 
fire of experimental thought as a refined metal issues from 
operations performed on crude material. It is the same object 
but the same object with a difference, as a man who has been 
through conditions which try the temper of his being comes 
out the same man and a different man. 

Knowledge then does not encompass the world as a whole. 
But the fact that it is not coextensive with experienced existence 
is no defect nor failure on its part. It is an expression of the 
fact that knowledge attends strictly to its own business: 
transformation of disturbed and unsettled situations into those 
more controlled and more significant. Not all existence asks 
to be known, and it certainly does not ask leave from thought 
to exist. But some existences as they are experienced do ask 
thought to direct them in their course so that they may be 
ordered and fair and be such as to commend themselves to 
admiration, approval and appreciation. Knowledge affords the 
sole means by which this redirection can be effected. As the 
latter is brought about, parts of the experienced world have 
more luminous and organized meaning and their significance 
is rendered more secure against the gnawing tooth of time. 
The problem of knowledge is the problem of discovery of 
methods for carrying on this enterprise of redirection. It is a 
problem never ended, always in process} one problematic situa- 
tion is resolved and another takes its place. The constant gain 
is not in approximation to universal solution but in betterment 
of methods and enrichment of objects experienced. 

Man as a natural creature acts as masses and molecules 
act} he lives as animals live, eating, fighting, fearing, repro- 

296 



THE COPERNICAN REVOLUTION 

ducing. As he lives, some of his actions yield understanding 
and things take on meaning, for they become signs of one 
another j means of expectation and of recall, preparations for 
what is to come and celebrations of what has gone. Activities 
take on ideal quality. Attraction and repulsion become love of 
the admirable and hate of the harsh and ugly, and they seek 
to find and make a world in which they may be securely at 
home. Hopes and fears, desires and aversions, are as truly 
responses to things as are knowing and thinking. Our affec- 
tions, when they are enlightened by understanding, are organs 
by which we enter into the meaning of the natural world as 
genuinely as by knowing, and with greater fullness and inti- 
macy. This deeper and richer intercourse with things can be 
effected only by thought and its resultant knowledge} the arts 
in which the potential meanings of nature are realized demand 
an intermediate and transitional phase of detachment and 
abstraction. The colder and less intimate transactions of know- 
ing involve temporary disregard of the qualities and values 
to which our affections and enjoyments are attached. But 
knowledge is an indispensable medium of our hopes and fears, 
of loves and hates, if desires and preferences are to be steady, 
ordered, charged with meaning, secure. 

The glorification of knowledge as the exclusive avenue of 
access to what is real is not gong to give way soon nor all at 
once. But it can hardly endure indefinitely. The more wide- 
spread become the habits of intelligent thought, the fewer 
enemies they meet from those vested interests and social insti- 
tutions whose power depends upon immunity from inspection 
by intelligence, in short, the more matter of course they be- 
come, the less need will there seem to be for giving knowledge 
an exclusive and monopolistic position. It will be prized for its 
fruits rather than for the properties assigned to it when it was a 
new and precarious enterprise. The common fact that we prize 

297 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

in proportion to rarity has a good de?l to do with the exclu- 
sive esteem in which knowledge has been held. There is so 
much unintelligent appetite and impulse, so much routine 
action, so much that is dictated by the arbitrary power of other 
persons, so much, in short, that is not informed and enlight- 
ened by knowledge, that it is not surprising that action and 
knowledge should have been isolated in thought from one 
another, and knowledge treated as if it alone had dealings 
with real existence. I do not know when knowledge will 
become naturalized in the life of society. But when it is fully 
acclimatized, its instrumental, as distinct from its monopolistic, 
role in approach to things of nature and society will be taken 
for granted without need for such arguments as I have been 
engaging in. Meantime, the development of the experimental 
method stands as a prophecy of the possibility of the accom- 
plishment of this Copernican Revolution. 

Whenever anyone speaks about the relation of knowledge 
(especially if the word science be used) to our moral, artistic 
and religious interests, there are two dangers to which he is 
exposed. There exist on one hand efforts to use scientific 
knowledge to substantiate moral and religious beliefs, either 
with respect to some specific form in which they are current 
or in some vague way that is felt to be edifying and com- 
forting. On the other hand, philosophers derogate the im- 
portance and necessity of knowledge in order to make room 
for an undisputed sway of some set of moral and religious 
tenets. It may be that preconceptions will lead some to inter- 
pret what has been said in one or other of these senses. If so, 
it is well to state that not a word has been said in depreciation 
of science} what has been criticized is a philosophy and habit 
of mind on the ground of which science is prized for false 
reasons. Nor does this negative statement cover the whole 
ground. Knowledge is instrumental. But the purport of our 

298 



THE COPERNICAN REVOLUTION 

whole discussion has been in praise of tools, instrumentalities, 
means, putting them on a level equal in value to ends and 
consequences, since without them the latter are merely acci- 
dental, sporadic and unstable. To call known objects, in their 
capacity of being objects of knowledge, means is to appreciate 
them, not to depreciate them. 

Affections, desires, purposes, choices are going to endure 
as long as man is man j therefore as long as man is man, there 
are going to be ideas, judgments, beliefs about values. Nothing 
could be sillier than to attempt to justify their existence at 
large j they are going to exist anyway. What is inevitable needs 
no proof for its existence. But these expressions of our nature 
need direction, and direction is possible only through knowl- 
edge. When they are informed by knowledge, they themselves 
constitute, in their directed activity, intelligence in operation. 
Thus as far as concerns particular value-beliefs, particular 
moral and religious ideas and creeds, the import of what has 
been said is that they need to be tested and revised by the best 
knowledge at command. The moral of the discussion is any- 
thing but a reservation for them of a position in which they 
are exempt from the impact, however disintegrative it may be, 
of new knowledge. 

The relation between objects as known and objects with 
respect to value is that between the actual and the possible. 
"The actual" consists of given conditions} "the possible" de- 
notes ends or consequences not now existing but which the 
actual may through its use bring into existence. The possible 
in respect to any given actual situation is thus an ideal for that 
situation} from the standpoint of operational definition of 
thinking in terms of action the ideal and the possible are 
equivalent ideas. Idea and ideal have more in common than 
certain letters of the alphabet. Everywhere an idea, in its intel- 
lectual content, is a projection of what something existing may 

299 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

come to be. One may report a quality already sensed in a 
proposition, as when standing before the fire I remark upon 
how hot it is. When seeing something at a distance, I judge 
without sensible contact that it must be hot} "hot" expresses 
a consequence which I infer would be experienced if I were 
to approach close enough j it designates a possibility of what is 
actually there in experience. The instance is a trivial one, but 
it sets forth what happens in every case where any predicate, 
whether quality or relation, expresses an idea rather than a 
sensibly perceived characteristic. The difference is not between 
one mental state called a sensation and another called an image. 
It is between what is experienced as being already there and 
what marks a possibility of being experienced. If we agree to 
leave out the eulogistic savor of "ideal" and define it in con- 
trast with the actual, the possibility denoted by an idea is the 
ideal phase of the existent. 

The problem of the connection or lack of connection of the 
actual and the ideal has always been the central problem of 
philosophy in its metaphysical aspect, just as the relation 
between existence and idea has been the central theme of 
philosophy on the side of the theory of knowledge. Both issues 
come together in the problem of the relation of the actual and 
the possible. Both problems are derived from the necessities 
of action if that is to be intelligently regulated. Assertion of 
an idea or of an ideal, if it is genuine, is a claim that it is pos- 
sible to modify what exists so that it will take on a form pos- 
sessed of specifiable traits. This statement as it relates to an 
idea, to the cognitive aspect, takes us back to what has been 
said about ideas as designations of operations and their con- 
sequences. Its bearing upon the "ideal" concerns us at this 
point. 

In this basic problem of the relation of the actual and 
ideal, classic philosophies have always attempted to prove that 

300 



THE COPERNICAN REVOLUTION 

the ideal is already and eternally a property of the real. The 
quest for absolute cognitive certainty has come to a head in 
the quest for an ideal which is one with the ultimately real. 
Men have not been able to trust either the world or them- 
selves to realize the values and qualities which are the possi- 
bilities of nature. The sense of incompetency and the sloth 
born of desire for irresponsibility have combined to create an 
overwhelming longing for the ideal and rational as an ante- 
cedent possession of actuality, and consequently something 
upon which we can fall back for emotional support in times of 
trouble. 

The assumption of the antecedent inherent identity of 
actual and ideal has generated problems which have not been 
solved. It is the source of the problem of evil; of evil not 
merely in the moral sense, but in that of the existence of de- 
fect and aberration, of uncertainty and error, of all deviation 
from the perfect. If the universe is in itself ideal, why is there 
so much in our experience of it which is so thoroughly unideal? 
Attempts to answer this question have always been compelled 
to introduce lapse from perfect Being: some kind of fall to 
which is due the distinction between noumena and phenomena, 
things as they really are and as they seem to be. There 
are many versions of this doctrine. The simplest, though 
not the one which has most commended itself to most phi- 
losophers, is the idea of the "fall of man," a fall which, in 
the words of Cardinal Newman, has implicated all creation in 
an aboriginal catastrophe. I am not concerned to discuss them 
and their respective weaknesses and strengths. It is enough to 
note that the philosophies which go by the name of Idealism 
are attempts to prove by one method or another, cosmological, 
ontological or epistemological, that the Real and the Ideal are 
one, while at the same time they introduce qualifying addi- 
tions to explain why after all they are not one. 

301 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

There are three ways of idealizing the world. There is 
idealization through purely intellectual and logical processes, 
in which reasoning alone attempts to prove that the world has 
characters that satisfy our highest aspirations. There are, again, 
moments of intense emotional appreciation when, through a 
happy conjunction of the state of the self and of the surround- 
ing world, the beauty and harmony of existence is disclosed 
in experiences which are the immediate consummation of all 
for which we long. Then there is an idealization through 
actions that are directed by thought, such as are manifested in 
the works of fine art and in all human relations perfected by 
loving care. The first path has been taken by many philoso- 
phies. The second while it lasts is the most engaging. It sets 
the measure of our ideas of possibilities that are to be realized 
by intelligent endeavor. But its objects depend upon fortune 
and are insecure. The third method represents the way of 
deliberate quest for security of the values that are enjoyed by 
grace in our happy moments. 

That in fortunate moments objects of complete and ap- 
proved enjoyment are had is evidence that nature is capable 
of giving birth to objects that stay with us as ideal. Nature 
thus supplies potential material for embodiment of ideals. 
Nature, if I may use the locution, is idealizable. It lends itself 
to operations by which it is perfected. The process is not a 
passive one. Rather nature gives, not always freely but in 
response to search, means and material by which the values we 
judge to have supreme quality may be embodied in existence. 
It depends upon the choice of man whether he employs what 
nature provides and for what ends he uses it. 

Idealism of this type is not content with dialectical proofs 
that the perfect is already and immutably in Being, either as 
a property of some higher power or as an essence. The emo- 
tional satisfactions and encouragements thus supplied are not 

302 



THE COPERNICAN REVOLUTION 

an adequate substitute for an ideal which is projected in order 
to be a guide of our doings. While the happy moment brings us 
objects to admire, approve and revere, the security and extent 
in which the beautiful, the true and the revered qualify the 
world, depend upon the way in which our own affections and 
desires for that kind or world engage activities. Things loved, 
admired and revered, things that spiritualistic philosophies 
have seized upon as the defining characters of ultimate Being, 
are genuine elements of nature. But without the aid and sup- 
port of deliberate action based on understanding of conditions, 
they are transitory and unstable, as well as narrow and confined 
in the number of those who enjoy them. 

Religious faiths have come under the influence of philoso- 
phies that have tried to demonstrate the fixed union of the 
actual and ideal in ultimate Being. Their interest in persuad- 
ing to a life of loyalty to what is esteemed good, has been 
bound up with a certain creed regarding historical origins. 
Religion has also been involved in the metaphysics of sub- 
stance, and has thrown in its lot with acceptance of certain 
cosmogonies. It has found itself fighting a battle and a losing 
one with science, as if religion were a rival theory about the 
structure of the natural world. It has committed itself to asser- 
tions about astronomical, geological, biological subject-matter j 
about questions of anthropology, literary criticism, and history. 
With the advances of sciences in these fields it has in conse- 
quence found itself involved in a series of conflicts, compro- 
mises, adjustments and retreats. 

The religious attitude as a sense of the possibilities of 
existence and as devotion to the cause of these possibilities, as 
distinct from acceptance of what is given at the time, gradu- 
ally extricates itself from these unnecessary intellectual com- 
mitments. But religious devotees rarely stop to notice that 
what lies at the basis of recurrent conflicts with scientific find- 

303 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

ings is not this or that special dogma so much as it is alliance 
with philosophical schemes which hold that the reality and 
power of whatever is excellent and worthy of supreme devo- 
tion, depends upon proof of its antecedent existence, so that the 
ideal of perfection loses its claim over us unless it can be dem- 
onstrated to exist in the sense in which the sun and stars exist. 

Were it not because of this underlying assumption, there 
could be no conflict between science and religion. The currency 
of attempts to reconcile scientific conclusions with special doc- 
trines of religion may unfortunately suggest, when such a 
statement is made, the idea of some infallible recipe for con- 
ciliation. But nothing is further from its meaning. It signifies 
that a religious attitude would surrender once for all commit- 
ment to beliefs about matters of fact, whether physical, social 
or metaphysical. It would leave such matters to inquirers in 
other fields. Nor would it substitute in their place fixed beliefs 
about values, save the one value of the worth of discovering 
the possibilities of the actual and striving to realize them. 
Whatever is discovered about actual existence would modify 
the content of human beliefs about ends, purposes and goods. 
But it would and could not touch the fact that we are capable of 
directing our affection and loyalty to the possibilities resident 
in the actualities discovered. An idealism of action that is de- 
voted to creation of a future, instead of to staking itself upon 
propositions about the past, is invincible. The claims of the 
beautiful to be admired and cherished do not depend upon 
ability to demonstrate statements about the past history of art. 
The demand of righteousness for reverence does not depend 
upon ability to prove the existence of an antecedent Being who 
is righteous. 

It is not possible to set forth with any accuracy or complete- 
ness just what form religion would take if it were wedded to 
an idealism of this sort, or just what would happen if it broke 

304 



THE COPERNICAN REVOLUTION 

away from that quest for certitude in the face of peril and 
human weakness which has determined its historic and insti- 
tutional career. But some features of the spirit of the change 
which would follow may be indicated. Not the least impor- 
tant change would be a shift from the defensive and apolo- 
getic position which is practically compulsory as long as 
religious faith is bound up with defense of doctrines regarding 
history and physical nature j for this entanglement subjects it 
to constant danger of conflict with science. The energy which 
is thus diverted into defense of positions that have in time 
to be surrendered would be released for positive activity in 
behalf of the security of the underlying possibilities of actual 
life. More important still would be liberation from attach- 
ment to dogmas framed in conditions very unlike those in 
which we live, and the substitution of a disposition to turn 
to constructive account the results of knowledge. 

It is not possible to estimate the amelioration that would 
result if the stimulus and support given to practical action 
by science were no longer limited to industry and commerce 
and merely "secular" affairs. As long as the practical import 
of the advance of science is confined to these activities, the 
dualism between the values which religion professes and the 
urgent concerns of daily livelihood will persist. The gulf 
between them will continually grow wider, and the widening 
will not, judging from past history, be at the expense of the 
territory occupied by mundane and secular affairs. On the con- 
trary, ideal interests will be compelled to retreat more and 
more to a confined ground. 

The philosophy which holds that the realm of essence sub- 
sists as an independent realm of Being also emphasizes that 
this is a realm of possibilities} it offers this realm as the true 
object of religious devotion. But, by definition, such pos- 
sibilities are abstract and remote. They have no concern nor 

305 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

traffic with natural and social objects that are concretely expe- 
rienced. It is not possible to avqid the impression that the idea 
of such a realm is simply the hypostatizing in a wholesale way 
of the fact that actual existence has its own possibilities. But 
in any case devotion to such remote and unattached possibili- 
ties simply perpetuates the other-worldliness of religious tra- 
dition, although its other-world is not one supposed to exist. 
Thought of it is a refuge, not a resource. It becomes effective 
in relation to the conduct of life only when separation of 
essence from existence is cancelled j when essences are taken 
to be possibilities to be embodied through action in concrete 
objects of secure experience. Nothing is gained by reaching 
the latter through a circuitous course. 

Religious faith which attaches itself to the possibilities of 
nature and associated living would, with its devotion to the 
ideal, manifest piety toward the actual. It would not be queru- 
lous with respect to the defects and hardships of the latter. 
Respect and esteem would be given to that which is the means 
of realization of possibilities, and to that in which the ideal is 
embodied if it ever finds embodiment. Aspiration and endeavor 
are not ends in themselves ; value is not in them in isolation 
but in them as means to that reorganization of the existent in 
which approved meanings are attained. Nature and society in- 
clude within themselves projection of ideal possibilities and 
contain the operations by which they are actualized. Nature 
may not be worshiped as divine even in the sense of the intel- 
lectual love of Spinoza. But nature, including humanity, with 
all its defects and imperfections, may evoke heartfelt piety 
as the source of ideals, of possibilities, of aspiration in their 
behalf, and as the eventual abode of all attained goods and 
excellencies. 

I have no intention of entering into the field of the psychol- 
ogy of religion, that is to say, the personal attitudes involved 

306 



THE COPERNICAN REVOLUTION 

in religious experience. But I suppose that no one can deny 
that the sense of dependence, insisted upon, for example, by 
Sohleiermacher, comes close to the heart of the matter. This 
sense has taken many different forms in connection with dif- 
ferent states of culture. It has shown itself in abject fears, in 
practice of extreme cruelties designed to propitiate the powers 
upon which we depend, and in militantly fanatical intolerance 
on the part of those who felt that they had special access to 
the ultimate source of power and a peculiar authorization to 
act in its behalf. It has shown itself in noble humilities and 
unquenchable ardors. History shows that there is no channel in 
which the sense of dependence is predestined to express itself. 
But of the religious attitude which is allied to acceptance 
of the ideally good as the to-be-realized possibilities of exist- 
ence, one statement may be made with confidence. At the best, 
all our endeavors look to the future and never attain certainty. 
The lesson of probability holds for all forms of activity as 
truly as for the experimental operations of science, and even 
more poignantly and tragically. The control and regulation of 
which so much has been said never signifies certainty of out- 
come, although the greater meed of security it may afford will 
not be known until we try the experimental policy in all walks 
of life. The unknown surrounds us in other forms of practical 
activity even more than in knowing, for they reach further 
into the future, in more significant and less controllable ways. 
A sense of dependence is quickened by that Copernican revo- 
lution which looks to security amid change instead of to cer- 
tainty in attachment to the fixed. 

It would, moreover, alter its dominant quality. One of the 
deepest of moral traditions is that which identifies the source 
of moral evil, as distinct from retrievable error, with pride, 
and which identifies pride with isolation. This attitude of 
pride assumes many forms. It has found among those who 

307 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

profess the most complete dependence, often preeminently 
among them. The pride of the zealously devout is the most 
dangerous form of pride. There is a divisive pride of the 
learned, as well as of family wealth and power. The pride of 
those who feel themselves learned in the express and explicit 
will of God is the most exclusive. Those who have this pride, 
one that generates an exclusive institutionalism and then feeds 
and sustains itself through its connection with an institution 
claiming spiritual monopoly, feel themselves to be special 
organs of the divine, and in its name claim authority over 
others. 

The historic isolation of the church from other social in- 
stitutions is the result of this pride. The isolation, like all 
denials of interaction and interdependence, confines to special 
channels the power of those who profess special connection 
with the ideal and spiritual. In condemning other modes of 
human association to an inferior position and role, it breeds 
irresponsibility in the latter. This result is perhaps the most 
serious of the many products of that dualism between nature 
and spirit in which isolation of the actual and the possible 
eventuates. The sense of dependence that is bred by recogni- 
tion that the intent and effort of man are never final but are 
subject to the uncertainties of an indeterminate future, would 
render dependence universal and shared by all. It would 
terminate the most corroding form of spiritual pride and 
isolation, that which divides man from man at the foundation 
of life's activities. A sense of common participation in the in- 
evitable uncertainties of existence would be coeval with a sense 
of common effort and shared destiny. Men will never love 
their enemies until they cease to have enmities. The antago- 
nism between the actual and the ideal, the spiritual and the 
natural, is the source of the deepest and most injurious of all 
enmities. 

308 



THE COPERNICAN REVOLUTION 

What has been said might seem to ignore the strength of 
those traditions in which are enshrined the emotions and im- 
aginations of so many human beings, as well as the force of 
the established institutions by which these traditions are car- 
ried. I am, however, engaged only in pointing out the possi- 
bility of a change. This task does not require us to ignore the 
practical difficulties in the way of realizing it. There is one 
aspect of these difficulties which is pertinent at this point. It is 
appropriate to inquire as to the bearing of them upon the 
future office of philosophy. A philosophy committed to rational 
demonstration of the fixed and antecedent certainty of the 
ideal, with a sharp demarcation of knowledge and higher 
activity from all forms of practical activity, is a philosophy 
which perpetuates the obstacles in the way of realization of 
the possibility that has been pointed out. It is easy both to 
minimize the practical effect of philosophic theories and to 
exaggerate it. Directly, it is not very great. But as an intel- 
lectual formulation and justification of habits and attitudes 
already obtaining among men its influence is immense. The 
vis inertiae of habit is tremendous, and when it is reinforced 
by a philosophy which also is embodied in institutions, it is so 
great as to be a factor in sustaining the present confusion and 
conflict of authorities and allegiances. 

A final word about philosophy is then in place. Like reli- 
gion it has come into conflict with the natural sciences, or at 
least its path has diverged increasingly from theirs since the 
seventeenth century. The chief cause of the split is that philos- 
ophy has assumed for its function a knowledge of reality. This 
fact makes it a rival instead of a complement to. the sciences. It 
has forced philosophy into claiming a kind of knowledge which 
is more ultimate than theirs. In consequence it has, at least in 
its more systematic forms, felt obliged to revise the conclusions 
of science to prove that they do not mean what they sayj or 

309 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

tfiat, in any case they apply to a world of appearances instead 
of to the superior reality to which philosophy directs itself. 
Idealistic philosophies have attempted to prove from an ex- 
amination of the conditions of knowledge that mind is the only 
reality. What does it matter, they have said in effect, if phy- 
sical knowledge recognizes only matter, since matter itself is 
mental? Idealisms in proving that the ideal is once for all the 
real has absolved itself fr6m the office, more useful if hum- 
bler, of attempting that interpretation of the actual by means 
of which values could be made more extensive and more 
secure. 

General ideas, hypotheses, are necessary in science itself. 
They serve an indispensable purpose. They open new points 
of view; they liberate us from the bondage of habit which is 
always closing in on us, restricting our vision both of what is 
and of what the actual may become. They direct operations 
that reveal new truths and new possibilities. They enable us 
to escape from the pressure of immediate circumstance and 
provincial boundaries. Knowledge falters when imagination 
clips its wings or fears to use them. Every great advance in 
science has issued from a new audacity of imagination. What 
are now working conceptions, employed as a matter of course 
because they have withstood the tests of experiment and have 
emerged triumphant, were once speculative hypotheses. 

There is no limit set to the scope and depth of hypotheses. 
There are those of short and technical range and there are 
those as wide as experience. Philosophy has always claimed 
universality for itself. It will make its claim good when it con- 
nects this universality with the formation of directive hypoth- 
eses instead of with a sweeping pretension to knowledge of 
universal Being. That hypotheses are fruitful when they are 
suggested by actual need, are bulwarked by knowledge already 
attained, and are tested by the consequences of the operations 

310 



THE COPERNICAN REVOLUTION 

they evoke goes without saying. Otherwise imagination is dis- 
sipated into fantasies and rises vaporously into the clouds. 

The need for large and generous ideas in the direction 
of life was never more urgent than in the confusion of 
tongues, beliefs and purposes that characterizes present life. 
Knowledge of actual structure and processes of existence has 
reached a point where a philosophy which has the will to use 
knowledge has guidance and support. A philosophy which 
abandoned its guardianship of fixed realities, values and ideals, 
would find a new career for itself. The meaning of science in 
terms of science, in terms of knowledge of the actual, may 
well be left to science itself. Its meaning in terms of the great 
human uses to which it may be put, its meaning in the service 
of possibilities of secure value, offers a field for exploration 
which cries out from very emptiness. To abandon the search 
for absolute and immutable reality and value may seem like 
a sacrifice. But this renunciation is the condition of entering 
upon a vocation of greater vitality. The search for values to 
be secured and shared by all, because buttressed in the founda- 
tions of social life, is a quest in which philosophy would have 
no rivals but coadjutors in men of good will. 

Philosophy under such conditions finds itself in no oppo- 
sition to science. It is a liaison officer between the conclusions 
of science and the modes of social and personal action through 
which attainable possibilities are projected and striven for. No 
more than a religion devoted to inspiration and cultivation of 
the sense of ideal possibilities in the actual would it find itself 
checked by any possible discovery of science. Each new dis- 
covery would afford a new opportunity. Such a philosophy 
would have a wide field of criticism before it. But its critical 
mind would be directed against the domination exercised by 
prejudice, narrow interest, routine custom and the authority 
which issues from institutions apart from the human ends they 

3" 



THE QUEST FOR CERTAINTY 

serve. This negative office would be but the obverse of the 
creative work of the imagination in pointing to the new possi- 
bilities which knowledge of the actual discloses and in project- 
ing methods for their realization in the homely everyday 
experience of mankind. 

Philosophy has often entertained the ideal of a complete 
integration of knowledge. But knowledge by its nature is 
analytic and discriminating. It attains large syntheses, sweep- 
ing generalizations. But these open up new problems for con- 
sideration, new fields for inquiry j they are transitions to more 
detailed and varied knowledge. Diversification of discoveries 
and the opening up of new points of view and new methods 
are inherent in the progress of knowledge. This fact defeats the 
idea of any complete synthesis of knowledge upon an intel- 
lectual basis. The sheer increase of specialized knowledge will 
never work the miracle of producing an intellectual whole. 
Nevertheless, the need for integration of specialized results of 
science remains, and philosophy should contribute to the satis- 
faction of the need. 

The need, however, is practical and human rather than 
intrinsic to science itself j the latter is content as long as it can 
move to new problems and discoveries. The need for direction 
of action in large social fields is the source of a genuine 
demand for unification of scientific conclusions. They are 
organized when their bearing on the conduct of life is dis- 
closed. It is at this point that the extraordinary and multifa- 
rious results of scientific inquiry are unorganized, scattered, 
chaotic. The astronomer, biologist, chemist, may attain sys- 
tematic wholes, at least for a time, within his own field. But 
when we come to the bearing of special conclusions upon the 
conduct of social life, we are, outside of technical fields, at a 
loss. The force of tradition and dogmatic authority is due, 
more than to anything else, to precisely this defect. Man has 

312 



THE COPERNICAN REVOLUTION 

never had such a varied body of knowledge in his possession 
before, and probably never before has he been so uncertain 
and so perplexed as to what his knowledge means, what it 
points to in action and in consequences. 

Were there any consensus as to the significance of what is 
known upon beliefs about things of ideal and general value, 
our life would be marked by integrity instead of by distrac- 
tion and by conflict of competing aims and standards. Needs of 
practical action in large and liberal social fields would give 
unification to our special knowledge} and the latter would give 
solidity and confidence to the judgment of values that control 
conduct. Attainment of this consensus would mean that modern 
life had reached maturity in discovering the meaning of its 
own intellectual movement. It would find within its own inter- 
ests and activities the authoritative guidance for its own affairs 
which it now vainly seeks in oscillation between outworn tradi- 
tions and reliance upon casual impulse. 

The situation defines the vital office of present philosophy. 
It has to search out and disclose the obstructions} to criticize 
the habits of mind which stand in the way} to focus reflection 
upon needs congruous to present life} to interpret the conclu- 
sions of science with respect to their consequences for our 
beliefs about purposes and values in all phases of life. The 
development of a system of thought capable of giving this 
service is a difficult undertaking} it can proceed only slowly 
and through cooperative effort. In these pages I have tried to 
indicate in outline the nature of the task to be accomplished 
and to suggest some of the resources at hand for its realization. 



THE END 



313 



INDEX 



Absolute and Absolutism, 6, 3, 109, 
143, i6in., 264. 

Abstraction, inn., I53'4> *59> l6 5> 
216-8, 238, 246. 

Action and Knowledge, 6, 7, 8, 30, 33, 
35, 72, 86, 88, 150, 167, 194, 206, 211, 
214, 223, 231, 245, 290; see Knowl- 
edge, Operations, Theory. 

Activity, pure, 17-19, 93. 

Actual, 62, 299-301. 

Agnosticism, 193. 

Analysis, 92, 123, 174. 

Antecedents and Consequences, 22, 
44, 68, 72, 86, 103, 126, 129, 137, 
146, 149, 165, 171, 185, 192, 196, 
221, 230, 258, 266, 272. 

Appearances, 19, 23, 30, 34, 104, 108, 

1 10. 

Application of science, 79-80, 86. 
Appreciation, 221, 262, 268, 299. 
A priorij see Reason. 
Aristotle, 14-16, 40, 75, 91, 182*1, 243, 

275, 282. 
Arts, 3-6, 8, 30, 45, 47, 85, 100, 132, 

138, 149, 207, 233, 254, 269, 297; 

liberal and mechanical, 74; social, 

40; and science, 75. 
Authority, 95; conflict in, Ch. Ill; 

seat of, Ch. VIII, 255, 261, 269, 285; 

see Control, Standards. 
Axioms, 141, 183. 

Barry, F., 98, 153, 160-10. 
Beliefs, 6, 17, 18, 26, 82, 56. 
Bergson, H., 91. 
Berkeley, Bishop, 121, 142. 
Body, 82; and Mind, 230. 
Bridgman, P. W., in, 204. 

Causality, 159. 

Certainty, 5, 33, 51, 60, 128, 204, 254; 

see Control, Security. 
Change, 16, 83, 84, 100-1, 105, 129, 

131, 205, 211, 236-7, 251, 292-3; see 

Immutables. 
Church, the, 75-6, 255, 276, 282, 293, 

308. 
Cohen, M. R., inn. 



Concrete, meaning of, 153-4. 

Communication, 150. 

Compossibility, 160. 

Conception of conceptions, 1470.; em- 
pirical, 166; and laws, 206-7; see 
Ideas, Operations, Thought. 

Consciousness, 86, 227-8. 

Consequences, see Antecedents, Ends. 

Contingency, 19, 201-4, 231, 244, 249- 
54, 307; see Luck, Probability. 

Continuity, 224, 230-1, 234, 240; see 
Operations, Relations. 

Control, 98, 100, 104, 105, 128, 172, 
213, 241, 247, 259, 296; by arts, 3, 
30; by rites, 3, 10, 223, 254; by in- 
telligence, Ch. IV; two kinds, 84, 
132; ground of, 133. 

Crisis, 44, 52, 224. 

CrisL in Culture, 40, 43, 47, 70, 77, 
251. 

Data, 99, 122, 134, 137, 172-3, 178. 
Deduction, see Implication. 
Definition, 50, 99, 126, 141, 152, 181. 
Demonstration, 108, 112; see Proof 

Test. 

Dependence, 307. 

Descartes, 42, 57, 61, 92, 141, 157. 
Discovery, 183-5. 
Discreteness, 114, 125, 142, 176, 181, 

204, 232-4, 243. 
Dualism, 13, 32, 51, 58, 76, 244, 270-1, 

308. 

Economics, 80, 211-2, 280-3. 

Eddington, A. S., in, 129-30, 240. 

Education, 252. 

Einstein, A., 127, 144-6. 

Emotion, 225-6. 

Empiricism, 77, 107, 144. 

Ends, 17, 20, 41, 49-50, 56-7, 94, 100, 
102, 149, 152, 155, 236, 243; and 
means, 37, 46. 

Enjoyment, see Values. 

Epistemology, 85, 121, 241. 

Escape, from Peril, Ch. I; see Con- 
trol. 



3*5 



INDEX 



Essences, 34, 65, 90, 120, 140, 149-50, 
164, 178, 275-6, 305-6; properties of 
161-67. 

Esthetic, 90, 94, 100, 153, 156, 185, 

Euclid, 1 6, 89, 140, 157, 182. 

Events, 83, 104, 126, 129, 146, 241. 

Evil, 35, 64, 101, 301, 308. 

Evolution, 64. 

Experience, and Experienced Ob- 
jects, 76, 98, 106-7, 137, 167-8, 194- 
99, 216-9, 24i"3> 276, 294; as em- 
pirical and experimental, 81-4. 

Experimental Method, 5, 24, 36, 81, 
87-107 and Ch. V, 168, 171, 186, 
201, 214, 242, 263, 271, 273, 288-9. 

Explanation, 181, 229. 

Faith, 58. 

Familiarity, 185-6, 209-10. 

Fichte, 62. 

First Philosophy, 14-15. 

Freedom, 250. 

Galileo, 93-7, 288. 

Generalization, 125, 134. 

Good, 15, 34, 53-5, Ch. X; see Ends, 
Values. 

Greek Science, see Aristotle, New- 
tonian Philosophy. 

Habit, inertia of intellectual, 84, 136, 

175, 208, 238. 
Hartshorne, C., 2497*. 
Hegel, 61-63. 
Heine, 59. 

Heisenberg, 201-4, 248. 
Heterogeneity and Homogeneity, 94, 

97, 105, 122, 133, 241. 
History, 246. 
Holy, the, 11-12. 
Hume, D., 142, 156. 
Hypostitazation, 154, 165, 217, 239, 

247, 264, 306; see Substance. 
Hypothesis, 78, 107, 165-7, 173, '75, 

179, 184, 186, 277, 288. 

Idealism, 22, 34, 61-3, 108, 130, 138, 
142, 166-7, 178, 188, 233, 257, 277, 
294, 302, 310. 

Ideals, 62, 108-9, 163, 270, 279, 297, 
299-303. 

Idealization, three modes of 302-3. 

Ideas, 59, 86, 166-7, *73, *77 299-300; 
and operations, Ch. V; free, and 
mathematics, Ch. VI; see Reflective 
Thought. 

Identification, 188-91. 



Immediacy, 108, 109, 127, 183, 186-7, 
221, 2*5, 262. 

Immutables, Ch. II; 18, 20, 22, 51, 90, 
143, 161, 163, 209, 212, 250, 3"; 
see Change. 

Incompatibility, 160. 

Indemonstrables, see Axioms, Imme- 
diacy. 

Indeterminancy, 201-4; see Contin- 
gency. 

Individual, 6, 135, 146, 162, 170, 184, 
203, 205-8, 218, 225, 236-7, 240, 247. 

Industry and Industrialism, 24, 79-80, 
217, 282, 304. 

Inference, see Reflective Thinking. 

Instrumental and Instrumentalism, 
37W., 106, 135, 147, 205, 207, 218, 
236-8, 250, 295, 298. 

Intellectualism, 21, 56, 219; see Ubi- 
quity, Vision. 

Intelligence and Nature, Ch. VIII. 

Intelligibility, of nature, 55, 208, 215. 

Interaction, 23, 37, 78, 106-7, 150, 172, 
177, 207, 214, 234-6, 239, 244, 290-1 ; 
see Operations, Relations. 

Intuition, 141, 183, 186. 

Irrationality, of nature, 209-10, 

James, Wm., 209, 238, 284-5. 
Judgment, 137; defined, 213; 260, 265. 

Kant and Kantianism, 42, 58-62, 287- 

290. 
Knowledge and Action, Ch. I, 36, 48, 

82, 106, 137, 171-5, 204-6; theory of, 

41, 47, 84, 181, 229; types of, 196-8, 

221-2; unification of, 312. 

Laissez-faire, 212. 

Laplace, 201. 

Laws, 28, 56-7, 201, 205-7, 247. 

Life, 224. 

Light, 127, 185, 202-4. 

Locke, J., 26, 120, 184. 

Logic, 15-16, 63, 65-6, 140, 154, 156, 

1 60, 187, 197. 
Logical Forms, 66, 88-9, 147, 197; ee 

Essences. 
Logos, 90, 92. 
Luck, 7, 1 1 -12, 102, 223. 

Machine, nature of, 162, 247. 
Magic, 40. 
Mass, 96, 127, 142. 
Materialism, 77, 108, 283. 
Mathematics, 16, 28, 57, 65, 88, 92, 
97, 108, 127, 133, 203, 240, 254; in 



316 



INDEX 



physics, 141-6; pure, 151-56; see 

Symbols. 
Matter, 96, 270. 
Maxwell, C., 248-49, 
Mead, G. H., 99. 
Means, 45, 155, 162, 234, 237, 270; 

see Antecedents, Consequences, 

Ends. 

Measurement, 87, 125, 152. 
Mechanism, 209, 245. 
Method, 2, 27, 36, 200, 215, 217, 228, 

251; supremacy of, Ch. IX; see 

Experimental Method. 
Metric Objects, 129-30, 210, 240-2. 
Michelson-Morley Experiment, 127, 

145. 

Mill, J. S., 112, 156, 182/1. 
Morals, 6, 31, 39, 60, 101, 244, 251, 

266, 272-30; see Values. 
Motion, 96, 126, 133. 
Movement, qualitative, 93. 

Nature, 53, 55, 210, Ch. VIII, 243, 

307; as God, 56. 
Newman, Cardinal, 52, 301. 
Newtonian Philosophy, 59, 97-8, no, 

114-6, 142-4, 186, 191, 201-2, 204-5, 

212, 231. 
Noble, E., 2477*. 

Non-being, 18, 19, 35; see Changes. 
Novelty, 183-5. 
Number, 129, 152, 155. 

Objects, Perceived; see Experience, 

Perception, Qualities. 
Objects, Physical, 99, 104. 
Observation, 82, 84, 143, 146, 172, 202, 

206-7. 
Operations, 84, Ch. V, Passim, 137, 

173-74, 200, 217, 258 origin of, 123. 
Opinion, 20, 22, 83, 95. 

Participation, 204, 212, 245, 291, 308. 

Pathology, of beliefs, 227-8. 

Peirce, C. S., 37;*., 145. 

Perception, 82, 88-90, 121, 142, 176-9* 
230, 240^ 267-8; see Observation, 
Sense. 

Peril, Ch ; I passim, 3-5, 6, 33, 223. 

Peripatetic Philosophy, see Aristotle. 

Phenomena, 59, 148, 242, 301 ; nature 
of, 104. 

Phenomenalism, 193. 

Philosophy, 4, 13, 14, 18, 24, 30, 66- 
70; modern problem of, Ch. II, es- 
pecially, 41, 44, 49, 67, 72, 103, 195, 
284; true problem of, 46, 67, 168-9, 
*5S-6, 309-3*3- 



Physical, 20, 64, 78, 79, 186, 189, 238- 

41; science, Chs. V, VI, passim; 

217-221. 

Plato, 140, 157, 181, 269, 274. 
Possibility, 155-60, 163-4, 226, 259, 

299-303, 311; see Symbols. 
Practice, depreciated, 4-5, 13, 22, 29, 

37; meaning of, 31-32. 
Pragmatism, 37;*. 
Primitive Life, 9-10, 33, 38, 101, 254, 

284. 
Probability, 6, 26, 199, 202, 267, 290, 

307. 
Problem, importance of, 99-103, 122-3, 

134, 176, 179, 206, 218, 223-236, 243* 

247. 

Proof, 181, 183. 
Purpose, 102, 245-6. 

Qualities and Qualitative Objects, Chs. 
II and III, passim; 89, 173, 231, 
233, 239; in modern science, 53, 
159; primary and secondary, 120-1; 
tertiary, 239; static, 125; see Data, 
Esthetic. 

Quantity, 92. 

Rationalism, 27, 83, 122, 144, 154, 165, 

171, 180, 210, 256-7, 264. 
Realism, 65, 176, 178, 184, 240, 257, 

2 74 2 95> 35'6; see Essences. 
Reason, 17, 50, 58, 76, 88, 90, 109, 

170, 212, 287-8, 292. 
Recognition, 185. 
Reflective Thinking, 109, 141, 178, 

181-4, 2I $-9, 221, 262. 
Relations, 84, 92, 102, 104, 120, 125, 

130, 133, 145-6, 154, 159, 162, 168, 

174, 176, 184, 207, 219, 244, 250, 

266. 

Relativity, theory of, 127, 145. 
Religion, 10-14, 30, 51-2, 70, 160, 221, 

254, 292, 298, 303-9. 
Revolution, Copernican, Ch. XI. 
Revolution, Scientific, 28, 50, 85, 87- 

8, 92, 255, 258. 

Santayana, G., 239. 
Satisfaction, 258-60. 
Science, 20, 22, 24, 26, 41; and art, 

75; physical, 78; and the real, 136, 

207, 217-21, 246, 250. 
Schleiermacher, 307. 
Security, Ch. I passim, 23, 29, 33, 35, 

37, 132, 187, 204; see Control, 

Values. 
Sensational Empiricism, 22, 109, 122, 

156, 166, 171, 177. 



317 



INDEX 



Sense, 82-3, 88-90, 112, 143, 156, 170, 

230, 258; see Data, Perception. 
Sense Data, 65, 174-7, *95 
Signs, 99, 129, 132, 175, 213, 236, 239, 

241. 

Simultaneity, 145. 
Skepticism, 193-4, 219, 228. 
Social Knowledge and Objects, 186, 

198, 216-8, 270-1. 
Solutions, see Problems, Security, 

Thought. 

Space, 126, 133, 142, 159. 
Spectator Theory of Knowledge, see 

Vision. 

Spencer, H., 64. 

Spinoza, B., 53-57, 141, 209, 288, 307. 
Standards, 54, 163, 167, 170, 200, 239, 

^55, 273, 277; see Test, Validity. 
Subjective and Subjectivism, 31, 47, 

60, 150, 214, 232-3, 239, 241-2, 246, 

274-5, 280, 287. 
Structure, 148, 163. 
Substance, 119-20, 128, 186, 206, 303. 
Supernatural, n, 230. 
Symbols, 150-54, 217. 

Taste, 262. 

Technology, 124, 75, 80, 133, 268. 

Tertiary, see Qualities. 

Test, 103, 109, 122, 124, 128, 135; 

165-7, 2 37 2 ?*- 
Theology, 14, 28, 52, 75. 
Theory, placed above action, 5-6, 22, 

29; in relation to practice, 67-70, 

192-3, 281. 



This and The, 237-8, 241. 

Thought, 7, 108; as directed activity, 
123, 134, 162, 166, 223, 267; de- 
fined, 224, 227. 

Time and Temporal, 95, 101, 126, 
i33, H2, H5, 234, 272, 289. 

Tools, 8, 84, 89, 124, 135, 136, 148, 
152, 186, 187, 233, 278; see Instru- 
mental. 

Tradition, Classic, 8, 17, 21, 26-8, 34, 
43, 76, 133, 199-200, 214, 231, 287-8, 

293- 
Transcendentalism, 34, 60, 78, 164-5, 

256-7, 285 
Truth, see Antecedents, Consequences, 

Test, Validity. 

Ubiquity of Knowledge, 106, 131, 179, 

219, 241, 291-5, 297-8. 
Uncertainty, 38-9, 65, 223-36, 244. 
Uniformity, 162-3, 208. 
Universals, 20, 141, 154, 161, 163. 
Use and Utility, 40, 105. 
Utilitarianism, 31, 257. 

Validity, 43, 60, 109, 129, 141, 146, 

197, 263. 
Values, 21, 24, 30, 32, 35, 39, 42-3, 

65-7, 95, 98, 194, 196, 233, .Ch. X. 
Verification, see Test, Validity. 
Vision, as knowledge, 23, 196, 213, 

245. 

Will, 52, 58, 213, 226, 233. 

Work, as a curse, 4; as material, 5. 



318